Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Amarakosha Search
1 result
saṃkalpaḥMasculineSingularpraṇidhānam, avadhānam, samādhānamdetermination
Monier-Williams Search
367 results for minati
ābhāsanan. illuminating, making apparent or clear. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhidhāyakamfn. naming, expressing, expressive of, denominating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiniveśam. determination (to effect a purpose or attain an object), tenacity, adherence to (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agnikriḍāf. "fire sport", fire works, illuminations, etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aiśvaryan. superhuman power (either perpetual or transient, consisting, according to some, of the following eight: aṇiman-, laghiman-, mahiman-, prāpti-, prākāmya-, vaśitva-, īśitva-,and kāmāvasāyitva-,qq.v.;or, according to others, of such powers as vision, audition, cogitation, discrimination, and omniscience;and of active powers such as swiftness of thought, power of assuming forms at will, and faculty of expatiation ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amthe termination am- in the comparative and other forms used as ind. exempli gratia, 'for example' pratar/am-, etc., (gaRa svar-ādi- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmīP. -mināti- () to destroy, neutralize, curtail ; to put aside or away, cause to disappear or vanish, displace ; to exchange ; to put or push out of place : A1. (imperfect tense minanta-) to vanish, disappear : Intensive (parasmE-pada -m/emyāna-) to change, alter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anavasānamfn. ( so-), having no termination, free from death View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antam. a final syllable, termination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anudāttetm. a verbal root having for its anubandha- the anudātta- accent to indicate that it takes the ātmane-pada- terminations only View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupanyāsam. failure of proof or determination, uncertainty, doubt.
anutsāham. want of energy or determination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anutsāhamfn. deficient in determination. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anutsāhatāf. want of determination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuyogam. a question, examination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyonyamfn. anyo-'nya- (said to be fr. anyas- Nominal verb singular m.and anya-; see paraspara-;in most cases the first anya-may be regarded as the subject of the sentence, while the latter assumes the accusative,inst. genitive case,or locative case cases as required by the verb;but there are many instances in which the first anya-,originally a nominative, is equivalent to an oblique case); mfn. one another, mutual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apamṛtyukāraṇaparīkṣāf. post-mortem examination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparicchedam. want of discrimination , want of judgement, continuance.
āptavibhaktikamfn. complete as to case-terminations, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārabhamāṇamfn. beginning, commencing resolutely (with a determination to finish). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārdhadhātukamf(ā-)n. (fr. ardha-dhātu-),"applicable to the shorter form of the verbal base", a technical N. given to the terminations of the perfect tense and bened. and to any Pratyaya (q.v) except the personal terminations of the conjugational tenses in P. and A1., and except the pratyaya-s which have the anubandha- ś- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asarvavibhaktimfn. not taking every case-termination, defective (exempli gratia, 'for example' yataḥ-, yatra-,and yadā-,considered as ablative locative case,and instrumental case respectively) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśaucan. (equals āśauca- q.v ) impurity, contamination, defilement (contracted by the death of a relation, or by the commission of prohibited acts, etc.)
ātharvaṇan. an apartment (in which the sacrificer is informed by the officiating Brahman of the happy termination of the sacrifice) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atibhūmif. culmination, eminence, superiority View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātmanepadan. "word to one's self", form for one's self id est that form of the verb which implies an action belonging or reverting to self, the terminations of the middle voice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātmanepadinmfn. taking the terminations of the middle voice commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
autsargikamfn. terminating, completing, belonging to a final ceremony by which a rite is terminated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avabhāsakamfn. (in vedānta- philosophy) illuminating, making manifest.
avabhāsanan. (in Vedic or Veda philosophy) illuminating. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avacchedam. separation, discrimination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avacchedanan. discriminating, distinguishing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadhāram. accurate determination limitation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadhāraṇan. accurate determination, limitation (of the sense of words), restriction to a certain instance or instances with exclusion of any other View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadhim. conclusion, termination etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avagraham. separation of the component parts of a compound, or of the stem and certain suffixes and terminations (occurring in the pada- text of the veda-s) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avasādam. end, termination (see nir-av-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avasānan. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-). ) conclusion, termination, cessation etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avasāyam. termination, conclusion, end
avasāyam. determination, ascertainment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avibhāvananf. non-perception, non-discrimination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avicāram. want of discrimination, error, folly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avicāramfn. undiscriminating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avicārajñamfn. not knowing or clever at discrimination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aviśeṣajñatāf. want of discrimination or judgement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avivecakamfn. undiscriminating, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avivekam. absence of judgement or discrimination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avivekinmfn. undiscriminating, ignorant commentator or commentary on etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahuvacanan. the plural number, the case-endings and personal terminations in the plural number View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bha(in gram.) Name of the weakest base of nouns (as opp. to pada-and aṅga- q.v) id est of the base before the vowel terminations except in strong cases, before feminine suffixes, and before taddhita-s beginning with vowels or y- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhedakan. a determinative id est an adjective (see bhedya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhedanan. discrimination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhedavidhim. the faculty of discriminating or discerning (between two different objects) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhrājanan. (fr. Causal) the act of causing to shine, brightening, illuminating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūtakoṭif. "the highest culminating point for all beings", absolute non-entity (equals śūnya--) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
candrasūryapradīpam. "illuminating moon and sun", Name of a buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
candrikāf. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' illumination, elucidation (of a work or subject, e. gaRa alaṃkāra--, kātantra--,etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catūrājīf. (rājan-) "the 4 kings", Name of the luckiest termination of the catur-aṅga- game (by which one king gains the 4 thrones) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturthaf. (scilicet vibhakti-) the termination of the 4th case, dative case View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chandovicitif. (gaRa ṛgayanādi-),"examination of metres", metrical science View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cittābhijvalanan. illumination by intellect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dakṣiṇāpavargamfn. terminating in the south View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dakṣiṇāpratyagapavargamfn. terminating in the south-west View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
darśanan. inspection, examination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daśamabhāvam. the culminating point, or that point in which the meridian crosses a given circle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dattam. a short form ([ ]) of names so terminating (yajña--, deva--, jaya-etc.) which chiefly are given to vaiśya- men,
dattakam. a form of names terminating in -datta- , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dattikam. forms of names terminating in -datta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dattilam. forms of names terminating in -datta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dattiyam. forms of names terminating in -datta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
deśabhan. the asterism dominating a country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīpakamfn. kindling, inflaming, illuminating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīpālīf. "a row of lamp", a festival with illuminations on the day of new moon in the month āśvina- or kārttika- (Diwali) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīpamālāf. a row of lamp, an illumination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīpāvalif. a row of lights, nocturnal illumination equals dīpā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīpavatmfn. "containing lights", illuminating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīpayatmfn. illuminating, inflaming View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīptikaramf(ā-or ī-)n. irradiating, illuminating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvitīyāf. (sc. vibhakti-) the 2nd case, the accusative or its terminations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvivacanāntam. a dual-termination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dyotakamfn. shining, illuminating (see kha--) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dyotanamf(ā-or ī-)n. illuminating, enlightening (see kha--) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dyotanan. illumination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dyotanamf(ā-or ī-)n. illuminating, enlightening (see kha--) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dyotanan. illumination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dyutikaramf(ī-)n. producing splendour, illuminating, bright, handsome View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekaśeṣam. "the remaining of one", (in grammar) a term denoting that of two or more stems (alike in form and followed by the same termination) only one remains (exempli gratia, 'for example' the plural vṛkṣās-is the only remainder of vṛkṣas- vṛkṣas- vṛkṣas- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
eṣaṇan. medical examination, probing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
eṣaṇīyamfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' belonging to the medical examination of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etadantamfn. terminating with this, ending thus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaganaromantham. "ruminating on the sky", nonsense, absurdity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaganaromanthāyitan. "something like ruminating on the sky", absurdity, iv, 48. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gāloḍitan. examination, investigation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hetudṛṣṭif. examination of reasons, scepticism View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyastanīf. (scilicet vibhakti-) the personal terminations of the imperfect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jajñimfn. ( jan- reduplicated Va1rtt. 3) germinating, shooting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jarasf. (only before vowel-terminations ;other cases fr. r/ā- sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order j/ara-) the becoming old, decay, old age etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jñānaprakāśam. "knowledge-illumination", Name of a work by jagajjīvana-dāsa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jvālāf. illumination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaladhautalipif. (?) a streak of gold, illumination of a manuscript with gold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālanirṇayam. "determination or fixing of times", Name of work (composed 1336 A.D., also called kāla-mādhavīya-,by mādhavācārya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalpam. resolve, determination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāntikaramfn. causing beauty, beautifying, illuminating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāram. determination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karmaghātam. annihilation or termination of work or activity (see -kṣaya-above.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karmakṣayam. annihilation or termination of all work or activity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāryaparicchedam. right estimate of a case, discrimination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kati(fr. 2. ka-declined in plural only, Gram. 227 a-;all the cases except the Nominal verb vocative case and accusative taking terminations, whereas the correlative iti-has become fixed as an indeclinable adverb) , how many? quot? several (exempli gratia, 'for example' kati devāḥ-,how many gods? kati vyāpādayati kati vā tāḍayati-,some he kills and some he strikes). In the sense of"several","some", kati- is generally followed by cid- or api- (exempli gratia, 'for example' katicid ahāni-,for several or some days) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khyātif. a name, denomination, title View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kleśaprahāṇan. termination of distress (especially of worldly cares and passions) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kratum. (1. kṛ-,or 2. kṛ-), plan, design, intention, resolution, determination, purpose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kriyātipattif. (hence) the characteristics and the terminations of the conditional View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtāntamfn. causing an end, bringing to an end, leading to a decisive termination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣayam. end, termination (exempli gratia, 'for example' nidrā-kṣ-,the end of sleep ; dina-kṣaye-,at the end of day ; jīvita-kṣaye-,at the end of life ; āyuṣaḥ kṣ- idem or 'm. removal ' ; kṣayaṃ- gam-, -, i-,or upai-,to become less, be diminished, go to destruction, come to an end, perish ; kṣayaṃ-,to destroy ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣayakaramfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' causing destruction or ruin, destructive, terminating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laa technical term for all the tenses and moods of a finite verb or for the terminations of those tenses and moods (also applied to some forms with kṛt-affixes construed like a finite verb ; see , and when accompanied by certain indicatory letters denoting each tense separatelySee laṭ-; laṅ-; liṅ-; loṭ-; liṭ-; luṭ-; ḷṭ-; luṅ-; ḷṅ-; leṭ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laṅ(in gram.) a technical term for the terminations of the Imperfect or for that tense itself (see 1. la-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laṭ(in gram.) a technical term for the terminations of the Present or for that tense itself (see 1. la-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
leṭ(in gram.) Name of the terminations of the Vedic Subjunctive Mood or Name of that Mood itself. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅ(in gram.) Name of the terminations of the Potential and Precative Moods or Name of those Moods themselves (the Precative being usually distinguished by the fuller term liṅ āśiṣi-,or āśir-lin-; see under 1. la-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṭ(in gram.) Name of the terminations of the Reduplicated Perfect Tense or Name of that Tense itself. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
locanamfn. illuminating, brightening View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lolūyāf. determination to cut View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
loṭ(in gram.) Name of the terminations of the Imperative and Name of that Mood itself. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lṛ(in gram.) Name of the terminations of the Conditional Mood or Name of that Mood itself. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lṛṭ(in gram.) Name of the terminations of the Second Future or Name of that Tense itself. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
luṅ(in gram.) Name of the terminations of the Aorist or Third Preterite and Name of that Tense itself. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
luṭ(in gram.) Name of the terminations of the First Future or Name of that Tense itself. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyadīpakan. (in rhetoric)"illuminating in the middle" , Name of a figure in which light is thrown on a description by the use of an emphatic verb in the middle of a stanza (exempli gratia, 'for example' ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamāharaṇan. the elimination of the middle term of an equation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamapuruṣam. (in gram.) the second person in verbal conjugation, a termination of the second person (see prathama-puruṣa-, uttama-puruṣa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantharavivekamfn. slow in judgement, void of discrimination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
matif. thought, design, intention, resolution, determination, inclination, wish, desire (with locative case dative case or infinitive mood) etc. ( matyā matyā- ind.wittingly, knowingly, purposely; matiṃ- kṛ-or dhā-or dhṛ-or ā-dhā-or samā-dhā-or ā-sthā-or sam-ā-sthā-,with locative case dative case accusative with prati-,or artham- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound',to set the heart on, make up one's mind, resolve, determine; matim-with Causal of ni-vṛt-and ablative of a verbal noun, to give up the idea of; āhita-mati- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' -having resolved upon; vinivṛtta-mati-with ablative = having desisted from) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cl.9 P. A1. () mīnāti-, mīnīte- (Ved. also min/āti-and minoti-; m/īyate-or mīy/ate-[ ]; mimītas-, mimīyāt-[?]; perfect tense mimāya- ; mīmaya- ; mamau-, mimye- grammar; Aorist amāsīt-, amāsta- grammar; meṣṭa- ; Aorist Passive voice /amāyi- ; preceding mīyāt-, māsīṣṭa- grammar; future mātā-, māsyati-, te- grammar; meṣyate- ; infinitive mood -m/iyam-, -miye- ; m/etos- ; ind.p. mītvā-, -mīya-, māya- grammar), to lessen, diminish, destroy (A. and Passive voice to perish, disappear, die) ; to lose one's way, go astray ; to transgress, violate, frustrate, change, alter : Causal māpayati- Aorist amīmapat-. See pra-- ; Desiderative mitsati-, te- grammar : Intensive memīyate-, memayīti-, memeti- [ confer, compare Greek ; Latin minuere; Slavonic or Slavonian mi8nij; German minniro,minre,minder; Anglo-Saxon min.]
mīmāṃsāf. profound thought or reflection or Consideration, investigation, examination, discussion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mīmāṃsāf. "examination of the Vedic text", Name of one of the 3 great divisions of orthodox Hindu philosophy (divided into 2 systems, viz. the pūrva-mīmāṃsā- or karma-mīmāṃsā- by jaimini-, concerning itself chiefly with the correct interpretation of Vedic ritual and text, and usually called the mīmāṃsā-;and the uttara-mīmāṃsā- or brahma-mīmāṃsā- or śārīraka-mīmāṃsā- by bādarāyaṇa-, commonly styled the vedānta- and dealing chiefly with the nature of brahma- or the one universal Spirit) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛgādhipatyan. "domination over wild animals", View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naiścityam. determination, certainty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naram.person, personal termination on (see puruṣa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāśam. (arithmetic) elimination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīcan. (in astrology) the lowest point of a planet (=) , the 7th house from the culminating point (see 2. ny-añc-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niḥsaṃkalpamfn. having no determination or will View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirasanan. destruction, extermination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirbhāsanan. illuminating, illustrating, making manifest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirṇayam. complete ascertainment, decision, determination, settlement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirūpaṇan. looking into, searching, investigation, examination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirviśeṣamf(ā-)n. showing or making no difference, undiscriminating, without distinction etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvivekamfn. undiscriminating, inconsiderate, foolish, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvṛttif. originating, development, growth, completion, termination (often wrong reading for nivṛtti-,or nirvṛti-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niṣṭhāf. completion, perfection, culminating or extreme point etc.
niṣṭhāf. conclusion, end, termination, death (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'"ending with") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niyamam. reduction or restriction to (with locative case or prati-), determination, definition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcamīf. the 5th or ablative case (or its terminations), a word in the ablative View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcamīf. a termination of the imperative View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parasmaipadan. "word for another", the transitive or active verb and its terminations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parasmaipadinmfn. taking those terminations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchedam. accurate definition, exact discrimination (as between false and true, right and wrong etc.), decision, judgement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchedam. resolution, determination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchedanan. () discriminating, dividing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parijñānan. perception, thorough knowledge, ascertainment, experience, discrimination etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parikaraślokam. discrimination, judgement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parīkṣāf. inspection, investigation, examination, test, trial by ordeal of various kinds (See 2. divya-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariṇatif. result, consequence, issue, end, termination (in the beginning of a compound finally, at last; śravaṇa-pariṇatiṃ-gam-,to come at last to a person's ears; pariṇatiṃ--,to attain one's final aim) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariśeṣam. termination, conclusion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivitarkam. examination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivṛttif. end, termination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parokṣāf. (sc. vibhakti-) a termination of the perfect tense View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryavadhāraṇan. ( dhṛ-) precise determination, careful consideration, refining, subtilizing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryavasānan. end, termination, conclusion, issue ( paryavasānāt nāt- consequence of) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryavaśeṣam. end, termination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattrarañjanan. embellishing a page, illuminating, gilding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracitif. (2. ci-) investigation, examination (= vi-citi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradeśam. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) pointing out, showing, indication, direction, decision, determination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāgalbhīf. (fr. galbha-) boldness, confidence, resoluteness, determination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pragṛhyamfn. (in gram.) to be taken or pronounced separately, not subject to the rules of saṃdhi- (as the final ī-, ū-,and e-of the dual terminations exempli gratia, 'for example' kavī etau-,"these two poets") , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prajñāf. wisdom, intelligence, knowledge, discrimination, judgement etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prajñānan. knowledge, wisdom, intelligence, discrimination etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakāśakamf(ikā-)n. irradiating, illuminating, giving light etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakāśanamfn. illuminating, giving light View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakāśanan. illuminating, giving light View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakāśanavatmfn. irradiating, illuminating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakāśīkaraṇan. giving light, illuminating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakṛtikṛpaṇamfn. nature feeble (in discriminating) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pramīP. -mināti- (-mīṇāti- ; -miṇoti- ;Ved. infinitive mood -m/iyam-, -m/iye-and -metos- see below) , to frustrate, annul, destroy, annihilate ; to change, alter ; to neglect, transgress, infringe ; to miss, lose (one's way or time), forget ; to cause to disappear, put out of sight ; to leave behind, outstrip, surmount, surpass : (A1.or Passive voice -mīyate- Aorist subjunctive -meṣṭhāḥ-) to come to naught, perish, die etc. etc.: Causal -māpayati-, to destroy, annihilate, kill, slay etc. ; to cause to kill View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāptif. discovery, determination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāptif. (in dramatic language) a joyful event, successful termination of a plot () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praroham. germinating, sprouting, growing or shooting forth (literally and figuratively; see dṛḍhap-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prarohaṇan. germinating, sprouting, growing or shooting forth, growth (literally and figuratively) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśnam. judicial inquiry or examination (see kṣi-p-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśnapūrvakamind. with a preceding question, after examination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśnapūrvamind. with a preceding question, after examination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prathamam. (scilicet puruṣa-), the first (= our 3rd) person or its terminations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prathamāf. (in gram.) the first or nominative case and its terminations
prathamāf. dual number the first two cases and their terminations. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prathamapuruṣam. the first (= our 3rd) person in the verb or its terminations (See above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipattif. confidence, assurance, determination (see a-pratp-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiprajñātif. discrimination, ascertainment, statement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyabhiyogam. a counter plaint or charge, recrimination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyāmnānan. contrary determination, altered purpose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravicayam. investigation, examination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛthagātmatāf. discrimination, judgement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
punaścarvaṇan. chewing the cud, ruminating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājakamfn. illuminating, irradiating, splendid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasajñatā f. knowledge of flavours, poetical skill or taste, discrimination, judgement, experience, familiarity with (genitive case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasajñatvan. knowledge of flavours, poetical skill or taste, discrimination, judgement, experience, familiarity with (genitive case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasavidmfn. knowing tastes or flavours, having good taste, discriminating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasikamf(ā-)n. having a discriminating taste, aesthetic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
roham. the increasing of a number from a smaller to a higher denomination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
roham. sprouting, germinating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
romantham. (perhaps for ruj-m-; see cognate words below) ruminating, chewing the cud etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
romanthanan. ruminating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛtvantam. the termination of menstruation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rugviniścayam. (also called roga-v-or mādhava-nidāna-or simply nidāna-) "determination of disease", Name of work by mādhava- (treating of the causes and diagnosis of 80 kinds of disease). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rūpaṇan. examination, investigation, proof View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdam. (in gram.) a declinable word or a word-termination, affix View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadasadvivekam. discrimination between true and false or between good and bad
sadasadvyaktihetum. the cause of the discrimination between true and false or between good and bad View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhanan. the conjugational affix or suffix which is placed between the root and terminations (equals vīharaṇa- q.v) Va1rtt. 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāhnamfn. connected with a day, terminating with a day or lasting a day (opp. to 1. ahīna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāhnātirātramfn. terminating with a day and exceeding a day View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sākṣiparikṣaṇan. examination of a witnesses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samādānan. resolve, determination ( also"receiving suitable donations";"the daily observances of the jaina- sect";"the middle part of the sacrificial post") . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samakoṣṭhamitif. the measure of compartments or number of equal squares of the same denomination (as cubit, fathom etc.) in which the dimension of the side is given View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmātsāmyan. (fr. samāt-sama-) a series or succession of equal or similar beginnings and terminations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambodhanamfn. the vocative case or its termination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambuddhif. the vocative case or its termination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhim. euphonic junction of final and initial letters in grammar (every sentence in Sanskrit being regarded as a euphonic chain, a break in which occurs at the end of a sentence and is denoted by a virāma- or avasāna-,"stop";this euphonic coalition causing modifications of the final and initial letters of the separate words of a sentence and in the final letters of roots and stems when combined with terminations to form such words) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃjñāvatmfn. having a name or denomination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkalpam. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) conception or idea or notion formed in the mind or heart, (especially) will, volition, desire, purpose, definite intention or determination or decision or wish for (with locative case dative case,or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'), sentiment, conviction, persuasion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkalpam. a solemn vow or determination to perform any ritual observance, declaration of purpose (exempli gratia, 'for example' a declaration by a widow of her intention to burn herself with her deceased husband) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkalpakamfn. well discriminating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkalpavatmfn. possessing determination, one who decides, a decider View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkhyāf. (in gram.) number (as expressed by case terminations or personal terminations) on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyamfn. relating to number (in gram. as expressed by the case-terminations etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyamfn. rational, or discriminative View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyan. (according to to some also m.) Name of one of the three great divisions of Hindu philosophy (ascribed to the sage kapila- [ q.v ], and so called either from"discriminating", in general, or, more probably, from"reckoning up"or"enumerating"twenty-five tattva-s [See tattva-]or true entities [twenty-three of which are evolved out of prakṛti-"the primordial Essence"or"first-Producer"], viz. buddhi-, ahaṃkāra-, the five tan-mātra-s, the five mahā-bhūta-s and manas-;the twenty-fifth being puruṣa- or Spirit [sometimes called Soul] which is neither a Producer nor Production [see vikāra-],but wholly distinct from the twenty-four other tattva-s,and is multitudinous, each separate puruṣa- by its union with prakṛti- causing a separate creation out of prakṛti-, the object of the philosophy being to effect the final liberation of the puruṣa- or Spirit from the fetters caused by that creation;the yoga- [ q.v ] branch of the sāṃkhya- recognizes a Supreme Spirit dominating each separate puruṣa-;the tantra-s identify prakṛti- with the wives of the gods, especially with the wife of śiva-;the oldest systematic exposition of the sāṃkhya- seems to have been by an author called pañca-śikha- [the germ, however, being found in the ṣaṣṭi-tantra-, of which only scanty fragments are extant];the original sūtra-s were superseded by the sāṃkhya-kārikā- of īśvara-kṛṣṇa-, the oldest manual on the sāṃkhya- system that has come down to us and probably written in the 5th century A.D., while the sāṃkhya-- sūtra-s or śiva-pravacana- and tattva-samāsa-, ascribed to the sage kapila-, are now thought to belong to as late a date as the 14th or 15th century or perhaps a little later) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkhyāvatmfn. possessing reason or intellect, intelligent, discriminating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampradhāraṇan. (andf(ā-).) determination, deliberation, deciding on the propriety or impropriety of anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃskṛtif. determination, effort View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsthāf. conclusion, termination, completion etc.
saṃsthānan. termination, conclusion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samucchedam. utter destruction, extermination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samudbhāsanan. lighting up, illuminating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samudghātam. destruction, extermination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samullekham. digging up all round, extermination (= utsādana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samunmūlanan. the act of uprooting or eradicating completely, utter destruction, extermination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvadanan. consideration, examination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāntiparvann. "Tranquillizing-section", Name of the 12th book of the mahā-bhārata- (the longest in the whole poem and consisting chiefly of stories, discourses and episodes narrated for the tranquillizing of the troubled spirit of yudhi-ṣṭhira- after the termination of the war and the slaughter of his relatives). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śap(in gram.) a technical term used for the vikaraṇa- a (inserted between the root and terminations of the conjugational tenses in verbs of the Ist class;See vi-karaṇa-,p.954) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptamīf. the 7th case id est the locative or its terminations etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptamīf. the potential or its terminations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārvadhātukan. Name of the verbal terminations of the four conjectural tenses (proper , imperfect tense Potential,and imperative), and of all the root affixes (such as śānac-and śatri-) which have an indicatory J View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvanāmasthānan. a case-termination before which the strong base of a noun is used View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvocchedanan. () complete extermination. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvocchittif. () () complete extermination. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śas(in gram.) the technical case-termination of the accusative plural View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satm. (in gram.) the terminations of the present participle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satyamṛṣāvivekam. discrimination of truth and falsehood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saupamfn. (fr. sup-) relating to the case-terminations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sauśabdaor sauśabdya- m. (fr. suśabda-) the right formation of nominal and verbal forms (by case-terminations and tense-terminations; exempli gratia, 'for example' ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savibhaktikamfn. having a case-termination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saviśeṣamfn. having discrimination, discriminating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhif. decision, adjudication, determination (of a lawsuit) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śodhanan. clearing up, sifting, investigation, examination, correction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
średhīvyavahāram. the ascertainment or determination of progressions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
strīsaṃjñamfn. bearing a name with a feminine termination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subantan. technical expression for an inflected noun as ending with a case-termination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subartham. (prob.) the meaning of a case-termination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sup(in gram.) technical expression for the termination of the locative case case plural View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supa pratyāhāra- used as a term for all or for any one of the 21 case-terminations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suparīkṣaṇan. thorough examination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suptiṅantan. an inflected noun or verb as ending with a case-termination or verbal termination (See tiṅ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sutuṅgam. the culmination or culminating point of a planet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svantamfn. having a good end, terminating well View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvastanīf. (in gram.) the terminations of the first future Va1rtt. 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svatvāvagamam. determination or ascertainment of ownership View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svāvaśyan. (fr. sva-vaśa-) self-will, self-determination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāmbūlan. betel, (especially) its pungent and aromatic leaf (chewed with the areca-nut and catechu and sometimes caustic lime and spices as a carminative and antacid tonic) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāpanamf(ī-)n. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' illuminating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tiṅa collective. N. for the personal terminations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trasareṇum. the mote or atom of dust moving in a sun-beam (considered as an ideal weight either of the lowest denomination[ ]or equal to 3[ ] or 30[Vaidyakaparibh.] invisible atoms) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
triṣṭuketc. (in the Nominal verb and before consonantic terminations as well as in compound) for -ṣṭ/up- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tṛtīyaf. (scilicet vibhakti-) the terminations of the 3rd case, the 3rd case (instrumental) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tul cl.10. tolayati-, or tul- (only tul-also figuratively; A1. ) to lift up, raise (future Passive voice tolayiṣyate-) ; to determine the weight of anything by lifting it up, weigh, compare by weighing and examining, ponder, examine with distrust etc. ; to make equal in weight, equal, compare (with instrumental case exempli gratia, 'for example' na brāhmaṇais tulaye bhūtam anyat-,"I do not compare any other being with Brahmans";or with an adverb terminating in -vat-) etc. ; to counterbalance, outweigh, match, possess in the same degree, resemble, reach ; (perfect tense parasmE-pada tulita-) & ([ confer, compare Latin te-tul-ietc.; etc.; Gothic thulan.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udbhidmfn. breaking forth (from the earth), sprouting, germinating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udbhidamfn. sprouting, germinating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udbhijjamfn. sprouting, germinating (as a plant) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uddharaṇan. extermination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uddīpanan. the act of inflaming, illuminating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uddyotakara mfn. causing light, enlightening, illuminating, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uddyotakārinmfn. causing light, enlightening, illuminating, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uddyotanan. the act of enlightening, illumination. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvartanan. drawing out metal, laminating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūham. consideration, deliberation, examination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaind. sometimes forming with the nouns to which it is prefixed compound adverbs (exempli gratia, 'for example' upa-mūlam-,at the root; upa-pūrva-rātram-,towards the beginning of night; upa-kūpe-,near a well) which lose their adverbial terminations if they are again compounded with nouns (exempli gratia, 'for example' upakūpa-jalāśaya-,a reservoir in the neighbourhood of a well) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upādhim. title, discriminative appellation, nickname View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upapadan. a word standing near or accompanying another to which it is subordinate (either a subordinate word in a compound [but not in a bahu-vrīhi- compound] generally forming the first member, or a discriminative appellation at the end of proper names, as varman-, śarman-etc.;or a preposition, particle etc. prefixed to a verb or noun;or a secondary word of any kind which is governed by or limits the general idea contained in the principal word) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaparīkṣaṇan. inquiring into, investigation, examination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasravaṇan. termination of the periodical flow of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttānapadf. vegetation, the whole creation of upward-germinating plants, ([ ]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaibhaktamfn. (fr. vi-bhakti-) relating to a case-termination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varcasn. ( ruc-) vital power, vigour, energy, activity, (especially) the illuminating power of fire or the sun id est brilliance, lustre, light etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vartamānāf. the terminations of the present tense View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastuvicāram. essential discrimination (personified) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntam. Name of the second and most important part of the mīmāṃsā- or third of the three great divisions of Hindu philosophy (called vedānta- either as teaching the ultimate scope of the veda- or simply as explained in the upaniṣad-s which come at the end of the veda-;this system, although belonging to the mīmāṃsā- [q.v.] and sometimes called uttara-mīmāṃsā-,"examination of the later portion or jñāna-kāṇḍa-[q.v.] of the veda-", is really the one sole orthodox exponent of the pantheistic creed of the Hindus of the present day - a creed which underlies all the polytheism and multiform mythology of the people;its chief doctrine [as expounded by śaṃkara-] is that of advaita- id est that nothing really exists but the One Self or Soul of the Universe called brahman- [neut.] or paramātman-, and that the jīvātman- or individual human soul and indeed all the phenomena of nature are really identical with the paramātman-, and that their existence is only the result of ajñāna- [otherwise called avidyā-] or an assumed ignorance on the part of that one universal Soul which is described as both Creator and Creation;Actor and Act;Existence, Knowledge and Joy, and as devoid of the three qualities [see guṇa-];the liberation of the human soul, its deliverance from transmigrations, and re-union with the paramātman-, with which it is really identified, is only to be effected by a removal of that ignorance through a proper understanding of the vedānta-;this system is also called brahma-mīmāṃsā- and śārīrakamīmāṃsā-,"inquiring into Spirit or embodied Spirit";the founder of the school is said to have been vyāsa-, also called bādarāyaṇa-, and its most eminent teacher was śaṃkarācārya-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibhaktif. (in gram.) inflection of nouns, declension, an affix of declension, case (according to to "a termination or inflection either of a case or of the persons of a tense";certain taddhita- affixes which are used like case terminations have also the name vi-bhakti-;in the yājyā- formulas especially the cases of agni-are so called) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibhaktika(in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') equals bhakti- (in āpta-v-,complete as to case terminations) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibhāvanan. clear perception, examination, judgement, clear ascertainment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicāram. pondering, deliberation, consideration, reflection, examination, investigation etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicāroktif. discriminating speech View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicayam. search, investigation, examination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicicinvatkamfn. (fr. pr. p. cinvat-) sifting, discriminating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyotakamfn. irradiating, illuminating, illustrating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikaraṇam. (for 1.See)"producing a change."(in gram.) a term for the affix or conjugational characteristic which is placed between the root and terminations, the inserted conjugational affix (according to pāṇini- these affixes are śap-, śapo luk-, ślu-, śyan-, śnu-, śa-, śnam-, u-, śnā-, yak-,and cli-[with its substitutes], tāsi-, sya-, sip-,the first nine of which are added in the present tense , imperfect tense , Imperative, and Potential, and before a kṛt- which contains a mute palatal ś-,in the case of Active verbs; yak-is added in the case of the karman- or bhāva- id est Passives or Neuters; cli-is added in the Aorist, tāsi-in the 1st Future, sya-in the 2nd Future and Conditional, and sip-before leṭ-.; lug-vikaraṇa-,"having luk-for its vikaraṇa- "[said of roots of cl. 2.]; ākhyāta-pada-vikaraṇāḥ-,"words which modify the finite verb" id est make it accented) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vilokitan. observation, examination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimarśam. consideration, deliberation, trial, critical test, examination etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimokam. unyoking, unbending, cessation, termination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipranaṣṭaviśeṣakamfn. one who has lost his discriminative faculty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
virāmam. cessation, termination, end etc. (accusative with -or pra--,to come to an end, rest) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
virocanamfn. shining upon, brightening, illuminating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
virociṣṇumfn. illuminating, making visible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśeṣaṇamfn. distinguishing, discriminative, specifying, qualifying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśeṣaṇan. the act of distinguishing etc., distinction, discrimination, particularization View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśeṣaṇavatmfn. endowed with discrimination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇum. (prob. fr. viṣ-,"All-pervader"or"Worker") Name of one of the principal Hindu deities (in the later mythology regarded as"the preserver", and with brahmā-"the creator"and śiva-"the destroyer" , constituting the well-known tri-mūrti- or triad;although viṣṇu- comes second in the triad he is identified with the supreme deity by his worshippers;in the Vedic period, however, he is not placed in the foremost rank, although he is frequently invoked with other gods [ especially with indra- whom he assists in killing vṛtra- and with whom he drinks the soma- juice; see his later names indrānuja- and upendra-];as distinguished from the other Vedic deities, he is a personification of the light and of the sun, especially in his striding over the heavens, which he is said to do in three paces [See tri-vikrama-and see bali-, vāmana-],explained as denoting the threefold manifestations of light in the form of fire, lightning, and the sun, or as designating the three daily stations of the sun in his rising, culminating, and setting; viṣṇu- does not appear to have been included at first among the āditya-s [ q.v ], although in later times he is accorded the foremost place among them;in the brāhmaṇa-s he is identified with sacrifice, and in one described as a dwarf;in the mahā-bhārata- and rāmāyaṇa- he rises to the supremacy which in some places he now enjoys as the most popular deity of modern Hindu worship;the great rivalry between him and śiva-[ see vaiṣṇava-and śaiva-]is not fully developed till the period of the purāṇa-s: the distinguishing feature in the character of the Post-vedic viṣṇu- is his condescending to become incarnate in a portion of his essence on ten principal occasions, to deliver mankind from certain great dangers[ see avatāra-and ];some of the purāṇa-s make 22 incarnations, or even 24, instead of 10;the vaiṣṇava-s regard viṣṇu- as the supreme being, and often identify him with nārāyaṇa-, the personified puruṣa- or primeval living spirit [described as moving on the waters, reclining on śeṣa-, the serpent of infinity, while the god brahmā- emerges from a lotus growing from his navel; see ];the wives of viṣṇu- are aditi- and sinīvālī-, later lakṣmī- or śrī- and even sarasvatī-;his son is kāma-deva-, god of love, and his paradise is called vaikuṇṭha-;he is usually represented with a peculiar mark on his breast called śrī-vatsa-, and as holding a śaṅkha-,or conch-shell called pāñcajanya-, a cakra-or quoit-like missile-weapon called su-darśana-, a gadā-or club called kaumodakī- and a padma-or lotus;he has also a bow called śārṅga-, and a sword called nandaka-;his vāhana-or vehicle is garuḍa- q.v;he has a jewel on his wrist called syamantaka-, another on his breast called kaustubha-, and the river Ganges is said to issue from his foot;the demons slain by him in his character of "preserver from evil", or by kṛṣṇa- as identified with him, are madhu-, dhenuka-, cāṇūra-, yamala-, and arjuna- [see yamalārjuna-], kāla-nemi-, haya-grīva-, śakaṭa-, ariṣṭa-, kaiṭabha-, kaṃsa-, keśin-, mura-, śālva-, mainda-, dvi-vida-, rāhu-, hiraṇya-kaśipu-, bāṇa-, kāliya-, naraka-, bali-;he is worshipped under a thousand names, which are all enumerated in ;he is sometimes regarded as the divinity of the lunar mansion called śravaṇa-) etc. (see )
viśvabhrājmfn. all-illuminating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivāsanan. illumination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivecakamfn. discriminating, distinguishing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivecakamfn. discriminative, judicious, wise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivecanamf(ī-)n. discriminating, distinguishing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivecanan. the act of discriminating or distinguishing (as truth from falsehood, reality from semblance), the making a distinction (alsof(ā-).) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivecanan. investigation, examination, discussion, critical treatment etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekam. discrimination, distinction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekabhājmfn. "possessed of discrimination", discerning, wise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekabhraṣṭamfn. one who has lost the faculty of discrimination, foolish, unwise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekajamfn. produced or arising from discrimination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekajñamfn. skilled in discrimination, intelligent, well acquainted with (compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekajñānan. knowledge arising from discrimination, the faculty of discrimination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekapadavīf. "path of discrimination", reflection View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekavatmfn. "possessing discrimination", judicious, discerning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekaviguṇamfn. "wanting discrimination", unwise, foolish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekaviraham. "want of discrimination", ignorance, folly, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekaviśrāntamfn. void of discrimination, foolish, unwise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekinmfn. discriminating, distinguishing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekinmfn. discriminative, judicious, prudent, discreet, wise etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekitāf. discriminativeness, discernment, judgement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekitvan. discriminativeness, discernment, judgement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivektṛtvan. discriminativeness, discernment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivibhaktikamfn. lacking case-terminations ( vivibhaktikatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viviktamfn. discriminative, judicious (equals vi-vekin-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viviktatāf. distinction, discrimination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viviktif. discrimination, discernment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivikvasmfn. discriminating, discerning (applied to indra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyākaraṇan. separation, distinction, discrimination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyākaraṇātmakamfn. having the nature or faculty of discrimination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapavargam. cessation, termination, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavacchedam. distinction, discrimination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavacchedakamfn. distinguishing, discriminating ( vyavacchedakatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavadhānan. cessation, termination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavasāyam. settled determination, resolve, purpose, intention to (locative case, accusative with prati-,or compound; yamkṛ-to make up one's mind, resolve, determine) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavasitan. resolution, determination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavasitavasitif. ascertainment, determination, resolution View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavasthitavasthitif. fixity, fixed rule or statute, decision, determination etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavavadhāraṇan. accurate determination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāvṛttif. discrimination, distinction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyucchid( -ud-chid-) only Passive voice (with act. terminations) -chidyati-, to be cut off or interrupted or extirpated, become extinct, come to an end, cease, fail View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yadavasānamfn. terminating in which View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
Apte Search
265 results
agniḥ अग्निः [अङ्गति ऊर्ध्वं गच्छति अङ्ग्-नि,नलोपश्च Uṇ.4.5., or fr. अञ्च् 'to go.'] 1 Fire कोप˚, चिन्ता˚, शोक˚, ज्ञान˚, राज˚, &c. -2 The God of fire. -3 Sacrificial fire of three kinds (गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय and दक्षिण); पिता बै गार्हपत्यो$ ग्निर्माताग्निर्दक्षिणः स्मृतः । गुरुराहवनीयस्तु साग्नित्रेता गरीयसी ॥ Ms. 2.232. -4 The fire of the stomach, digestive faculty, gastric fluid. -5 Bile (नाभेरूर्ध्व हृदयादधस्तादामाशयमाचक्षते तद्गतं सौरं तेजः पित्तम् इत्याचक्षते). -6 Cauterization (अग्नि- कर्मन्). -7 Gold. -8 The number three. शराग्निपरिमाणम् (पञ्चत्रिंशत्) Mb.13.17.26. -9 N. of various plants: (a) चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica; (b) रक्तचित्रक; (c) भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium; (d) निम्बक Citrus Acida. -1 A mystical substitute for the letter र्. In Dvandva comp. as first member with names of deities, and with particular words अग्नि is changed to अग्ना, as ˚विष्णू, ˚मरुतौ, or to अग्नी, ˚पर्जन्यौ, ˚ वरुणौ, ˚षोमौ -11 पिङगला नाडी; यत्र तद् ब्रह्म निर्द्वन्द्वं यत्र सोमः, (इडा) सहाग्निना (अग्निः पिङ्गला) Mb.14.2.1. -12 Sacrificial altar, अग्निकुण्ड cf. Rām. 1.14.28. -13 Sky. अग्निर्मूर्धा Muṇḍ 2.1.4. [cf. L. ignis.] [Agni is the God of Fire, the Ignis of the Latins and Ogni of the Slavonians. He is one of the most prominent deities of the Ṛigveda. He, as an immortal, has taken up his abode among mortals as their guest; he is the domestic priest, the successful accomplisher and protector of all ceremonies; he is also the religious leader and preceptor of the gods, a swift messenger employed to announce to the immortals the hymns and to convey to them the oblations of their worshippers, and to bring them down from the sky to the place of sacrifice. He is sometimes regarded as the mouth and the tongue through which both gods and men participate in the sacrifices. He is the lord, protector and leader of people, monarch of men, the lord of the house, friendly to mankind, and like a father, mother, brother &c. He is represented as being produced by the attrition of two pieces of fuel which are regarded as husband and wife. Sometimes he is considered to have been brought down from heaven or generated by Indra between two clouds or stones, created by Dyau, or fashioned by the gods collectively. In some passages he is represented as having a triple existence, which may mean his three-fold manifestations as the sun in heaven, lightning in the atmosphere, and as ordinary fire on the earth, although the three appearances are also elsewhere otherwise explained. His epithets are numberless and for the most part descriptive of his physical characteristics : धूमकेतु, हुतभुज्, शुचि, रोहिताश्व, सप्तजिह्व, तोमरधर, घृतान्न, चित्रभानु, ऊर्ध्वशोचिस्, शोचिष्केश, हरिकेश, हिरण्यदन्त, अयोदंष्ट्र &c. In a celebrated passage he is said to have 4 horns, 3 feet, 2 heads, and 7 hands. The highest divine functions are ascribed to Agni. He is said to have spread out the two worlds and _x001F_+ produced them, to have supported heaven, formed the mundane regions and luminaries of heaven, to have begotten Mitra and caused the sun to ascend the sky. He is the head and summit of the sky, the centre of the earth. Earth, Heaven and all beings obey his commands. He knows and sees all worlds or creatures and witnesses all their actions. The worshippers of Agni prosper, they are wealthy and live long. He is the protector of that man who takes care to bring him fuel. He gives him riches and no one can overcome him who sacrifices to this god. He confers, and is the guardian of, immortality. He is like a water-trough in a desert and all blessing issue from him. He is therefore constantly supplicated for all kinds of boons, riches, food, deliverance from enemies and demons, poverty, reproach, childlessness, hunger &c. Agni is also associated with Indra in different hymns and the two gods are said to be twin brothers. Such is the Vedic conception of Agni; but in the course of mythological personifications he appears as the eldest son of Brahmā and is called Abhimānī [Viṣṇu Purāṇa]. His wife was Svāhā; by her, he had 3 sons -Pāvaka, Pavamāna and Śuchi; and these had forty-five sons; altogether 49 persons who are considered identical with the 49 fires. He is also represented as a son of Aṅgiras, as a king of the Pitṛs or Manes, as a Marut and as a grandson of Śāṇḍila, and also as a star. The Harivaṁśa describes him as clothed in black, having smoke for his standard and head-piece and carrying a flaming javelin. He is borne in a chariot drawn by red horses and the 7 winds are the wheels of his car. He is accompanied by a ram and sometimes he is represented as riding on that animal. Agni was appointed by Brahamā as the sovereign of the quarter between the south and east, whence the direction is still known as Āgneyī. The Mahābhārata represents Agni as having exhausted his vigour and become dull by devouring many oblations at the several sacrifices made by king Śvetaki, but he recruited his strength by devouring the whole Khāṇḍava forest; for the story see the word खाण्डव]. -Comp. -अ (आ) गारम् -रः, -आलयः, -गृहम् [अग्निकार्याय अगारम् शाक˚ त.] a fire-sanctuary, house or place for keeping the sacred fire; वसंश्चतुर्थो$ग्निरिवाग्न्यगारे R.5.25. रथाग्न्यगारं चापार्चीं शरशक्तिगदे- न्धनम् Mb.11.25.14. -अस्त्रम् fire-missile, a rocket, -आत्मक a. [अग्निरात्मा यस्य] of the nature of fire सोमा- त्मिका स्त्री, ˚कः पुमान्. -आधानम् consecrating the fire; so ˚आहिति. -आधेयः [अग्निराधेयो येन] a Brāhmana who maintains the sacred fire. (-यम्) = ˚आधानम्. -आहितः [अग्निराहितो येन, वा परनिपातः P.II.2.37.] one who maintains the sacred fire; See आहिताग्नि. -इध् m. (अग्नीध्रः) [अग्निम् इन्द्धे स अग्नीध्] the priest who kindles fire (mostly Ved). -इन्धनः [अग्निरिध्यते अनेन] N. of a Mantra. (नम्) kindling the fire; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्याम् Ms.2.18. -उत्पातः [अग्निना दिव्यानलेन कृतः उत्पातः] a fiery portent, meteor, comet &c. In Bṛ. S.33 it is said to be of five kinds: दिवि भुक्तशुभफलानां पततां रूपाणि यानि तान्युल्काः । धिष्ण्योल्का- शनिविद्युत्तारा इति पञ्चधा भिन्नाः ॥ उल्का पक्षेण फलं तद्वत् धिष्ण्याशनिस्त्रिभिः पक्षैः । विद्युदहोभिः ष़ड्भिस्तद्वत्तारा विपाचयति ॥ Different fruits are said to result from the appearances of these portents, according to the nature of their colour, position &c. -उद्धरणम्, -उद्धारः 1 producing fire by the friction of two araṇis. -2 taking out, before sun-rise, the sacred fire from its cover of ashes previous to a sacrifice. -उपस्थानम् worship of Agni; the Mantra or hymn with which Agni is worshipped (अग्निरुपस्थीयते$नेन) अग्निस्त्रिष्टुभ् उपस्थाने विनियोगः Sandhyā. -एधः [अग्निमेधयति] an incendiary. -कणः; -स्तोकः a spark. -कर्मन् n. [अग्नौ कर्म स. त.] 1 cauterization. -2 action of fire. -3 oblation to Agni, worship of Agni (अग्निहोत्र); so ˚कार्य offering oblations to fire, feeding fire with ghee &c.; निर्वर्तिताग्निकार्यः K.16.; ˚र्यार्धदग्ध 39, Ms.3.69, अग्निकार्यं ततः कुर्यात्सन्ध्ययोरुभयोरपि । Y.1.25. -कला a part (or appearance) of fire; ten varieties are mentioned धूम्रार्चिरुष्मा ज्वलिनी ज्वालिनी विस्फु- लिङ्गिनी । सुश्री: सुरूपा कपिला हव्यकव्यवहे अपि ॥ यादीनां दश- वर्णानां कला धर्मप्रदा अमूः ।). -कारिका [अग्निं करोति आधत्ते करणे कर्तृत्वोपचारात् कर्तरि ण्वुल्] 1 the means of consecrating the sacred fire, the Ṛik called अग्नीध्र which begins with अग्निं दूतं पुरो दधे. 2. = अग्निकार्यम्. -काष्ठम् अग्नेः उद्दीपनं काष्ठं शाक ˚त.] agallochum (अगुरु) -कुक्कुटः [अग्नेः कुक्कुट इव रक्तवर्णस्फुलिङ्गत्वात्] a firebrand, lighted wisp of straw. -कुण्डम [अग्नेराधानार्थं कुण्डम्] an enclosed space for keeping the fire, a fire-vessel. -कुमारः, -तनयः; सुतः 1 N. of Kārttikeya said to be born from fire; Rām.7. See कार्त्तिकेय. -2 a kind of preparation of medicinal drugs. -कृतः Cashew-nut; the plant Anacardium occidentale. [Mar.काजू] -केतुः [अग्नेः केतुरिव] 1 smoke. -2 N. of two Rākṣasas on the side of Rāvaṇa and killed by Rāma. -कोणः -दिक् the south-east corner ruled over by Agni; इन्द्रो वह्निः पितृपतिर्नौर्ऋतो वरुणो मरुत् । कुबेर ईशः पतयः पूर्वादीनां दिशां क्रमात् ॥ -क्रिया [अग्निना निर्वर्तिता क्रिया, शाक. त.] 1 obsequies, funeral ceremonies. -2 branding; भेषजाग्निक्रियासु च Y.3.284. -क्रीडा [तृ. त.] fire-works, illuminations. -गर्भ a. [अग्निर्गर्भे यस्य] pregnant with or containing fire, having fire in the interior; ˚र्भां शमीमिव Ś 4.3. (--र्भः) [अग्निरिव जारको गर्भो यस्य] 1 N. of the plant Agnijāra. -2 the sun stone, name of a crystal supposed to contain and give out fire when touched by the rays of the sun; cf Ś2.7. -3 the sacrificial stick अरणि which when churned, gives out fire. (-र्भा) 1 N. of the Śamī plant as containing fire (the story of how Agni was discovered to exist in the interior of the Śamī plant is told in chap. 35 of अनु- शासनपर्व in Mb.) -2 N. of the earth (अग्नेः सकाशात् गर्भो यस्यां सा; when the Ganges threw the semen of Śiva out on the Meru mountain, whatever on earth &c. was irradiated by its lustre, became gold and the earth was thence called वसुमती) -3 N. of the plant महा- ज्योतिष्मती लता (अग्निरिव गर्भो मध्यभागो यस्याः सा) [Mar. माल- कांगोणी] -ग्रन्थः [अग्निप्रतिपादको ग्रन्थः शाक. त.] the work that treats of the worship of Agni &c. -घृतम् [अग्न्युद्दीपनं घृतं शाक. त.] a kind of medicinal preparation of ghee used to stimulate the digestive power. -चित् m. अग्निं चितवान्; चि-भूतार्थे क्विप् P.III.2.91] one who has kept the sacred fire; यतिभिः सार्धमनग्निमग्निचित् R.8.25; अध्वरे- ष्वग्निचित्वत्सु Bk.5.11. -चयः, -चयनम्, -चित्या. arranging or keeping the sacred fire (अग्न्याधान); चित्याग्निचित्ये च P.III.1.132. -2 (-यः, -यनः) the Mantra used in this operation. -3 a heap of fire -चित्वत् [अग्निचयनम् अस्त्यस्मिन् मतुप्; मस्य वः । तान्तत्वान्न पद- त्वम् Tv.] having अग्निचयन or अग्निचित्. -चूडः A bird having a red tuft. -चर्णम् gunpowder. कार्यासमर्थः कत्यस्ति शस्त्रगोलाग्निचूर्णयुक् Śukranīti 2.93. -ज, -जात a. produced by or from fire, born from fire. (-जः, -जातः) 1 N. of the plant अग्निजार (अग्नये अग्न्युद्दीपनाय जायते सेवनात् प्रभवति). 1 N. of Kārttikeya पराभिनत्क्रौञ्चमिवाद्रिमग्निजः Mb.8.9. 68.3. Viṣṇu. (-जम्, -जातम) gold; so ˚जन्मन्. -जित् m. God; Bhāg.8.14.4. -जिह्व a. 1 having a fiery tongue. -2 one having fire for the tongue, epithet of a God or of Visṇu in the boar incarnation. (-ह्वा) 1 a tongue or flame of fire. -2 one of the 7 tongues of Agni (कराली धूमिनी श्वेता लोहिता नीललोहिता । सुवर्णा पद्मरागा च जिह्वा: सप्त विभावसोः -3 N. of a plant लाङ्गली (अग्नेर्जिह्वेव शिखा यस्याः सा); of another plant (जलपिप्पली) or गजपिप्पली (विषलाङ्गला) (Mar. जल-गज पिंपळी) -ज्वाला 1 the flame or glow of fire. -2 [अग्नेर्ज्वालेव शिखा यस्याः सा] N. of a plant with red blossoms, chiefly used by dyers, Grislea Tomentosa (Mar. धायफूल, धायटी). -तप् a. [अग्निना तप्यते; तप्-क्विप्] having the warmth of fire; practising austerities by means of fire. -तपस् a. [अग्निभिः तप्यते] 1 practising very austere penance, standing in the midst of the five fires. -2 glowing, shining or burning like fire (तपतीति तपाः अग्निरिव तपाः) hot as fire -तेजस् a. having the lustre or power of fire. (अग्नेरिव तेजो यस्य). (-स् n.) the lustre of fire. (-स् m.) N. of one of the 7 Ṛiṣis of the 11th Manvantara. -त्रयम् the three fires, See under अग्नि. -द a. [अग्निं दाहार्थं गृहादौ ददाति; दा. -क.] 1 giving or supplying with fire -2 tonic, stomachic, producing appetite, stimulating digestion. -3 incendiary; अग्निदान् भक्तदांश्चैव Ms.9.278; अग्निदानां च ये लोकाः Y.2.74; so ˚दायक, ˚दायिन्. यदग्निदायके पापं यत्पापं गुरुतल्पगे. Rām.2.75.45. -दग्ध a. 1 burnt on the funeral pile; अग्निदग्धाश्च ये जीवा ये$प्यदग्धाः कुले मम Vāyu. P. -2 burnt with fire. -3 burnt at once without having fire put into the mouth, being destitute of issue (?); (pl.) a class of Manes or Pitṛis who, when alive, kept up the household flame and presented oblations to fire. -दमनी [अग्निर्दम्यते$नया; दम्-णिच् करणे ल्युट] a narcotic plant, Solanum Jacquini. [Mar. रिंगणी] -दातृ [अग्निं विधानेन ददाति] one who performs the last (funeral) ceremonies of a man; यश्चाग्निदाता प्रेतस्य पिण्डं दद्यात्स एव हि. -दीपन a. [अग्निं दीपयति] stimulating digestion, stomachic, tonic. -दीप्त a. [तृ. त्त.] glowing, set on fire, blazing (-प्ता) [अग्निर्जठरानलो दीप्तः सेवनात् यस्याः सा] N. of a plant ज्योतिष्मती लता (Mar. मालकांगोणी), which is said to stimulate digestion. -दीप्तिः f. active state of digestion. -दूत a. अग्निर्दूत इव यस्मिन् यस्य वा] having Agni for a messenger, said of the sacrifice or the deity invoked; यमं ह यज्ञो गच्छत्यग्निदूतो अरंकृतः Rv.1.14.13. -दूषितः a. branded. -देवः [अग्नि- रेव देवः] Agni; a worshipper of Agni. -देवा [अग्निर्देवो यस्याः] the third lunar mansion, the Pleiades (कृत्तिका). -द्वारम् the door on the south-east of a building; पूर्व- द्वारमथैशाने चाग्निद्वारं तु दक्षिणे । Māna.9.294-95. -धानम् [अग्निर्धियते$स्मिन्] the place or receptacle for keeping the sacred fire, the house of अग्निहोतृ; पदं कृणुते अग्निधाने Rv. 1.165.3. -धारणम् maintaining the sacred fire; व्रतिनां ˚णम् K. 55. -नयनम् = ˚प्रणयनम्. -निर्यासः [अग्नेर्ज- ठरानलस्येव दीपको निर्यासो यस्य] N. of the plant अग्निजार. -नेत्र a. [अग्निर्नेता यस्य] having Agni for the leader or conveyer of oblations, an epithet of a god in general. -पदम् 1 the word Agni. -2 fire-place. -3 N. of a plant. -परिक्रि-ष्क्रि-या care of the sacred fire, worship of fire, offering oblations; गृहार्थो$ग्निपरिष्क्रिया Ms.2.67. -परिच्छदः the whole sacrificial apparatus; गृह्यं चाग्निपरिच्छदम् Ms.6. 4. -परिधानम् enclosing the sacrificial fire with a kind of screen. -परीक्षा [तृ. त.] ordeal by fire. -पर्वतः [अग्निसाधनं पर्वतः] a volcano; महता ज्वलता नित्यमग्निमेवाग्नि- पर्वतः Rām.5.35.43. -पुच्छः [अग्नेः अग्न्याधानस्थानस्य पुच्छ इव]. tail or back part of the sacrificial place; the extinction of fire. -पुराणम् [अग्निना प्रोक्तं पुराणम्] one of the 18 Purāṇas ascribed to Vyāsa. It derives its name from its having been communicated originally by Agni to the sage Vasiṣṭha for the purpose of instructing him in the two-fold knowledge of Brahman. Its stanzas are said to be 145. Its contents are varied. It has portions on ritual and mystic worship, cosmical descriptions, chapters on the duties of Kings and the art of war, a chapter on law, some chapters on Medicine and some treatises on Rhetoric, Prosody, Grammar, Yoga, Brahmavidyā &c. &c. -प्रणयनम् bringing out the sacrificial fire and consecrating it according to the proper ritual. -प्रणिधिः Incendiary. Dk.2.8. -प्रतिष्ठा consecration of fire, especially the nuptial fire. -प्रवेशः; -शनम [स. त.] entering the fire, self-immolation of a widow on the funeral pile of her husband. -प्रस्कन्दनम् violation of the duties of a sacrificer (अग्निहोमाकरण); ˚परस्त्वं चाप्येवं भविष्यसि Mb.1.84.26. -प्रस्तरः [अग्निं प्रस्तृणाति अग्नेः प्रस्तरो वा] a flint, a stone producing fire. -बाहुः [अग्ने- र्बाहुरिव दीर्घशिखत्वात्] 1 smoke. -2 N. of a son of the first Manu; Hariv. N. of a son of Priyavrata and Kāmyā. V. P. -बीजम् 1 the seed of Agni; (fig.) gold (रुद्रतेजः समुद्भूतं हेमबीजं विभावसोः) -2 N. of the letter र्. -भम [अग्नि- रिव भाति; भा-क.] 1 'shining like fire,' gold. -2 N. of the constellation कृत्तिका. -भु n. [अग्नेर्भवति; भू-क्विप् ह्रस्वान्तः] 1 water. -2 gold. -भू a. [अग्नेर्भवतिः भू-क्विप्] produced from fire. (भूः) 1 'fire-born,' N. of Kārttikeya. -2 N. of a teacher (काश्यप) who was taught by Agni. -3 (arith.) six. -भूति a. produced from fire. (-तिः) [अग्निरिव भूतिरैश्वर्यं यस्य] N. of a pupil of the last Tīrthaṅkara. (-तिः) f. the lustre or might of fire. -भ्राजस् a. Ved. [अग्निरिव भ्राजते; भ्राज्-असुन्] shining like fire. अग्निभ्राजसो विद्युतः Ṛv.5.54.11. -मणिः [अग्नेरुत्थापको मणिः शाक. त.] the sunstone. -मथ् m. [अग्निं मथ्नाति निष्पादयति; मन्थ्-क्विप्- नलोपः] 1 the sacrificer who churns the fuel-stick. -2 the Mantra used in this operation, on the अरणि itself. -मन्थः, -न्थनम्, producing fire by friction; or the Mantra used in this operation. (-न्थः) [अग्निर्मथ्यते अनेन मन्थ्-करणे घञ्] N. of a tree गणिकारिका (Mar. नरवेल) Premna Spinosa (तत्काष्ठयोर्घर्षणे हि आशु वह्निरुत्पद्यते), -मान्द्यम् slowness of digestion, loss of appetite, dyspepsia. -मारुतिः अग्निश्च मरुच्च तयोरपत्यं इञ् ततो वृद्धिः इत् च; द्विपदवृद्धौ पृषो. पूर्वपदस्य ह्रस्वः Tv.] N. of the sage Agastya. -मित्रः N. of a king of the Śunga dynasty, son of Puṣypamitra who must have flourished before 15 B. C. -the usually accepted date of Patañjali-as the latter mentions पुष्यमित्र by name. -मुखः a. having Agni at the head. (-खः) [अग्निर्मुखमिव यस्य] 1 a deity, god, (for the gods receive oblations through Agni who is, therefore, said to be their mouth; अग्निमुखा वै देवाः; अग्निर्मुखं प्रथमं देवतानाम् &c; or अग्निर्मुखे अग्रे येषाम्, for fire is said to have been created before all other gods.) -2 [अग्निर्मुखं प्रधानमुपास्यो यस्य] one who maintains the sacred fire (अग्निहोतृद्विज) -3 a Brāhmaṇa in general (अग्निर्दाहकत्वात् शापाग्निर्मुखे यस्य for Brāhmaṇas are said to be वाग्वज्राः). -4 N. of two plants चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica and भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium अग्निरिव स्पर्शात् दुःखदायकं मुखमग्रम् यस्य, तन्निर्यासस्पर्शेन हि देहे क्षतोत्पत्तेस्थयोस्तथात्वम्) -5 a sort of powder or चूर्ण prescribed as a tonic by चक्रदत्त -6 'fire-mouthed, sharp-biting, an epithet of a bug. Pt. 1. (-खी) अग्निरिव मुखमग्रं यस्याः; गौरादि-ङीष्] 1 N. of a plant भल्लातक (Mar. बिबवा, भिलावा) and लाङ्गलिका (विषलाङ्गला). -2 N. of the Gāyatri Mantra (अग्निरेव मुखं मुखत्वेन कल्पितं यस्याः सा, or अग्नेरिव मुखं प्रजापतिमुखं उत्पत्ति- द्वारं यस्याः, अग्निना समं प्रजापतिमुखजातत्वात्; कदाचिदपि नो विद्वान् गायत्रीमुदके जपेत् । गायत्र्याग्निमुखी यस्मात्तस्मादुत्थाय तां जपेत् ॥ गोभिल). -3 a kitchen [पाकशाला अग्निरिव उत्तप्तं मुखं यस्याः सा]. -मूढ a. [तृ. त.] Ved. made insane or stupefied by lightning or fire. -यन्त्रम् A gun अग्नियन्त्रधरैश्चक्रधरैश्च पुरुषैर्वृतः Śivabhārata 12.17. -यानम् An aeroplane. व्योमयानं विमानं स्यात् अग्नियानं तदेव हि । अगस्त्यसंहिता. -योगः See पञ्चाग्निसाधन. अग्नियोगवहो ग्रीष्मे विधिदृष्टेन कर्मणा । चीर्त्वा द्वादशवर्षाणि राजा भवति पार्थिवः ॥ Mb.13.14,2.43. -योजनम् causing the sacrificial fire to blaze up. -रक्षणम् 1 con-secrating or preserving the sacred (domestic) fire or अग्निहोत्र. -2 [अग्निः रक्ष्यते अनेन अत्र वा] a Mantra securing for Agni protection from evil spirits &c. -3 the house of an अग्निहोतृ. -रजः, -रजस् m. [अग्निरिव रज्यते दीप्यते; रञ्ज्-असुन् नलोपः] 1 a scarlet insect by name इन्द्रगोप. -2 (अग्नेः रजः) the might or power of Agni. -3 gold. Mb.3. 16.86.7 -रहस्यम् mystery of (worshipping &c.) Agni; N. of the tenth book of Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa. -राशिः a heap of fire, burning pile. -रुहा [अग्निरिव रोहति रुह्-क] N. of the plant मांसादनी or मांसरोहिणी (तदङ्कुरस्य वह्नितुल्य- वर्णतया उत्पन्नत्वात्तथात्वं तस्याः). -रूप a. [अग्नेरिव रूपं वर्णो यस्य] fire-shaped; of the nature of fire. -रूपम् the nature of fire. -रेतस् n. the seed of Agni; (hence) gold. -रोहिणी [अग्निरिव रोहति; रुह्-णिनि] a hard inflammatory swelling in the armpit. -लोकः the world a Agni, which is situated below the summit of Meru; in the Purāṇas it is said to be in the अन्तरिक्ष, while in the Kāśī Khaṇḍa it is said to be to the south of इन्द्रपुरी; एतस्या दक्षिणे भागे येयं पूर्दृश्यते शुभा । इमामर्चिष्मतीं पश्य वीतिहोत्रपुरीं शुभाम् ॥ -वधूः Svāhā, the daughter of Dakṣa and wife of Agni -वर्चस् a. [अग्नेर्वर्च इव वर्चो यस्य] glowing or bright like fire. (n.) the lustre of Agni. (-m.) N. of a teacher of the Purāṇas. -वर्ण a. [अग्नेरिव वर्णो यस्य] of the colour of fire; hot; fiery; सुरां पीत्वा द्विजो मोहादग्निवर्णां सुरां पिबेत् Ms.11.9; गोमूत्रमग्निवर्णं वा पिबेदुदकमेव वा 91. (र्णः) 1 N. of a prince, son of Sudarśana. -2 N. of a King of the solar race, See R.19.1. the colour of fire. (-र्णा) a strong liquor. -वर्धक a. stimulating digestion, tonic. (-कः) 1 a tonic. -2 regimen, diet (पथ्याहार). -वल्लभः [अग्नेर्वल्लभः सुखेन दाह्यत्वात्] 1 the Śāla tree, Shorea Robusta. -2 the resinous juice of it. -वासस् a. [अग्निरिव शुद्धं वासो यस्य] having a red (pure like Agni) garment. (n.) a pure garment. -वाह a. [अग्निं वाहयति अनुमापयति वा] 1 smoke. -2 a goat. -वाहनम् a goat (छाग). -विद् m. 1 one who knows the mystery about Agni. -2 an अग्निहोत्रिन् q. v. -विमोचनम् ceremony of lowering the sacrificial fire. -विसर्पः pain from an inflamed tumour, inflammation. -विहरणम्, -विहारः 1 taking the sacrificial fire from आग्नीध्र to the उत्तरवेदि. -2 offering oblations to fire; प्रत्यासन्ना ˚वेला K.348. -वीर्यम् 1 power or might of Agni. -2 gold. -वेतालः Name of Vetāla (connected with the story of Vikra-māditya). -वेशः [अग्नेर्वेश इव] N. of an ancient medical authority (चरक). -वेश्मन् m. the fourteenth day of the karma-ṃāsa; Sūryaprajñapti. -वेश्यः 1 N. of a teacher, Mbh. -2 Name of the 22nd muhūrta; Sūryapraj-ñapti. धौम्य cf. Mb 14.64.8. -शरणम्, -शाला-लम् a fire-sanctuary; ˚मार्गमादेशय Ś.5; a house or place for keeping the sacred fire; ˚रक्षणाय स्थापितो$हम् V.3. -शर्मन् a. [अग्निरिव शृणाति तीव्रकोपत्वात् शॄ-मनिन्] very passionate. (-m.) N. of a sage. -शिख a. [अग्नेरिव अग्निरिव वा शिखा यस्य] fiery, fire-crested; दहतु ˚खैः सायकैः Rām. (-खः) 1 a lamp. -2 a rocket, fiery arrow. -3 an arrow in general. -4 safflower plant. -5 saffron. -6 जाङ्गलीवृक्ष. (-खम्) 1 saffron. -2 gold. (-खा) 1 a flame; शरैरग्निशिखोपमैः Mb. -2 N. of two plants लाङ्गली (Mar. वागचबका or कळलावी) Gloriosa Superba; of other plants (also Mar. कळलावी) Meni-spermum Cordifolium. -शुश्रूषा careful service or worship of fire. -शेखर a. fire-crested. (-रः) N. of the कुसुम्भ, कुङ्कुम and जाङ्गली trees (-रम्) gold, -शौच a. [अग्नेरिव शौचं यस्य] bright as fire; purified by fire K.252. -श्री a. [अग्नेरिव श्रीर्यस्य] glowing like fire; lighted by Agni -ष्टुत्, -ष्टुभ, -ष्टोम &c. see ˚ स्तुत्, ˚स्तुभ् &c. -ष्ठम् 1 kitchen; अग्निष्ठेष्वग्निशालासु Rām.6.1.16. -2 a fire-pan. -संयोगाः explosives. Kau. A.2.3. -ष्वात्तः see स्वात्तः -संस्कारः 1 consecration of fire. -2 hallowing or con-secrating by means of fire; burning on the funeral pile; यथार्हं ˚रं मालवाय दत्वा Dk.169; नास्य कार्यो$ग्निसंस्कारः Ms.5.69, पितरीवाग्निसंस्कारात्परा ववृतिरे क्रियाः । R.12.56. -सखः; -सहायः 1 the wind. -2 the wild pigeon (smoke-coloured). -3 smoke. -सम्भव a. [प. ब.] sprung or produced from fire. (-वः) 1 wild safflower. -2 lymph, result of digestion. (-वम्) gold. -साक्षिक [अग्निः साक्षी यत्र, कप्] a. or adv. keeping fire for a witness, in the presence of fire; पञ्चबाण˚ M.4.12. ˚मर्यादो भर्ता हि शरणं स्त्रियाः H.1.v. l, R.11.48. -सारम् [अग्नौ सारं यस्य अत्यन्तानलोत्तापनेपि सारांशादहनात् Tv.] रसाञ्जन, a sort of medical preparation for the eyes. (-रः -रम्) power or essence of fire. -सुतः Kārttikeya; त्वामद्य निहनिष्यामि क्रौञ्चमग्निसुतो यथा । Mb.7.156.93. -सूत्रम् a thread of fire. -2 a girdle of sacrificial grass (मौञ्जीमेखला) put upon a young Brāhmaṇa at the time of investiture. -सूनुः (See -सुतः), (सेनानीरग्निभूर्गुहः । Amar.); देव्यङ्कसंविष्ट- मिवाग्निसूनुम् । Bu. ch.1.67. -स्तम्भः 1 stopping the burning power of Agni. -2 N. of a Mantra used in this operation. -3 N. of a medicine so used. -स्तुत् m. (अग्निष्टुत्) [अग्निः स्तूयते$त्र; स्तु-आधारे क्विप् षत्वम्] the first day of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice; N. of a portion of that sacrifice which extends over one day; यजेत वाश्वमेधेन स्वर्जिता गोसवेन वा । अभिजिद्विश्वजिद्भ्यां वा त्रिवृता- ग्निष्टुतापि वा ॥ Ms.11.74. -स्तुभ् (˚ष्टुभ्) m. [अग्निः स्तुभ्यते$त्र; स्तुभ्-क्विप् षत्वम्] 1 = अग्निष्टोम. -2 N. of a son of the sixth Manu. -रतोमः (˚ष्टोमः) [अग्नेः स्तोमः स्तुतिसाधनं यत्र] 1 N. of a protracted ceremony or sacrificeial rite extending over several days in spring and forming an essential part of the ज्योतिष्टोम. -2 a Mantra or Kalpa with reference to this sacrifice; ˚मे भवो मन्त्रः ˚मः; ˚मस्य व्याख्यानम्, कल्पः ˚मः P.IV.3.66. Vārt. -3 N. of the son of the sixth Manu. -4 a species of the Soma plant; ˚सामन् a part of the Sāma Veda chanted at the conclusion of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice. -सावर्णिः Name of Manu. -स्थ a. (ष्ठ) [अग्नौ स्थातुमर्हति; स्था-क षत्वम्] placed in, over, or near the fire. (ष्ठः) an iron frying-pan; in the अश्वमेध sacrifice the 11th Yūpa which of all the 21 is nearest the fire. -स्वात्तः (written both as ˚स्वात्त and ˚ष्वात्त) (pl.) [अग्नितः i. e. श्राद्धीयविप्रकर- रूपानलात् सुष्ठु आत्तं ग्रहणं येषां ते] N. of a class of Pitṛs or Manes who, when living on earth, maintained the sacred or domestic fires, but who did not perform the Agniṣṭoma and other sacrifices. They are regarded as Manes of Gods and Brāhmaṇas and also as descendants of Marīchi; Ms.3.195. अग्निष्वात्ताः पितर एह गच्छत Tsy. (मनुष्यजन्मन्यग्निष्टोमादियागमकृत्वा स्मार्तकर्मनिष्ठाः सन्तो मृत्वा च पितृत्वं गताः इति सायणः). -हुत्, -होतृ Ved. sacrificing to Agni, having Agni for a priest; Rv.1.66.8. -होत्रम् [अग्नये हूयते$त्र, हु-त्र, च. त.] 1 an oblation to Agni (chiefly of milk, oil and sour gruel.). -2 maintenance of the sacred fire and offering oblation to it; (अग्नये होत्रं होमो$स्मिन् कर्मणीति अग्निहोत्रमिति कर्मनाम); or the sacred fire itself; तपोवनाग्निहोत्रधूमलेखासु K.26. होता स्यात् ˚त्रस्य Ms.11.36. ˚त्रमुपासते 42; स्त्रीं दाहयेत् ˚त्रेण Ms.5.167,6.4, दाहयित्वाग्निहोत्रेण स्त्रियं वृत्तवतीम् Y.1.89. The time of throwing oblations into the fire is, as ordained by the sun himself, evening (अग्नये सायं जुहुयात् सूर्याय प्रातर्जुहुयात्). Agnihotra is of two kinds; नित्य of constant obligation (यावज्जीवमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति) and काम्य occasional or optional (उपसद्भिश्चरित्वा मासमेकमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति). (-त्र) a. Ved. 1 destined for, connected with, Agnihotra. -2 sacrificing to Agni. ˚न्यायः The rule according to which the नित्यकर्मन्s (which are to be performed यावज्जीवम्) are performed at their stipulated or scheduled time only, during one's life time. This is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर at Ms.6. 2.23-26. in connection with अग्निहोत्र and other कर्मन्s. ˚हवनी (णी) a ladle used in sacrificial libations, or अग्निहोत्रहविर्ग्रहणी ऋक् Tv.; See हविर्ग्रहणी; ˚हुत् offering the अग्निहोत्र; ˚आहुतिः invocation or oblation connected with अग्निहोत्र. -होत्रिन् a. [अग्निहोत्र-मत्वर्थे इनि] 1 one who practises the Agnihotra, or consecrates and maintains the sacred fire. -2 one who has prepared the sacrificial place. -होत्री Sacrificial cow; तामग्निहोत्रीमृषयो जगृहु- र्ब्रह्मवादिनः Bhāg.8.8.2.
aṅgam अङ्गम् [अम् गत्यादौ बा˚ -गन्; according to Nir. अङ्ग, अङ्ग- नात् अञ्चनात् वा] 1 The body. -2 A limb or member of the body; शेषाङ्गनिर्माणविधौ विधातुः Ku.1.33; क्लेशस्याङ्गमदत्वा Pt.5. 32 without undergoing troubles; इति स्वप्नोपमान्मत्वा कामान्मा गास्तदङ्गताम् । Ki.11.34 do not be influenced or swayed by them (do not be subject to them) -3 (a.) A division or department (of anything), a part or portion, as of a whole; as सप्ताङ्गम् राज्यम्, चतुरङ्गम् बलम्, चतुःषष्ट्ष्ट्यङ्गम् ज्योतिः- शास्त्रम् see the words; गीताङ्गानाम् Pt.5.56; यज्ञश्चेत्प्रतिरुद्धःस्या- देकेनाङ्गेन यज्वनः Ms.11.11. (Hence) (b.) A supplementary or auxiliary portion, supplement; षडङ्ग or साङ्ग वेदः A peculiar use of the word अङ्ग in masculine gender may here be noted वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् Bṛhadyogiyājñaval-kya Smṛiti 12.34. (c.) A constituent part, essential requisite or component; सर्वैर्बलाङ्गैः R.7.59; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतो R.3.46. (d.) An attributive or secondary part; secondary, auxiliary or dependent member (serving to help the principal one) (opp. प्रधान or अङ्गिन्); अङ्गी रौद्र- रसस्तत्र सर्वे$ङ्गानि रसाः पुनः S. D.517; अत्र स्वभावोक्तिरुत्प्रेक्षाङ्गम् Malli. on Ki 8.26. (e.) An auxiliary means or expedient (प्रधानोपयोगी उपायः or उपकरणम्); सर्वकार्यशरीरेषु मुक्त्वा- ङ्गस्कन्धपञ्चकम् । मन्त्रो योध इवाधीर सर्वाङ्गैः संवृतैरपि ॥ Śi.2.28-29; See अङ्गाङ्गि, पञ्चाङ्ग also (the angas of the several sciences or departments of knowledge will be given under those words). -4 (Gram.) A name for the base of a word; यस्मात्प्रत्ययविधिस्तदादिप्रत्यये अङ्गम् P.I.4.13; यः प्रत्ययो यस्मात्क्रियते तदादिशब्दस्वरूपं तस्मिन्प्रत्यये परे अङ्गसंज्ञं स्यात् Sk. The अङ्ग terminations are those of the nominative, and accusative singular and dual. -5 (Drama) (a.) One of the sub-divisions of the five joints or sandhis in dramas; the मुख has 12, प्रतिमुख 13, गर्भ 12, विमर्ष 13 and उपसंहार 14, the total number of the angas being thus 64; for details see the words. (b.) The whole body of subordinate characters. -6 (astr.) A name for the position of stars (लग्न), See अङ्गाधीश. -7 A symbolical expression for the number six (derived from the six Vedāngas). -8 The mind; हिरण्यगर्भाङ्गभुवं मुनिं हरिः Śi.1.1, See अङ्गज also. -9 N. of the chief sacred texts of the jainas. -ङ्गः (pl.) N. of a country and the people inhabiting it, the country about the modern Bhāgalpur in Bengal. [It lay on the south of Kauśikī Kachchha and on the right bank of the Ganges. Its capital was Champā, sometimes called Aṅgapurī Lomapādapurī, Karṇapurī or Mālinī. According to Daṇḍin (अङ्गेषु गङ्गातटे बहिश्चम्पायाः) and Hiouen Thsang it stood on the Ganges about 24 miles west of a rocky island. General Cunningham has shown that this description applies to the hill opposite Pātharghāṭā, that it is 24 miles east of Bhāgalpur, and that there are villages called Champanagar and Champapura adjoininng the last. According to Sanskrit poets the country of the Aṅgas lay to the east of Girivraja, the capital of Magadha and to the north-east or south-east of Mithilā. The country was in ancient times ruled by Karṇa] cf. अङ्गं गात्रा- न्तिकोपाय प्रतीकेष्वप्रधानके । देशभेदे तु पुंसि स्यात्...॥ Nm. -a. 1 Contiguous. -2 Having members or divisions. -Comp. -अङ्गि, [अङ्गीभावः -अङगस्य अङ्गिनो भावः] the relation of a limb to the body, of the subordinate to the principal, or of that which is helped or fed to the helper or feeder (गौणमुख्यभावः, उपकार्येपकारकभावश्च); e. g. प्रयाज and other rites are to दर्श as its angas, while दर्श is to them the aṅgi; अङ्गाङ्गिभावमज्ञात्वा कथं सामर्थ्यनिर्णयः । पश्य टिट्टिभमात्रेण समुद्रो व्याकुलीकृतः ॥ H.2.138; अत्र वाक्ये समास- गतयोरुपमयोः साध्यसाधनभावात् ˚वेन सम्बन्धः Malli. on Ki.6.2; अविश्रान्तिजुषामात्मन्यङ्गाङ्गित्वं तु संकरः K.P.1. (अनुग्राह्यानुग्राह- कत्वम्). -अधिपः, -अधीशः 1 lord of the Aṅgas, N. of Karṇa (cf. ˚राजः, ˚पतिः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚अधीश्वरः). -2 'lord of a लग्न', the planet presiding over it; (अङ्गाधिपे बलिनि सर्वविभूतिसम्पत्; अङ्गाधीशः स्वगेहे बुधगुरुकविभिः संयुतो वीक्षितो वा Jyotiṣa). -अपूर्वम् effect of a secondary sacrificial act. -कर्मन् n. -क्रिया 1 besmearing the body with fragrant cosmetics, rubbing it &c. Dk.39. -2 a supplementary sacrificial act. -क्रमः the order of the performance with reference to the अङ्गs. The rule in this connection is that the अङ्गक्रम must conform to the मुख्यक्रम. cf. MS. 5.1.14. -ग्रहः spasm; seizure of the body with some illness. -ज-जात a. [अङ्गात् जायते जन्-ड] 1 produced from or on the body, being in or on the body, bodily; ˚जं रजः, ˚जाः अलङ्काराः &c. -2 produced by a supplementary rite. -3 beautiful, ornamental. (-जः) -जनुस् also 1 a son. -2 hair of the body (n. also); तवोत्तरीयं करिचर्म साङ्गजम् Ki.18.32. -3 love, cupid (अङ्गं मनः तस्मा- ज्जातः); intoxicating passion; अङ्गजरागदीपनात् Dk.161. -4 drunkenness, intoxication. -5 a disease. (-जा) a daughter. (-जम्) blood, अङ्गजं रुधिरे$नङ्गे केशे पुत्रे मदे पुमान् । नागरे नखरे$पि स्यात्... । Nm. -ज्वरः [अङ्गमङ्गम् अधिकृत्य ज्वरः] the disease called राजयक्ष्मा, a sort of consumption. -दूष- णम् 1 the defects of the limbs; the penalties of a defective construction; Māna. -2 name of the 79th chapter. -द्वीपः one of the six minor Dvīpas. -न्यासः [अङ्गेषु मन्त्र- भेदस्य न्यासः] touching the limbs of the body with the hand accompanied by appropriate Mantras. -पालिः f. [अङ्गं पाल्यते सम्बध्यते$त्र, अङ्ग-पाल्-इ] an embrace (probably a corruption of अङ्कपालि). -पालिका = अङ्कपालि q. v. -प्रत्यङ्गम् [समा. द्वन्द्व] every limb, large and small; ˚गानि पाणिना स्पृष्ट्वा K.167,72. -प्रायश्चित्तम् [अङ्गस्य शुद्ध्यर्थं प्राय- श्चित्तम्] expiation of bodily impurity, such as that caused by the death of a relative, consisting in making presents (पञ्चसूनाजन्यदुरितक्षयार्थं कार्यं दानरूपं प्रायश्चित्तम् Tv.). -भूः a. [अङ्गात् मनसो वा भवति; भू-क्विप्] born from the body or mind. (-भूः) 1 a son. -2 Cupid. -3 [अङ्गानाम् अङ्गमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानम्] one who has touched and purified, and then restrained, his limbs by repeating the Mantras pertaining to those limbs; ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (सद्योजातादिमन्त्राणाम् अङ्गानां हृदयादिमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानं, कृतमन्त्रन्यासः Malli.). -भङ्गः 1 palsy or paralysis of limbs; ˚विकल इव भूत्वा स्थास्यामि Ś.2. -2 twisting or stretching out of the limbs (as is done by a man just after he rises from sleep); साङ्गभङ्गमुत्थाय Vb.; जृम्भितैः साङ्गभङ्गैः Mu.3.21, K.85. -3 The middle part of the anus and testicles. -मन्त्रः N. of a Mantra. -मर्दः [अङ्ग मर्दयति; मृद्-णिच्] 1 one who shampoos his master's body. -2 [भावे घञ्] act of shampooing; so ˚मर्दका or ˚मर्दिन्, मृद्- णिच् ण्वुल् or णिनि) one who shampoos. -मर्षः [ष. त.] rheumatism; ˚प्रशमनम् the curing of this disease. ˚मेजयत्वम् subtle throbbing of the body; Pātañjala 1.31. -यज्ञः, -यागः [अङ्गीभूतः यज्ञः] a subordinate sacrificial act which is of 5 sorts; समिधो यजति, तनूनपातं यजति, इडो यजति, बर्हिर्यजति, स्वाहाकारं यजति इति पञ्चविधाः । एतेषां सकृदनुष्ठा- नेनैव तन्त्रन्यायेन प्रधानयागानामाग्नेयादीनामुपकारितेति मीमांसा Tv. -रक्तः, -क्तम् [अङ्गे अवयवे रक्तः] N. of a plant गुडारोचनी found in काम्पिल्य country and having red powder (रक्ताङ्गलोचनी). -रक्षकः [अङ्गं रक्षति; रक्ष्-ण्वुल्] a bodyguard, personal attendant Pt.3. -रक्षणी [अङ्ग रक्ष्यते अनया] a coat of mail, or a garment. (-णम्) protection of person. -रागः [अङ्गं रज्यते अनेन करणे घञ्] 1 a scented cosmetic, application of perfumed unguents to the body, fragrant unguent; पुष्पगन्धेन अङ्गरागेण R.12.27, 6.6, स्तनाङ्गरागात् Ku.5.11. -2 [भावे ल्युट्] act of anointing the body with unguents. -रुहम् [अङ्गे रोहति; रुह्-क स. त. P.III.9.135.] hair; मम वर्णो मणिनिभो मृदून्य- ङ्गरुहाणि च Rām.6.48.12. विहङ्गराजाङ्गरुहैरिवायतैः Śi.1.7. -लिपिः f. written character of the Aṅgas. -लेपः [अङ्गं लिप्यते अनेन; लिप्-करणे घञ्] 1 a scented cosmetic. -2 [भावे घञ्] act of anointing. -लोड्यः (लोड ण्यत्) a kind of grass, ginger or its root, Amomum Zingiber. -वस्त्रोत्था f. A louse. -विकल a. [तृ. त.] 1 maimed, paralysed. -2 fainting, swooning. -विकृतिः f. 1 change _x001F_2of bodily appearance; collapse. -2 [अङ्गस्य विकृतिश्चालनादिर्यस्मात् प. ब.] an apoplectic fit, swooning, apoplexy (अपस्मार). -विकारः a bodily defect. -विक्षेपः 1 movement of the limbs; gesticulation. -2 a kind of dance. -विद्या [अङ्गरूपा व्याकरणादिशास्त्ररूपा विद्या ज्ञानसाधनम्] 1 the science of grammar &c. contributing to knowledge. -2 the science of foretelling good or evil by the movements of limbs. Kau. A.1.12; N. of chapter 51 of Bṛhat Saṁhitā which gives full details of this science; न नक्षत्राङ्गविद्यया...भिक्षां लिप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.6.5. -विधिः [अङ्गस्य प्रधानोपकारिणः विधिः विधानम् [a subordinate or subsidiary act subservient to a knowledge of the principal one (प्रधान- विधिविधेयकर्मणो$ङ्गबोधकतया अङ्गविधिः). -वीरः chief or principal hero. -वैकृतम् [अङ्गेन अङ्गचेष्टया वैकृतं हृदयभावो ज्ञाप्यते यत्र बहु.] 1 a sign, gesture or expression of the face leading to a knowledge of internal thoughts (आकार) -2 a nod, wink. -3 changed bodily appearance. -वैगुण्यम् a defect or flaw in the performance of some subordinate or subsidiary act which may be expiated by thinking of Viṣṇu); श्राद्धादिपद्धतौ कर्मान्ते यत्किञ्चिदङ्गवैगुण्यं जातं तद्दोषप्रशमनाय विष्णुस्मरणमहं करिष्ये इत्यभिलापवाक्यम् Tv.). -संस्कारः, -संस्क्रिया [अङ्गं संस्क्रियते अनेन; कृ-करणे or भावे- घञ्) 1 embellishment of person, personal decoration, doing whatever secures a fine personal appearance, such as bathing, rubbing the body, perfuming it with cosmetic &c. -2 [कर्त्रर्थे अण्] one who decorates or embellishes the person. -संहतिः f. compactness, symmetry; body; स्थेयसीं दधतमङ्गसंहतिम् Ki.13.5; or strength of the body. -संहिता The phonetic relation between consonants and vowels in the body of a word Ts. Prāt. -सङ्गः bodily contact, union; coition. -सुप्तिः f. Benumbing of the body. -सेवकः a personal attendant, body-guard. -स्कन्धः [कर्मधा.] a subdivision of a science. -स्पर्शः fitness or qualification for bodily contact or being touched by others. -हानिः f. 1. a defect or flaw in the performance of a secondary or subsidiary act (= ˚वैगुण्यम्); दैवाद् भ्रमात् प्रमादाच्चेदङ्गहानिः प्रजायते । स्मरणादेव तद्विष्णोः संपूर्णं स्यादिति श्रुतिः ॥ -हारः [अङ्गं ह्रियते इतस्ततः चाल्यते यत्र, हृ-आधारे or भावे घञ्] gesticulation, movements of the limbs, a dance; अङ्गहारैस्तथैवान्या कोमलै- र्नृत्यशालिनी Rām.5.1.36. संसक्तैरगुरुवनेषु साङ्गहारम् Ki.7.37. Ku.7.91. -हारिः [अङ्गं ह्रियते$त्र; हृ-बा˚णि] 1 gesticulation. -2 stage; dancing hall. -हीन a. [तृ. त.] 1 mutilated, deprived of some defective limb (अङ्गं हीनं यथो- चितप्रमाणात् अल्पं यस्य) according to Suśruta a man is so born, if the mother's दोहद has not been duly fulfilled (सा प्राप्तदौर्हृदा पुत्रं जनयेत गुणान्वितम् । अलब्धदौर्हृदा गर्भे लभेता- त्मनि वा भयम् ॥ येषु येष्विन्द्रियार्थेषु दौर्हृदे वै विमानना । जायते तत्सुतस्यार्तिस्तस्मिंस्तस्मिंस्तथेन्द्रिये ॥).
atibhūmiḥ अतिभूमिः f. 1 Excess, culmination, highest pitch; ˚मिं गम्-या to go to excess, to reach the climax; ˚मिं तस्या अभिनिवेशो गमिष्यति Māl.2; ˚मिं गतोनुरागः 7; तत्र सर्व- लोकस्य ˚मिं गतः प्रवादः ibid. widely known, become notorious, noised abroad; ˚मिमयं गतो न शक्यते निवर्तयितुम् K.156; सर्वोत्सवानामतिभूमिमिवाधिशयाना 158; सर्वपौरुषातिभूमिः Dk.3; ˚मिं गतेन रणरणकेन U.1, प्रणयातिभूमिमगमन् Śi.9.78, 1.8. -2 Boldness, impropriety, violation of due limits (अमर्यादा); विपदि न दूषितातिभूमिः Śi.3.2. -3 Eminence, superiority. -4 Extensive land.
atyayaḥ अत्ययः [इ-अच्] 1 (a) passing away, lapse; काल˚ आधिश्चोपनिधिश्चोभौ न कालात्ययमर्हतः Ms.8.145. (b) End, conclusion, termination, absence, disappearance; तपात्यये Ku.; शिशिरात्ययस्य पुष्पोच्चयः 3.61; आतप˚ R.1.52. -2 Complete disappearance, death, destruction, passing away, perishing; पितुरत्ययात् Dk.64. -3 Danger, risk, harm, injury, evil; जीवितात्ययमापन्नः Ms. 1.14 the life being in danger or jeopardy; प्राणानामेव चात्यये 5.27; प्राणात्यये च संप्राप्ते Y.1.179, Ms.6.68,8:69; पुत्रदारात्ययं प्राप्तः 1.99 (Kull. क्षुदवसन्नपुत्रकलत्रः). -4 Suffering, misery, difficulty, distress. -5 Guilt, fault, offence, transgression; क्षत्रियस्यात्यये दण्डो भागाद्दशगुणो भवेत Ms.8.243; दाप्यो$ष्टगुणमत्ययं 8.4 should be made to pay as a fine for his offence. -6 Attack, assault साहसस्तेयपारुष्यगो$भिशापात्यये Y.2.12. -7 Overcoming, mastering mentally, comprehending; बुद्धिश्च ते लोकैरपि दुरत्यया Rām. -8 Overstepping; क्षुरस्य धारा निशिता दुरत्यया Kena. Up. -9 A class kind. cf. अशुभे चापदि स्मृतः । अत्ययो$ तिक्रमे कृच्छ्रे दोषे दण्डविनाशयोः । Nm.
adhas अधस् अधः ind. [अधर-असि, अधरशव्दस्थाने अध् आदेशः P.V.3.39.] 1 Below, down; पतत्यधो धाम विसारि सर्वतः Śi.1.2; in lower region, to the infernal regions or hell; व्यसन्यधो$धो व्रजति स्वर्यात्यव्यसनी मृतः Ms.7.53. (According to the context अधः may have the sense of the nominative, ˚अङ्कुशः &c.; ablative, अधो वृक्षात् पतति; or locative, अधो गृहे शेते). -2 Beneath, under, used like a preposition with gen.; तरूणाम्˚ Ś.1.14; rarely with abl. also; बाहित्थं तु ततो$प्यधः Hemachandra; (when repeated) lower and lower, down and down; अधोधः पश्यतः कस्य महिमा नोपचीयते H.2.2; यात्यधोधो- व्रजत्युच्चैर्नरः स्वैरेव कर्मभिः H.2.47; अधोधो गङ्गेयं पदमुपगता स्तोकं Bh.2.1; from under, just below (with acc.); नवानधो$धो बृहतः पयोधरान् Śi.1.4. In comp. with nouns अधः has the sense of (a) lower, under, as ˚भुवनं, ˚लोकः the lower world; ˚वासः or ˚अंशुकम् an under-garment; or (b) the lower part; ˚कायः the lower part of the body; अधःकृ means to surpass, eclipse, overcome, vanquish, despise, scorn; तपः शरीरैः कठिनैरुपार्जितं तपस्विनां दूरमधश्चकार सा Ku.5.29; अधःकृताशेषान्तःपुरेण K.177; ˚कृतकुसुमायुधं 179; Śi.1.35; क्षितिप्रतिष्ठो$पि मुखारविन्दैवर्धूजनश्च- न्द्रमधश्चकार 3.52; ˚कृतैनसः Śi.16.8. dispelled. (c) अधस्, अधस्तात् -Pudendum muliebre. -Comp. -अक्ष a. situated below the axle or car. (-क्षम्) adv. below the car, under the axle. -अक्षजः [अक्षात् इन्द्रियाज्वायते इति अक्षजं प्रत्यक्षज्ञानम्, तदधरं ग्राहकत्वाभावात् हीनं यस्य सः Tv.; अधःकृतं अक्षजम् इन्द्रियज्ञानं येन Malli.] N. of Viṣṇu; other etymologies of the name are also found; (1) अधो न क्षीयते जातु यस्मात्तस्मादधोक्षजः; (2) द्यौरक्षं पृथिवी चाधस्तयोर्यस्मादजायत । मध्ये वैराजरूपेण ततो$धोक्षज इष्यते ॥ -अधस् See above. -उपास- नम् sexual intercourse. -अङ्गम्, -द्वारम्, -मर्म the anus; Pudendum Muliebre. -करः the lower part of the hand (करभ). -करणम् excelling, defeating, degradation; K.22; so ˚क्रिया; सहते न जनोप्यधःक्रियाम् Ki.2.47. degradation, dishonour. -खननम् undermining. -गतिः f., गमनम् -पातः 1 a downward fall or motion, descent; going downwards. -2 degradation, downfall, going to perdition or hell; मूलानामधोगतिः K.41 (where ˚ति has both senses); ˚तिम् आयाति Pt.1.15 sinks, comes down (feels dishonoured); Ms.3.17; अरक्षितारमत्तारं नृपं विद्याद- धोगतिम् 8.39 destined to go to hell. -गन्तृ m. one who digs downwards. a mouse. -ग-घ-ण्टा [अधरात् अधस्तादा- रभ्य घण्टेव तदाकारफलत्वात्] a plant Achyranthes Aspera (अपामार्ग. Mar. आघाडा). -चरः [अधः खनित्वा चरति-अच्] 1 thief. -2 one who goes downwards. -जानु n. the lower part of the knee. -ind. below the knee. -जिह्विका [अल्पा जिह्वा जिह्विका, अधरा जिह्विका] the uvula (Mar. पडजीभ). -तलम् the lower part or surface; शय्या˚, खट्वा˚. -दिश् f. the lower region, the nadir; the southern direction. -दृष्टि a. casting a downward look, a posture in Yoga; करणान्यबहिष्कृत्य स्थाणुवन्निश्चलात्मकः । आत्मानं हृदये ध्यायेत् नासाग्रन्यस्तलोचनः ॥ इति योगसारे. cf. also Ku.3.47. (-ष्टिः) a downward look. -पदं [अधोवृत्ति पदं, पादस्याधःस्थानं वा] the place under the foot, a lower place. -पातः = ˚गति q. v. above. -पुष्पी [अधोमुखानि पुष्पाणि यस्याः] Names of two plants अवाक्- पुष्पी (Pimpinella Anisum) and गोजिह्वा Elephantopus (Seaber). -प्रस्तरः a seat of grass for persons in mourning to sit upon. -भक्तम् [अधरं भक्तं यस्मात्] a dose of water, medicine &c. to be taken after meals &c. (भोजनान्ते पीयमानं जलादिकम्). -भागः 1 the lower part (of the body); पूर्वभागो गुरुः पुंसामधोभागस्तु योषितां Suśr. -2 the lower part of any thing, the region below, down below; ˚व्यवस्थितं किंचित्पुरमालोकितं Pt.1. situated down below, See पाताल. -भूः f. lower ground, land at the foot of a hill. -मुख, -वदन a. having the face downwards; ˚खी तिष्ठति; ˚खैः पत्रिभिः R.3.37. -2 head-long, precipitate, flying downwards. -3 upside down, topsyturvy. (-खः) N. of Viṣṇu. (-खा, -खी) N. of a plant गोजिह्वा. (-खम्) (नक्षत्रम्) 1 flying downwards, having a downward motion; these nakṣatras are : मूलाश्लेषा कृत्तिका च विशाखा भरणी तथा । मघा पूर्वात्रयं चैव अधोमुखगणः स्मृतः ॥ Jyotiṣa. -2 N. of a hell. -यन्त्रम् a still. -रक्तपित्तम् discharge of blood from the anus and urethra. -राम a. [अधोभागे रामः शुक्लः, दृष्टितर्पकत्वात् तस्य रामत्वम्] having a white colour or white marks on the lower part of the body (said of a goat); -लम्बः 1 a plummet. -2 a perpendicular. -3 the lower world. -वर्चस् a. strong _x001F_3in the lower regions; whose lustre penetrates downwards. -वशः Pudendum Muliebre. -वायुः [अधोगामी वायुः शाक. त.] breaking wind, flatulency. -वेदः to marry a second wife when the first is alive. -शय, -य्य a. sleeping on the ground. (-य्या) sleeping on the ground; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्यामधःशय्यां गुरोर्हितए । आसमावर्तनात् कुर्यात्कृतोपनयनो द्विजः ॥ Ms.2.18. -शिरस् a. -मुख (n.) N. of a hell. -स्थ, स्थित a. situated below, -स्वस्तिकम् the nadir.
adhikāraḥ अधिकारः 1 Superintendence, watching over; स्त्रीषु कष्टो$धिकारः V.3.1; यः पौरवेण राज्ञा धर्माधिकारे नियुक्तः Ś.1 superintendence of religious matters. -2 Duty, office, charge; power, post of authority; authority; मन्त्राधि- कारः Kau. A.1 निर्णयाधिकारे ब्रवीमि M.1. I say this in the capacity of a judge; अविश्रमो$यं लोकतन्त्राधिकारः Ś.5; द्वीपिनस्ताम्बूलाधिकारो दत्तः Pt.1, तुल्योद्योगस्तव दिनकृतश्चाधिकारो मतो नः V.2.1.; अर्थ˚ administration of pecuniary matters स्वाधिकारात् प्रमत्तः Me.1; अधिकारे मम पुत्रको नियुक्तः M.5; यः सर्वाधिकारे नियुक्तः प्रधानमन्त्री स करोतु, अनुजीविना पर˚ चर्चा न कर्तव्या H.2; शिल्पाधिकारे योग्येयं दारिका M.1 fit to be initiated in to the fine arts. -3 Sovereignty, government or administration, jurisdiction, rule; स्वाधिकार- भूमौ वर्तिष्यते Ś.7 seat of government or jurisdiction, ˚खेदं निरूप्य Ś.5. -4 Position, dignity, rank; हृताधिकारां मलिनाम् Y.1.7 deprived of the position or rights or privileges of a wife. -5 (a) Right, authority, privilege, claim, title (as to wealth, property &c.); right of ownership or possession; अधिकारः फले स्वाम्यमथिकारी च तत्प्रभुः S. D.296; वत्से$धिकारः स्थितः Mv.4.38 it now belongs to the child. (b) Qualification or authority to perform certain specified duties, civil, sacrificial, religious &c.; as the अधिकार of a king to rule and protect, of a Brāhmaṇa to sacrifice, of a Vaiśya to till or trade &c.; शूद्रो$धिकारहीनो$पि Y.3.262; with loc.; निषेकादिस्मशा- नान्तो मन्त्रैर्यस्योदितो विधिः । तस्य शास्त्रे$धिकारो$स्मिन् ज्ञेयो नान्यस्य कस्यचित् Ms.2.16; श्राद्धाधिकारसम्पदस्तु इति भवन्तो ब्रुवन्तु (repeated in Śrāddha ceremonies). -6 Prerogative of a king. -7 Effort, exertion; कर्मण्येवाधिकारस्ते मा फलेषु कदाचन Bg.2.47 your business is with action alone &c. -8 Relation, reference; स राघवस्तत्र तदा प्रलापाञ् शुश्राव लोकस्य समागतस्य । आत्माधिकारा विविधाश्च वाचः Rām.2.17.43. कथा विचित्राः पृतनाधिकाराः Mb. -9 Place = अधिकरण; महत्खलु पुरुषाधिकारं ज्योतिः M.1. -1 A topic, paragraph or section; प्रायश्चित्त˚ Mit.; See अधिकरण. -11 Counting, enumeration, occasion for counting; संसत्सु जाते पुरुषाधिकारे Ki. 3.51 (गणनाप्रस्तावे). -12 (In gram.) A head or governing rule, which exerts a directing or governing influence over other rules; e. g. सर्वस्य द्वे P.VIII.1.1; समर्थानां प्रथमाद्वा; प्राग्दीव्यतो$ण् IV.1.82-3; तत्पुरुषः II. 1.22; अधिकारो$यं Sk. (This अधिकार is of three kinds; सिंहावलोकितं चैव मण्डूकप्लुतमेव च । गङ्गाप्रवाहवच्चापि अधिकारस्त्रिधा मतः ॥.) अधिकार also means a word or sūtra extending over in the following सूत्रs up to a particular limit. -Comp. -विधिः determination or statement of qualifications to do particular acts; as राजा राजसूयेन यजेत. -स्थ -आढ्य a. possessed of authority, invested with office. अधिकारिन् adhikārin अधिकारवत् adhikāravat अधिकारिन् अधिकारवत् a. [अस्त्यर्थे इनि मतुप् वा] 1 Possessed of authority, having power; निःस्पृहो नाधिकारी स्यात् Pt.1.164; सन्धिविग्रहकार्य˚, कार्य˚ H.3. -2 Entitled to, having a right to; सर्वे स्युरधिकारिणः; so उत्तराधिकारिन् heir; धनग्रहण˚ &c.; तपस्यनधिकारित्वात् R.15.51 not qualified or authorised. -3 Belonging to, owned by. -4 Fit for. -m. (री-वान्) 1 An official, officer; न निष्प्रयोजनम् अधिकारवन्तः प्रभुभिराहूयन्ते Mu.3; a functionary, superintendent, head, director, governor. -2 A rightful claimant, proprietor, master, owner. -3 One qualified to sacrifice or perform sacred works. -4 Man as the lord of creation. -5 One well versed in the Vedānta.
adhyavasānam अध्यवसानम् [भावे-ल्युट्] 1 Effort, determination &c. See अध्यवसाय -2 (In Rhet.) Identification of two things (प्रकृत and अप्रकृत) in such a manner that the one is completely absorbed into the other; निगीर्याध्यवसानं तु प्रकृतस्य परेण यत् K. P.1; on such identification is founded the figure called अतिशयोक्ति, and the लक्षणा called साध्यवसाना. See K. P.2.
adhyavasāyaḥ अध्यवसायः 1 An attempt, effort, exertion; न स्वल्प- मप्यध्यवसायभीरोः करोति विज्ञाननिधिर्गुणं हि H.1.v.l.; ˚सह- चरेषु साहसेषु Dk.161. -2 Determination, resolution; mental effort or apprehension; संभावनं नाम अस्तित्वाध्यव- सायः P.VI.2.21. cf. also प्रतिविषयाध्यवसायो दृष्टम् । Sāṅk-hya K.5. -3 Perseverance, diligence, energy, constancy; तत्को$यं पदे पदे महाननध्यवसायः U.4 absence of energy or resolution, drooping of spirits; (with महानध्यवसायः as the reading, the meaning would be 'why this effort on your part i. e. to determine whether you should go or not, hesitation.')
anutsāha अनुत्साह a. Destitute of energy or determination. -हः Want of determination, energy &c.; listlessness, languor, indifference.
anudātta अनुदात्त a. Grave (accent); not elevated or raised (not pronounced with the Udātta accent); उच्चैरुदात्तः नीचैरनुदात्तः; accentless, having the neutral, general tone; उदात्तश्चानुदात्तश्च स्वरितश्च त्रयः स्वराः uttered with the grave accent (as a vowel); प्रयत्नप्रेरितो वायुर्यदोर्ध्वभागे प्रति- हतो$चं निष्पादयति स उदात्तः; एवमधोनिष्पन्नो$च् अनुदात्तः; ताल्वा- दिषु सभागेषु स्थानेषु नीचभागे निष्पन्नो$च् अनुदात्तः; ˚त्तं पदमेकवर्जम् Sk. (The term अनुदात्त is used by Pāṇini for the grave accent which immediately precedes the Udātta, and also for the general accentless tone neither high nor low, termed एकश्रुति, the one monotonous intonation belonging to the generality of syllables in a word). -त्तः The grave accent. -Comp. -आदिः a nominal base of which the first syllable is अनुदात्त. -इत् a verbal root having for its अनुबन्ध the grave accent (denoting that it takes the Ātm. terminations only). -उदयम् a syllable followed (immediately) by the grave accent. -तर a. more than अनुदात्त; still lower or graver accent, i. e. that which immediately precedes a syllable having the उदात्त or स्वरित accent and is thus more depressed than the ordinary अनुदात्त accent.
anubhāvaḥ अनुभावः 1 Dignity, consequence or dignity of person, majestic lustre, splendour, might, power, authority. (परिमेयपुरःसरौ) अनुभावविशेषात्तु सेनापरिवृताविव R.1.37; संभावनीयानुभावा अस्याकृतिः Ś.7; अनुभावसौभाग्यमात्रपरिशेष- धूसरश्री U.1,3;6.2;41,4.22, K.18,24; V.1; तवानुभावो$यमवेदि यन्मया Ki.1.6; Dk.29,113; दिव्यौषध्या जयति महिमा को$प्यचिन्त्यानुभावः । Mv.6.53; अहो महानुभावः पार्थिवो दुष्यन्तः Ś.3 of great might or power; जाने वो रक्षसाक्रान्तावनुभावपराक्रमौ R.1.38,2.75 greatness (dignity) &c., valour; न निहन्ति धैर्यमनुभावगुणः Ki.6.28; महानुभावप्रकृतिः कापि तत एवागतवती Māl.1 very noble or dignified. -2 (In Rhet.) An external manifestation or indication of a feeling (भाव) by appropriate symptoms, such as by look, gesture &c., called by some ensuant (भावबोधक-न); भावं मनोगतं साक्षात् स्वगतं व्यञ्जयत्नि ये । ते$नुभावा इति ख्याताः; यथा भ्रूभङ्गः कोपस्य व्यञ्जकः; उद्बुद्धं कारणं स्वैः स्वैर्बहिर्भावं प्रकाशयन् । लोके यः कार्यरूपः सो$- नुभावः काव्यनाट्ययोः ॥ S. D.162,163. &c.; धिगेव रमणीयतां त्वदनुभावभावादृते Māl.9.35. -3 Firm opinion or resolution, determination, belief; अनुभावांश्च जानासि ब्राह्मणानां न संशयः Mb.3.24.8. अनुभाववता गुरुस्थिरत्वात् Ki.13.15. cf. अनुभावः प्रभावे च सतां च मतिनिश्चये Ak. also Nm.
anumātrā अनुमात्रा Determination, resolution; तत्रेयमनुमात्रा मे भीमसेन विवक्षिता । नैकान्तसिद्धिर्वक्तव्या शत्रुभिः सह संयुगे ॥ Mb.5.77.13.
anuyogaḥ अनुयोगः 1 A question, inquiry, examination; या$स्मि सा$स्म्यनुयोगो मे न कर्तव्यः कथञ्चन Mb.13.93.82. अनियन्त्रणानुयोगस्तपस्विजनः Ś.1; निगृह्यानुयोगे P.VIII.2.94; वार्ता˚मधुराक्षरया च वाचा R.13.71. -2 Censure, reproof, punishment; नानुयोगा ब्राह्मणानां भवन्ति Mb.3.192.56. -3 Solicitation. -4 Exertion, effort; अनुयोगं विना तैलं तिलानां नोपजायते Pt.2.14. -5 Religious meditation; spiritual union. -6 Comment. -Comp. -कृत् 1 an interrogator. -2 a teacher, spiritual preceptor (अनुयोगं कृन्तति पश्नविषयसंशयं छिनत्ति).
anusaṃdhānam अनुसंधानम् 1 Inquiry, investigation; close inspection or scrutiny, examination; Mv.7. -2 Aiming at. H. -3 Planning, arranging, getting ready &c.; दुर्गानुसंधाने को नियुज्यताम् H.3 equipping with the necessary materials. -4 A plan, scheme. -5 Suitable connection. -6 (In the Vaiś. Phil.) The 4th step in a syllogism, the उपनय or application. अनुसंधानिन् anusandhānin संधायिन् sandhāyin अनुसंधानिन् संधायिन् a. Investigating, looking after; skilful in concerting plans.
anta अन्त a. [अम्-तन् Uṇ.3.86] 1 Near. -2 Last. -3 Handsome, lovely; Me.23; दन्तोज्ज्वलासु विमलोपलमे- खलान्ताः Śi.4.4, (where, however, the ordinary sense of 'border' or 'skirt' may do as well, though Malli. renders अन्त by रम्य, quoting the authority of शब्दार्णव - 'मृताववसिते रम्ये समाप्तावन्त इष्यते'). -4 Lowest, worst. -5 Youngest. -तः (n. in some senses) 1 (a) End, limit, boundary (in time or space); final limit, last or extreme point; स सागरान्तां पृथिवीं प्रशास्ति H.4.5 bounded by the ocean, as far as the sea; अपाङ्गौ नेत्रयो- रन्तौ Ak.; उद्युक्तो विद्यान्तमधिगच्छति H.3.114 goes to the end of, masters completely; श्रुतस्य यायादयमन्तमर्भकस्तथा परेषां युधि चेति पार्थिवः (where अन्त also means end or destruction); जीवलोकसुखानामन्तं ययौ K.59 enjoyed all worldly pleasures; आलोकितः खलु रमणीयानामन्तः K.124 end, furthest extremity; दिगन्ते श्रूयन्ते Bv.1.2. -2 Skirt, border, edge, precinct; a place or ground in general; यत्र रम्यो वनान्तः U.2.25 forest ground, skirts of the forest; ओदकान्तात् स्निग्धो जनो$नुगन्तव्यः Ś.4; उपवनान्तलताः R.9.35 as far as the borders or skirts; वृत्तः स नौ संगतयोर्वनान्ते R.2.58,2.19; Me.23. Upper part (शिरोभाग); महा- र्हमुक्तामणिभूषितान्तम् Rām.5.4.3. -3 End of a texture, edge, skirt, fringe or hem of a garment; वस्त्र˚; पवनप्रनर्तितान्तदेशे दुकूले K.9 (by itself in Veda). -4 Vicinity, proximity, neighbourhood, presence; नाधीयीत श्मशानान्ते ग्रामान्ते Ms. 4.116; Y.2.162; जलान्ते छन्दसां कुर्यादुत्सर्गं विधिवद् बहिः 1.143; गङ्गाप्रपातान्तविरूढशष्पम् (गह्वरम्) R.2.26; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतः P.2.115 going into the vicinity or presence of Yama; अन्योन्यामन्त्रणं यत्स्याज्जनान्ते तज्जनान्तिकम् S. D.; यां तु कुमारस्यान्ते वाचमभाषथास्तां मे ब्रूहि Śat. Br. (These four senses are allied). -5 End, conclusion, termination (opp. आरम्भ or आदि); सेकान्ते R.1.51; दिनान्ते निहितम् R.4.1; मासान्ते, पक्षान्ते, दशाहान्ते &c.; एकस्य दुःखस्य न यावदन्तं गच्छाम्यहं पारमिवार्णवस्य Pt.2.175; व्यसनानि दुरन्तानि Ms.7.45; दशान्तमुपेयिवान् R.12.1 going to the end of the period of life (end of the wick); व्यसनं वर्धयत्येव तस्यान्तं नाधिगच्छति Pt.2.18; oft. in comp. in this sense, and meaning 'ending in or with', 'ceasing to exist with', 'reaching to the end'; तदन्तं तस्य जीवितम् H.1.91 ends in it; कलहान्तानि हर्म्याणि कुवाक्यान्तं च सौहृदम् । कुराजान्तानि राष्ट्राणि कुकर्मान्तं यशो नृणाम् ॥ Pt.5.76; विशाखान्ता गता मेघा प्रसूत्यन्तं च यौवनम् । प्रणामान्तः सतां कोपो याचनान्तंहि गौरवम् ॥ Subhā. फलोदयान्ताय तपःसमाधये Ku.5.6 ending with (lasting till) the attainment of fruit; यौवनान्तं वयो यस्मिन् Ku.6.44; R.11.62,14.41; विपदन्ता ह्यविनीतसंपदः Ki.2.52; युगसहस्रान्तं ब्राह्मं पुण्यमहर्विदुः Ms.1.73 at the end of 1 Yugas; प्राणान्तं दण़्डम् Ms.8.359 capital punishment (such as would put an end to life). -6 Death, destruction; end or close of life; धरा गच्छत्यन्तं Bh.3.71 goes down to destruction; योगेनान्ते तनुत्यजाम् R.1.8; एका भवेत्स्वस्तिमती त्वदन्ते 2.48;12.75; ममाप्यन्ते Ś.6; अद्य कान्तः कृतान्तो वा दुःखस्यान्तं करिष्यति Udb.; औषध्यः फलपाकान्ताः Ms.1.46; अन्तं या To be destroyed, perish, be ruined. -7 (In gram.) A final syllable or letter of a word; अजन्त ending in a vowel; so हलन्त, सुबन्त, तिडन्त &c. -8 The last word in a compound. -9 Ascertainment, or settlement (of a question); definite or final settlement; pause, final determination, as in सिद्धान्त; न चैव रावणस्यान्तो दृश्यते जीवितक्षये Rām.6.17.58 उभयोरपि दृष्टोन्तस्त्वनयोस्तत्त्वदर्शिभिः Bg.2.16 (सदसतोः इत्यर्थः). -1 The last portion or the remainder (n. also); निशान्तः; वेदान्तः &c. वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् ॥ Bṛihadyogi- yājñavalkya Smṛiti 12.34. -11 Underneath, inside, inner part; युष्मदीयं च जलान्ते गृहम् Pt.4 in water, underneath water; सुप्रयुक्तस्य दम्भस्य ब्रह्माप्यन्तं न गच्छति Pt.1.22 does not penetrate or dive into, sound, fathom; आशङ्कितस्यान्तं गच्छामि M.3 shall dive deep into, fully satisfy, my doubts. -12 Total amount, whole number or quantity. -13 A large number. -14 Nature, condition; sort, species; मम मोक्षस्य को$न्तो वै ब्रह्मन्ध्यायस्व वै प्रभो Mb.12.282.32. एतदन्तास्तु गतयो ब्रह्माद्याः समुदाहृताः Ms.1.5. -15 Disposition; essence; शुद्धान्तः -16 Division (विभाग); ते$नया कात्यायन्या$न्तं करवाणीति Bri. Up.2.4.1. [cf. Goth. andeis, and; Germ. ende and ent; also Gr. anti; L. ante]. cf. अन्तस्तु भागे$- वसिते रचनायां च तत्परे । मृतौ निषेवणे रम्ये समाप्तावग्रमध्ययोः ॥ स्वरूपे च समीपे च पुंलिङ्गे$पि प्रकीर्तितः । Nm. -Comp. -अवशा- यिन् m. [अन्ते पर्यन्तदेशे अवशेते] a chāṇḍāla. -अवसायिन् [नखकेशानामन्तं अवसातुं छेत्तुं शीलमस्य, सो-णिनि] 1 a barber. -2 a chāṇḍāla, low caste. -3 N. of a sage, see अन्त्याव- सायिन् (अन्ते पश्चिमे वयसि अवस्यति तत्त्वं निश्चिनोति). -उदात्त a. having the acute accent on the last syllable. (-त्तः) the acute accent on the last syllable; P.VI,1.199. -ओष्ठः The lower lip (अधरोष्ठ); रुधिरं न व्यतिक्रामदन्तोष्ठादम्ब मा शुचः Mb.11.15.16. -कर, -करण,-कारिन् a. causing death or destruction, fatal, mortal, destructive; क्षत्रिया- न्तकरणो$पि विक्रमः R.11.75 causing the destruction of; राज्यान्तकरणावेतौ द्वौ दोषौ पृथिवीक्षिताम् Ms.9.221; अहमन्तकरो नूनं ध्वान्तस्येव दिवाकरः Bk. -कर्मन् n. death, destruction; षो अन्तकर्मणि Dhātupāṭha. -कालः, -वेला time or hour of death; स्थित्वा स्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72. -कृत् m. death; वर्जयेदन्तकृन्मर्त्यं वर्जयेदनिलो$नलम् Rām. -कृद्दशाः N. of the eighth of the twelve sacred Aṅga texts of the Jainas (containing ten chapters). -ग a. having gone to the end of, thoroughly conversant or familiar with, (in comp.); शाखान्तगमथाध्वर्युम् Ms.3.145. -गति, -गामिन् a. perishing. प्राप्तो$न्तगामी विपरीतबुद्धिः Rām.6.59.94. -गमनम् 1 going to the end, finishing, completing; प्रारब्धस्य ˚नं द्वितीयं बुद्धिलक्षणम् -2 death, perishing, dying. -चक्रम् Reading of omens and augury; Kau. A. -चर a. 1 walking about, going to the borders or frontiers. -2 completing or finishing (as a business &c.). -ज a. last born. -दीपकम् a figure of speech (in Rhetoric). -परिच्छदः a. cover, covering utensil. राजतान्तपरिच्छदां दिव्यपायससंपूर्णां पात्रीम् Rām.1.16.14. -पालः 1 a frontier-guard, guarding the frontiers; विनीतैरन्तपालैश्च रक्षोभिश्च सुरक्षितम् Rām.5.6.9. ˚दुर्गे M.1; त्वदीयेनान्तपाले- नावस्कन्द्य गृहीतः ibid. -2 a door-keeper (rare). सुद्युम्न- स्त्वन्तपालेभ्यः श्रुत्वा लिखितमागतम् Mb.12.23.29. -भव, -भाज् a. being at the end, last. -लीन a. hidden, con- cealed. -लोपः dropping of the final of a word. (न्ते˚) -वासिन् a. dwelling near the frontiers, dwelling close by. -m. [अन्ते गुरुसमीपे वस्तुं शीलं यस्य] 1 a pupil (who always dwells near his master to receive instruction); P.IV.3.14;VI.2.36.; Ms.4.33. -2 a chāṇḍāla (who dwells at the extremity of a village). -वेला = ˚कालः q. v. -व्यापत्तिः f. change of the final syllable, as in मेघ from मिह् Nir. -शय्या 1 a bed on the ground. -2 the last bed, death-bed; hence death itself. -3 a place for burial or burning. -4 a bier or funeral pile. -संश्लेषः union (सन्धि), joint; सुखदुःखान्तसंश्लेषम् (काल- चक्रम्) Mb.14.45.3. -सत्क्रिया last rites, funeral ceremonies, obsequies. -सढ् m. pupil; तमुपासते गुरुमिवा- न्तसदः Ki.6.34. -स्वरितः the svarita accent on the last syllable of a word.
antari अन्तरि री क्षम् [अन्तः स्वर्गपृथिव्योर्मध्ये ईक्ष्यते, ईक्ष् कर्मणि घञ्, अन्तः ऋक्षाणि अस्य वा पृषो˚पक्षे ह्रस्वः ऋकारस्य रिर्त्व वा Tv., according to Nir. अन्तरा द्यावापृथिव्योः क्षान्तं अवस्थितं भवति, or अन्तरा इमे द्यावापृथिव्यौ क्षयति निवसति; or शरीरेष्वन्तः अक्षयं न पृथिव्यादिवत् क्षीयते] 1 The intermediate region between heaven and earth; the air, atmosphere, sky (अन्तरा द्यावापृथिव्योर्मध्ये ईक्ष्यमाणं व्योम Śay.) दिवं च पृथिवीं चान्तरिक्षमथो स्वः Sandhyā Mantra; यो$न्तरेणाकाश आसीत्तदन्त- रिक्षमभवदीक्षं हैतन्नाम ततः पुरान्तरा वा इदमीक्षमभूदिति तस्मादन्तरिक्षं Śat. Br. दिव्यन्तरिक्षे भूमौ च घोरमुत्पातजं भयम् Rām.2.1. 43 -2 The middle of the three spheres or regions of life. -3 Talc. (Mar. अभ्रक) -4 A synonym of a pentroof. Māna.18.174-75. -Comp. -उदर a. whose inside is as wide as the atmosphere. (-रम्) the interior of the atmosphere. -कान्तः a class of ten-storyed buildings. Māna.28.14.15. -क्षित्, -सद् a. dwelling in the atmosphere. -गः, -चरः a bird (moving through the atmosphere). ततो$न्तरिक्षगो वाचं व्याजहार नलं तदा Mb.3. 53.2. -गत a. moving in air; अब्रवीच्च तदा वाक्यं जातक्रोधो विभीषणः । अन्तरिक्षगतः Rām.6.16.18. -जलम् water of the atmosphere, dew. -प्रा a. [अन्तरिक्षं प्राति पूरयति, प्रा-विच्] filling the atmosphere; illuminating the sky, travelling through the atmosphere. -प्रुत् a. [अन्तरिक्षं प्रवते गच्छति, प्रु क्विप्] floating over the atmosphere, sweeping or going through it. -लोकः the intermediate region, regarded as a distinct world; त्रयो लोका एत एव वागेवायं लोकः (earth) मनोन्तरिक्षलोकः, प्राणो$सौ लोकः (heaven) Śat. Br. -शंसित a. sharpened in the atmosphere. -सद्यम् [अन्तरिक्षे सद्यं सदनं, सद् भावे यत्] dwelling or residence in the atmosphere.
anyonya अन्योन्य a. [अन्य-कर्मव्यतिहारे द्वित्वं, पूर्वपदे सुश्च] One another, each other, mutual (treated like a pronoun). In many cases the use of this word corresponds to the use of the word 'each other' or 'one another' in English; अन्योन्यं ताडयतः Mk.9 they strike each other (अन्यः अन्यं ताडयति). Thus अन्यः may be regarded as the subject and अन्यम् as the object of the verb, as in English. The second अन्य may, therefore, in many cases stand in the instr., gen., or loc. cases; अन्योन्यैराहताः सन्तः सस्वनुर्भीमनिःस्वनाः Rām.; अन्योन्यस्य व्यतिलुनन्ति P.I. 3.16 Sk. But there are several instances, especially when अन्योन्य enters into compound, in which the first अन्य loses all its nominative force and becomes a sort of oblique case, or an irregular compound of अन्य and अन्य, see P.VIII.1.12 Sk.; अन्योन्यस्याव्यभीचारः Ms. 9.11; oft. in comp. and translated by 'mutual', 'reciprocal', 'mutually'; ˚शोभाजननात् Ku.1.42; so ˚कलह, ˚दर्शन, &c. -न्यम् ind. Mutually. -न्यम् (In Rhet.) A figure of speech, the 'Reciprocal', in which two things do the same act to each other; अन्योन्यमुभयो- रेकक्रियायाः करणं मिथः । त्वया सा शोभते तन्वी तया त्वमपि शोभसे ॥ रजन्या शोभते चन्द्रश्चन्द्रेणापि निशीथिनी । S. D.724. -Comp. -अध्यासः reciprocal attribution of identity (अन्योन्य- तादात्म्यारोपः); जलव्योम्ना घटाकाशो यथा सर्वस्तिरोहितः । तथा जीवे च कूटस्थः सो$न्योन्याध्यास उच्यते ॥ -अपहृत a. taken from one another, taken secretly. -अभावः mutual non-existence or negation; one of the two main kinds of अभाव; it is reciprocal negation of identity, essence, or respective peculiarity, and is equivalent to difference (भेद); तादात्म्यसंबन्धावच्छिन्नप्रतियोगिको$न्योन्याभावः, as घटः पटो न भवति; it exists between two notions which have no property in common. -आश्रय a. mutually dependent. (-यः) mutual or reciprocal dependence, support, or connection; reciprocal relation of cause and effect (a term in Nyāya). -उक्तिः f. conversation. -कार्यम् Sexual intercourse (मैथुन); अन्योन्यकार्याणि यथा तथैव न पापमात्रेण कृतं हिनस्ति Mb.12.141.7. -पक्षनयनम् transposition of numbers from one side to another. -भेदः mutual dissension or enmity; so ˚कलह. -मिथुनम् mutual union. -विभागः mutual partition of an inheritance made by the sharers (without the presence of any other party). -वृत्तिः f. mutual effect of one thing upon another. -व्यतिकरः, -संश्रयः reciprocal action or influence; mutual relation of cause and effect.
apatyam अपत्यम् [न पतन्ति पितरो$नेन, पत् बाहु˚ करणे यत् न. त.; some derive it from अप, the termination त्य being added to it, as in तत्रत्य, अत्रत्य, sprung from a stock; Yāska gives two etymologies : अपत्यं कस्मात् अपततं भवति पितुः सकाशादेत्य पृथगिव ततं भवति, अनेन जातेन सता पिता नरके न पततीति चा] Offspring, child, progeny, issue (of animals and men); offspring in general (male or female); sons or grandsons and other later generations of a Gotra; अपत्यं पौत्रप्रभृत्ति गोत्रम् P.IV.1.162; अपत्यैरिव नीवार भागधेयो चितैर्मृमैः R.1.5. (Bhavabhūti calls apatya 'a knot for tying parents together' अन्योन्यसंश्लेषणम् पित्रोः; अन्तः- करणतत्त्वस्य दम्पत्योः स्नेहसंश्रयात् । आनन्दग्रन्थिरेको$यमपत्यमिति वध्यते ॥ U.3.17). -2 A partronymic affix; स्त्रीपुंसयोरपत्यान्ताः Ak.; ˚अधिकारप्रकरणम् Sk.; -Comp. -काम a. desirous of progeny. -जीवः N. of a plant (Mar. पुत्रजीवी). -द a. giving offspring (as a Mantra &c.) -ता State of childhood; शूद्रावेदी पतति......तदपत्यतया भृगोः Ms.3.16. (-दा) N. of a plant (गर्भदात्रीवृक्ष). -पथः the vulva. -प्रत्ययः a patronymic affix. -विक्रयिन् m. a seller of his children, a father who sells his girl for money to a bridegroom. -शत्रुः [अपत्यं शत्रुर्गर्भभेदनेन नाशकं यस्याः सा] 1 'having the child for its enemy', a crab (said to die in producing young). -2 a serpent. -साच् a. Ved. accompanied with offspring.
aparopaḥ अपरोपः Extermination, dethronement; श्रुत्वा स्वाम्यपरो- परौद्रविषमानाघाततूर्यस्वनान् Mu.2.21.
apavatsay अपवत्सय् (Denominative from अपवत्स) "To behave as towards a weaned calf" with cautious watchfulness; neither too much love, nor too much apathy. ये सपत्नाः सपत्नानां सर्वांस्तानपवत्सयेत् v. l. सर्वांस्तानुपसेवयेत् Mb.12.139.14.
aprakṛtiḥ अप्रकृतिः f. 1 Not the inherent or natural property, accidental property or nature; an accident (विकृति). -2 Spiritual being; the Puruṣa of the Sāṅkhyas. -3 Not the original word; such as a termination.
apratipattiḥ अप्रतिपत्तिः f. 1 Non-performance, non-acceptance. -2 Neglect, omission, disregard. -3 Want of understanding. -4 Absence of determination (what to do), perplexity; ˚विह्वल &c. K.159; (अप्रतिपत्तिर्जडता स्यादिष्टानि- ष्टदर्शनश्रुतिभिः; ˚त्तिसाध्वसजडा K.24; ययुः क्षणादप्रतिपत्तिमूढताम् Ki.14.43. -5 (Hence) absence of mind or ready wit (स्फूर्त्यभाव); उत्तरस्याप्रतिपत्तिरप्रतिभा Gaut. S.
abhiniviṣṭatā अभिनिविष्टता Resoluteness, determination of purpose; निन्दाक्षेपापमानादेरमर्षो$भिनिविष्टता S. D. i. e. adhering to one's purpose; not minding censure, abuse, dishonour &c.
abhiniveśaḥ अभिनिवेशः 1 (a) Devotion, attachment, intentness, being occupied with, adherence to close application, with loc. or in comp,; कतमस्मिंस्ते भावाभिनिवेशः V.3; अहो निरर्थकव्यापारेष्वभिनिवेशः K.12.146, Dk.81; Māl.7. (b) Firm attachment, love, fondness, affection; बलीयान् खलु मे$भिनिवेशः Ś.3; अनुरूपो$स्या ˚शः ibid., V.2; असत्यभूते वस्तुन्यभिनिवेशः Mit. -2 Earnest desire, ardent longing or expectation; wish, desire; Māl.5.27. -3 Resolution, determined resolve, determination of purpose, firmness of resolve, perseverance; जनकात्मजायां नितान्तरूक्षाभिनिवेशमीशम् R.14.43; अनुरूप˚ शतोषिणा Ku.5.7; Śi.3.1. (b) Idea, thought; Ms.12.5; Y.3.155. -4 (In Yoga Phil.) A sort of ignorance causing fear of death; instinctive clinging to worldly life and bodily enjoyments and the fear that one might be cut off from all of them by death; अविद्या- स्मितारागद्वेषाभिनिवेशाः पञ्चक्लेशाः Yoga S.; cf. also Sāṅkhya K.15 and Malli. on Śi.4.55. -5 Pride; भयं द्वितीया- भिनिवेशतः स्यात् Bhāg.11.2.37.
abhibalam अभिबलम् A technical term in Rhetoric; अभिबलमभि- सन्धिश्छलेन यः S. D.375 'an inquiry or examination by an artifice'. See Ratn.3.
abhivegaḥ अभिवेगः Ved. Consideration, thought, determination.
amarṣa अमर्ष a. Not enduring or bearing. -र्षः 1 Nonendurance, tolerance, impatience; अमर्षप्रभवो रोषः सफलो मे भविष्यति Rām.5.62.33. अमर्षशून्येन जनस्य जन्तुना न जातहार्देन न विद्विषादरः Ki.1.33; jealousy, jealous anger; किं नु भवतस्तातप्रतापोत्कर्षे$प्यमर्षः U.5. In Rhet. अमर्ष is one of the 33 minor feelings or व्यभिचारिभाव. See S. D.; R. G. thus defines it : परकृतावज्ञादिनानापराध- जन्यो मौनवाक्पारुष्यादिकारणभूतश्चित्तवृत्तिविशेषो$मर्षः. -2 Anger, passion, wrath; पुत्रवधामर्षोद्दीपितेन गाण्डीविना Ve.2; हर्षामर्ष- भयोद्वेगैः Bg.12.15. सामर्ष angry, indignant; सामर्षम् angrily. -3 Impetuosity, violence. -4 Determination of purpose. -र्षा Intolerance; यत्र सङ्गीतसन्नादैर्नदद्गुहममर्षया Bhāg.8.2.6. -Comp. -ज a. arising from anger or impatience. -हासः an angry laugh, sarcastic sneer. अमर्षण amarṣaṇa र्षित rṣita र्षिन् rṣin र्षवत् rṣavat अमर्षण र्षित र्षिन् र्षवत् a. 1 Impatient, intolerant, unforgiving; विशेषात्परिपूर्णस्य याति शत्रोरमर्षणः आभि- मुख्यम् Pt.1.326. -2 Angry, indignant, passionate; हृदि क्षतो गोत्रभिदप्यमर्षणः R.3.53; अभिमन्युवधामर्षितैः पाण्डुपुत्रैः Ve.4. -3 Impetuous, determined.
arthaḥ अर्थः [In some of its senses from अर्थ्; in others from ऋ-थन् Uṇ.2.4; अर्थते ह्यसौ अर्थिभिः Nir.] 1 Object, purpose, end and aim; wish, desire; ज्ञातार्थो ज्ञातसंबन्धः श्रोतुं श्रोता प्रवर्तते, सिद्ध˚, ˚परिपन्थी Mu.5; ˚वशात् 5.8; स्मर्तव्यो$स्मि सत्यर्थे Dk.117 if it be necessary; Y.2.46; M.4.6; oft. used in this sense as the last member of compounds and translated by 'for', 'intended for', 'for the sake of', 'on account of', 'on behalf of', and used like an adj. to qualify nouns; अर्थेन तु नित्य- समासो विशेष्यनिघ्रता च Vārt.; सन्तानार्थाय विधये R.1.34; तां देवतापित्रतिथिक्रियार्थाम् (धेनुम्) 2.16; द्विजार्था यवागूः Sk.; यज्ञार्थात्कर्मणो$न्यत्र Bg.3.9. It mostly occurs in this sense as अर्थम्, अर्थे or अर्थाय and has an adverbial force; (a) किमर्थम् for what purpose, why; यदर्थम् for whom or which; वेलोपलक्षणार्थम् Ś.4; तद्दर्शनादभूच्छम्भोर्भूयान्दारार्थ- मादरः Ku.6.13; (b) परार्थे प्राज्ञ उत्सृजेत् H.1.41; गवार्थे ब्राह्मणार्थे च Pt.1.42; मदर्थे त्यक्तजीविताः Bg.1.9; (c) सुखार्थाय Pt.4.18; प्रत्याख्याता मया तत्र नलस्यार्थाय देवताः Nala.13.19; ऋतुपर्णस्य चार्थाय 23.9. -2 Cause, motive, reason, ground, means; अलुप्तश्च मुनेः क्रियार्थः R. 2.55 means or cause; अतो$र्थात् Ms.2.213. -3 Meaning, sense, signification, import; अर्थ is of 3 kinds:-- वाच्य or expressed, लक्ष्य or indicated (secondary), and व्यङ्ग्य or suggested; तददोषौ शब्दार्थौ K. P.1; अर्थो वाच्यश्च लक्ष्यश्च व्यङ्ग्यश्चेति त्रिधा मतः S. D.2; वागर्थाविव R.1.1; अवेक्ष्य धातोर्गमनार्थमर्थवित् 3.21. -4 A thing, object, substance; लक्ष्मणो$र्थं ततः श्रुत्वा Rām.7.46.18; अर्थो हि कन्या परकीय एव Ś.4.22; that which can be perceived by the senses, an object of sense; इन्द्रिय˚ H.1.146; Ku.7.71; R.2.51; न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुः Nir.; इन्द्रियेभ्यः परा ह्यर्था अर्थेभ्यश्च परं मनः Kaṭh. (the objects of sense are five : रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द); शब्दः स्पर्शो रसो गन्धो रूपं चेत्यर्थजातयः Bhāg.11.22.16. -5 (a) An affair, business, matter, work; प्राक् प्रतिपन्नो$यमर्थो$- ङ्गराजाय Ve.3; अर्थो$यमर्थान्तरभाव्य एव Ku.3.18; अर्थो$र्था- नुबन्धी Dk.67; सङ्गीतार्थः Me.66 business of singing i. e. musical concert (apparatus of singing); सन्देशार्थाः Me. 5 matters of message, i. e. messages; (b) Interest, object; स्वार्थसाधनतत्परः Ms.4.196; द्वयमेवार्थसाधनम् R.1. 19;2.21; दुरापे$र्थे 1.72; सर्वार्थचिन्तकः Ms.7.121; माल- विकायां न मे कश्चिदर्थः M.3 I have no interest in M. (c) Subject-matter, contents (as of letters &c.); त्वामव- गतार्थं करिष्यति Mu.1 will acquaint you with the matter; उत्तरो$यं लेखार्थः ibid.; तेन हि अस्य गृहीतार्था भवामि V.2 if so I should know its contents; ननु परिगृहीतार्थो$- स्मि कृतो भवता V.5; तया भवतो$विनयमन्तरेण परिगृहीतार्था कृता देवी M.4 made acquainted with; त्वया गृहीतार्थया अत्रभवती कथं न वारिता 3; अगृहीतार्थे आवाम् Ś.6; इति पौरान् गृहीतार्थान् कृत्वा ibid. -6 Wealth, riches, property, money (said to be of 3 kinds : शुक्ल honestly got; शबल got by more or less doubtful means, and कृष्ण dishonestly got;) त्यागाय संभृतार्थानाम् R.1.7; धिगर्थाः कष्टसंश्रयाः Pt.1.163; अर्थानामर्जने दुःखम् ibid.; सस्यार्थास्तस्य मित्राणि1.3; तेषामर्थे नियुञ्जीत शूरान् दक्षान् कुलोद्गतान् Ms.7.62. -7 Attainment of riches or worldly prosperity, regarded as one of the four ends of human existence, the other three being धर्म, काम and मोक्ष; with अर्थ and काम, धर्म forms the well-known triad; cf. Ku.5.38; अप्यर्थकामौ तस्यास्तां धर्म एव मनीषिणः R.1.25. -8 (a) Use, advantage, profit, good; तथा हि सर्वे तस्यासन् परार्थैकफला गुणाः R.1.29 for the good of others; अर्थान- र्थावुभौ बुद्ध्वा Ms.8.24 good and evil; क्षेत्रिणामर्थः 9.52; यावानर्थ उदपाने सर्वतः सांप्लुतोदके Bg.2.46; also व्यर्थ, निरर्थक q. v. (b) Use, want, need, concern, with instr.; को$र्थः पुत्रेण जातेन Pt.1 what is the use of a son being born; कश्च तेनार्थः Dk.59; को$र्थस्तिरश्चां गुणैः Pt.2.33 what do brutes care for merits; Bh.2.48; योग्येनार्थः कस्य न स्याज्ज- नेन Ś.18.66; नैव तस्य कृतेनार्थो नाकृतेनेह कश्चन Bg.3.18; यदि प्राणैरिहार्थो वो निवर्तध्वम् Rām. को नु मे जीवितेनार्थः Nala.12. 65. -9 Asking, begging; request, suit, petition. -1 Action, plaint (in law); अर्थ विरागाः पश्यन्ति Rām.2.1. 58; असाक्षिकेषु त्वर्थेषु Ms.8.19. -11 The actual state, fact of the matter; as in यथार्थ, अर्थतः, ˚तत्वविद्, यदर्थेन विनामुष्य पुंस आत्मविपर्ययः Bhāg.3.7.1. -12 Manner, kind, sort. -13 Prevention, warding off; मशकार्थो धूमः; prohibition, abolition (this meaning may also be derived from 1 above). -14 Price (perhaps an incorrect form for अर्घ). -15 Fruit, result (फलम्). तस्य नानुभवेदर्थं यस्य हेतोः स रोपितः Rām.6.128.7; Mb.12.175.5. -16 N. of a son of धर्म. -17 The second place from the लग्न (in astr.). -18 N. of Viṣṇu. -19 The category called अपूर्व (in पूर्वमीमांसा); अर्थ इति अपूर्वं ब्रूमः । ŚB. on MS.7.1.2. -2 Force (of a statement or an expression); अर्थाच्च सामर्थ्याच्च क्रमो विधीयते । ŚB. on MS.5.1.2. [अर्थात् = by implication]. -21 The need, purpose, sense; व्यवधानादर्थो बलीयान् । ŚB. on MS.6.4.23. -22 Capacity, power; अर्थाद्वा कल्पनैकदेशत्वात् । Ms.1.4.3 (where Śabara paraphrases अर्थात् by सामर्थ्यात् and states the rule: आख्यातानामर्थं ब्रुवतां शक्तिः सहकारिणी ।), cf. अर्थो$भिधेयरैवस्तुप्रयोजननिवृत्तिषु । मोक्षकारणयोश्च...... Nm. -Comp. -अतिदेशः Extension (of gender, number &e.) to the objects (as against words), i. e. to treat a single object as though it were many, a female as though it were male. (तन्त्रवार्त्तिक; -अधिकारः charge of money, office of treasurer ˚रे न नियोक्तव्यौ H.2. -अधिकारिन् m. a treasurer, one charged with financial duties, finance minister. -अनुपपत्तिः f. The difficulty of accounting for or explaining satisfactorily a particular meaning; incongruity of a particular meaning (तन्त्रवार्त्तिक -अनुयायिन् a. Following the rules (शास्त्र); तत्त्रिकालहितं वाक्यं धर्म्यमर्थानुयायि च Rām.5.51.21. -अन्वेषणम् inquiry after a matter. -अन्तरम् 1 another or different meaning. -2 another cause or motive; अर्थो$यम- र्थान्तरभाव्य एव Ku.3.18. -3 A new matter or circumstance, new affair. -4 opposite or antithetical meaning, difference of meaning. ˚न्यासः a figure of speech in which a general proposition is adduced to support a particular instance, or a particular instance, to support a general proposition; it is an inference from particular to general and vice versa; उक्तिरर्थान्तरन्यासः स्यात् सामान्यविशेषयोः । (1) हनूमानब्धिमतरद् दुष्करं किं महात्मनाम् ॥ (2) गुणवद्वस्तुसंसर्गाद्याति नीचो$पि गौरवम् । पुष्पमालानुषङ्गेण सूत्रं शिरसि धार्यते Kuval.; cf. also K. P.1 and S. D.79. (Instances of this figure abound in Sanskrit literature, especially in the works of Kālidāsa, Māgha and Bhāravi). -अन्वित a. 1 rich, wealthy. -2 significant. -अभिधान a. 1 That whose name is connected with the purpose to be served by it; अर्थाभिधानं प्रयोजनसम्बद्धमभिधानं यस्य, यथा पुरोडाश- कपालमिति पुरोडाशार्थं कपालं पुरोडाशकपालम् । ŚB. on MS.4.1. 26. -2 Expression or denotation of the desired meaning (वार्त्तिक -अर्थिन् a. one who longs for or strives to get wealth or gain any object. अर्थार्थी जीवलोको$यम् । आर्तो जिज्ञासुरर्थार्थी Bg.7.16. -अलंकरः a figure of speech determined by and dependent on the sense, and not on sound (opp. शब्दालंकार). अलंकारशेखर of केशवमिश्र mentions (verse 29) fourteen types of अर्थालंकारs as follows:- उपमारूपकोत्प्रेक्षाः समासोक्तिरपह्नुतिः । समाहितं स्वभावश्च विरोधः सारदीपकौ ॥ सहोक्तिरन्यदेशत्वं विशेषोक्तिर्विभावना । एवं स्युरर्थालकारा- श्चतुर्दश न चापरे ॥ -आगमः 1 acquisition of wealth, income; ˚गमाय स्यात् Pt.1. cf. also अर्थागमो नित्यमरोगिता च H. -2 collection of property. -3 conveying of sense; S. D.737. -आपत्तिः f. [अर्थस्य अनुक्तार्थस्य आपत्तिः सिद्धिः] 1 an inference from circumstances, presumption, implication, one of the five sources of knowledge or modes of proof, according to the Mīmāṁsakas. It is 'deduction of a matter from that which could not else be'; it is 'assumption of a thing, not itself perceived but necessarily implied by another which is seen, heard, or proved'; it is an inference used to account for an apparent inconsistency; as in the familiar instance पीनो देवदत्तो दिवा न भुङ्क्ते the apparent inconsistency between 'fatness' and 'not eating by day' is accounted for by the inference of his 'eating by night'. पीनत्वविशि- ष्टस्य देवदत्तस्य रात्रिभोजित्वरूपार्थस्य शब्दानुक्तस्यापि आपत्तिः. It is defined by Śabara as दृष्टः श्रुतो वार्थो$न्यथा नोपपद्यते इत्यर्थ- कल्पना । यथा जीवति देवदत्ते गृहाभावदर्शनेन बहिर्भावस्यादृष्टस्य कल्पना ॥ Ms.1.1.5. It may be seen from the words दृष्टः and श्रुतः in the above definition, that Śabara has suggested two varieties of अर्थापत्ति viz. दृष्टार्थापत्ति and श्रुता- र्थापत्ति. The illustration given by him, however, is of दृष्टार्थापत्ति only. The former i. e. दृष्टार्थापत्ति consists in the presumption of some अदृष्ट अर्थ to account for some दृष्ट अर्थ (or अर्थs) which otherwise becomes inexplicable. The latter, on the other hand, consists in the presumption of some अर्थ through अश्रुत शब्द to account for some श्रुत अर्थ (i. e. some statement). This peculiarity of श्रुतार्थापत्ति is clearly stated in the following couplet; यत्र त्वपरिपूर्णस्य वाक्यस्यान्वयसिद्धये । शब्दो$ध्याह्रियते तत्र श्रुतार्थापत्ति- रिष्यते ॥ Mānameyodaya p.129 (ed. by K. Raja, Adyar, 1933). Strictly speaking it is no separate mode of proof; it is only a case of अनुमान and can be proved by a व्यतिरेकव्याप्ति; cf. Tarka. K.17 and S. D.46. -2 a figure of speech (according to some rhetoricians) in which a relevant assertion suggests an inference not actually connected with the the subject in hand, or vice versa; it corresponds to what is popularly called कैमुतिकन्याय or दण्डापूपन्याय; e. g. हारो$यं हरिणाक्षीणां लुण्ठति स्तनमण्डले । मुक्तानामप्यवस्थेयं के वयं स्मरकिङ्कराः Amaru.1; अभितप्तमयो$पि मार्दवं भजते कैव कथा शरीरिषु R.8.43.; S. D. thus defines the figure:- दण्डापूपिकन्यायार्थागमो$र्थापत्तिरिष्यते. -उत्पत्तिः f. acquisition of wealth; so ˚उपार्जनम्. -उपक्षेपकः an introductory scene (in dramas); अर्थोपक्षेपकाः पञ्च S. D.38. They are विष्कम्भ, चूलिका, अङ्कास्य, अङ्कावतार, प्रवेशक. -उपमा a simile dependent on sense and not on sound; see under उपमा. -उपार्जनम् Acquiring wealth. -उष्मन् m. the glow or warmth of wealth; अर्थोष्मणा विरहितः पुरुषः स एव Bh.2.4. -ओघः, -राशिः treasure, hoard of money. -कर (-री f.), -कृत a. 1 bringing in wealth, enriching; अर्थकरी च विद्या H. Pr.3. -2 useful, advantageous. -कर्मन् n. 1 a principal action (opp. गुणकर्मन्). -2 (as opposed to प्रतिपत्तिकर्मन्), A fruitful act (as opposed to mere disposal or प्रतिपत्ति); अर्थकर्म वा कर्तृ- संयोगात् स्रग्वत् । MS.4.2.17. -काम a. desirous of wealth. (-˚मौ dual), wealth and (sensual) desire or pleasure; अप्यर्थकामौ तस्यास्तां धर्म एव मनीषिणः R.1.25. ह्रत्वार्थकामास्तु गुरूनिहैव Bg.2.5. -कार्ष्यम् Poverty. निर्बन्धसंजातरुषार्थकार्घ्यमचिन्तयित्वा गुरुणाहमुक्तः R.5.21. -काशिन् a. Only apparently of utility (not really). -किल्बिषिन् a. dishonest in money-matters. -कृच्छ्रम् 1 a difficult matter. -2 pecuniary difficulty; व्यसनं वार्थकृच्छ्रे वा Rām.4.7.9; Mb.3.2.19; cf. also Kau. A.1.15 न मुह्येदर्थकृच्छ्रेषु Nīti. -कृत्यम् doing or execution of a business; अभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4. -कोविद a. Expert in a matter, experienced. उवाच रामो धर्मात्मा पुनरप्यर्थकोविदः Rām.6.4.8. -क्रमः due order or sequence of purpose. -क्रिया (a) An implied act, an act which is to be performed as a matter of course (as opposed to शब्दोक्तक्रिया); असति शब्दोक्ते अर्थक्रिया भवति ŚB. on MS.12.1.12. (b) A purposeful action. (see अर्थकर्मन्). -गत a. 1 based on the sense (as a दोष). -2 devoid of sense. -गतिः understanding the sense. -गुणाः cf. भाविकत्वं सुशब्दत्वं पर्यायोक्तिः सुधर्मिता । चत्वारो$र्थगुणाः प्रोक्ताः परे त्वत्रैव संगताः ॥ अलंकारशेखर 21. -गृहम् A treasury. Hariv. -गौरवम् depth of meaning; भारवेरर्थगौरवम् Udb., Ki.2.27. -घ्न a. (घ्नी f.) extravagant, wasteful, prodigal; सुरापी व्याधिता धूर्ता वन्ध्यार्थघ्न्य- प्रियंवदा Y.1.73; व्याधिता वाधिवेत्तव्या हिंस्रार्थघ्नी च सर्वदा Ms.9.8. -चित्रम् 'variety in sense', a pun, Kāvya-prakāśa. -चिन्तक a. 1 thinking of profit. -2 having charge of affairs; सर्वार्थचिन्तकः Ms.7.121. -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् charge or administration of (royal) affairs; मन्त्री स्यादर्थचिन्तायाम् S. D. -जात a. 1 full of meaning. -2 wealthy (जातधन). (-तम्) 1 a collection of things. -2 large amount of wealth, considerable property; Dk.63, Ś.6; ददाति च नित्यमर्थजातम् Mk.2.7. -3 all matters; कवय इव महीपाश्चिन्तयन्त्यर्थजातम् Śi.11.6. -4 its own meaning; वहन्द्वयीं यद्यफले$र्थजाते Ki.3.48. -ज्ञ a. knowing the sense or purpose; अर्थज्ञ इत्सकलं भद्रमश्नुते Nir. -तत्त्वम् 1 the real truth, the fact of the matter; यो$र्थतत्त्वमविज्ञाय क्रोधस्यैव वशं गतः H.4.94. -2 the real nature or cause of anything. -द a. 1 yielding wealth; Dk.41. -2 advantageous, productive of good, useful. -3 liberal, munificent Ms.2.19. -4 favourable, compliant. (-दः) N. of Kubera. -दर्शकः 'one who sees law-suits'; a judge. -दर्शनम् perception of objects; कुरुते दीप इवार्थदर्शनम् Ki.2.33; Dk.155. -दूषणम् 1 extravagance, waste; H.3.18; Ms.7.48. -2 unjust seizure of property or withholding what is due. -3 finding fault with the meaning. -4 spoiling of another's property. -दृश् f. Consideration of truth; क्षेमं त्रिलोकगुरुरर्थदृशं च यच्छन् Bhāg.1.86.21. -दृष्टिः Seeing profit; Bhāg. -दोषः a literary fault or blemish with regard to the sense, one of the four doṣas or blemishes of literary composition, the other three being परदोष, पदांशदोष, वाक्यदोष; for definitions &c. see K. P.7. अलंकारशेखर of केशवमिश्र who mentions eight types of doṣas as follows: अष्टार्थदोषाः विरस, -ग्राम्य, -व्याहत, -खिन्नताः । -हीना, -धिका, सदृक्साम्यं देशादीनां विरोधि च ॥ 17 -द्वयविधानम् Injunction of two ideas or senses; विधाने चार्थद्वयविधानं दोषः ŚB. on MS.1.8.7. -नित्य a. = अर्थ- प्रधान Nir. -निबन्धन a. dependent on wealth. -निश्चयः determination, decision. -प्रतिः 1 'the lord of riches', a a king; किंचिद् विहस्यार्थपतिं बभाषे R.2.46;1.59;9.3;18.1; Pt.1.74. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -पदम् N. of the Vārt. on Pāṇini; ससूत्रवृत्त्यर्थपदं महार्थं ससंग्रहं सिद्ध्यति वै कपीन्द्रः Rām.7.36.45. -पर, -लुब्ध a. 1 intent on gaining wealth, greedy of wealth, covetous. -2 niggardly, parsimonious; हिंस्रा दयालुरपि चार्थपरा वदान्या Bh.2.47; Pt.1.425. -प्रकृतिः f. the leading source or occasion of the grand object in a drama; (the number of these 'sources' is five :-- बीजं बिन्दुः पताका च प्रकरी कार्यमेव च । अर्थप्रकृतयः पञ्च ज्ञात्वा योज्या यथाविधि S. D.317.) -प्रयोगः 1 usury. -2 administration of the affairs (of a state) -प्राप्त a. derived or understood from the sense included as a matter of course, implied; परिसमाप्तिः शब्दार्थः । परिसमाप्त्यामर्थप्राप्तत्वादारम्भस्य । ŚB. on MS.6.2.13. -˚त्वम् Inplication. -बन्धः 1 arrangement of words, composition, text; stanza, verse; संचिन्त्य गीतक्षममर्थबन्धम् Ś.7.5; ललितार्थबन्धम् V.2.14 put or expressed in elegant words. -2. connection (of the soul) with the objects of sense. -बुद्धि a. selfish. -बोधः indication of the (real) import. -भाज् a. entitled to a share in the division of property. -भावनम् Deliberation over a subject (Pātañjala Yogadarśana 1.28). -भृत् a. receiving high wages (as a servant). -भेदः distinction or difference of meaning; अर्थभेदेन शब्दभेदः. -मात्रम्, -त्रा 1 property, wealth; Pt.2. -2 the whole sense or object. -युक्त a. significant, full of यस्यार्थयुक्तं meaning; गिरिराजशब्दं कुर्वन्ति Ku.1.13. -लक्षण a. As determined by the purpose or need (as opposed to शब्दलक्षण); लोके कर्मार्थलक्षणम् Ms.11.1.26. -लाभः acquisition of wealth. -लोभः avarice. -वशः power in the form of discrimination and knowledge. अर्थवशात् सप्तरूपविनिवृत्ताम् Sāvk.65. -वादः 1 declaration of any purpose. -2 affirmation, declaratory assertion, an explanatory remark, exegesis; speech or assertion having a certain object; a sentence. (It usually recommends a विधि or precept by stating the good arising from its proper observance, and the evils arising from its omission, and also by adducing historical instances in its support; स्तुतिर्निन्दा परकृतिः पुराकल्प इत्यर्थवादः Gaut. Sūt.; said by Laugākṣi to be of 3 kinds :- गुणवादो विरोधे स्यादनु वादो$वधारिते । भूतार्थवादस्तद्धानादर्थ- वादस्त्रिधा मतः; the last kind includes many varieties.) -3 one of the six means of finding out the tātparya (real aim and object) of any work. -4 praise, eulogy; अर्थवाद एषः । दोषं तु मे कंचित्कथय U.1. -विकरणम् = अर्थ- विक्रिया change of meaning. -विकल्पः 1 deviation from truth, perversion of fact. -2 prevarication; also ˚वैकल्प्यम् -विज्ञानम् comprehending the sense, one of the six exercises of the understanding (धीगुण). -विद् a. sensible, wise, sagacious. भुङ्क्ते तदपि तच्चान्यो मधुहेवार्थविन्मधु Bhāg.11.18.15. विवक्षतामर्थविदस्तत्क्षणप्रतिसंहृताम् Śi. -विद्या knowledge of practical life; Mb.7. -विपत्तिः Failing of an aim; समीक्ष्यतां चार्थविपत्तिमार्गताम् Rām.2.19.4. -विभावक a. money-giver; विप्रेभ्यो$र्थविभावकः Mb.3.33. 84. -विप्रकर्षः difficulty in the comprehension of the sense. -विशेषणम् a reprehensive repetition of something uttered by another; S. D.49. -वृद्धिः f. accumulation of wealth. -व्ययः expenditure; ˚ज्ञ a. conversant with money-matters. -शब्दौ Word and sense. -शालिन् a. Wealthy. -शास्त्रम् 1 the science of wealth (political economy). -2 science of polity, political science, politics; अर्थशास्त्रविशारदं सुधन्वानमुपाध्यायम् Rām.2.1.14. Dk.12; इह खलु अर्थशास्त्रकारास्त्रिविधां सिद्धिमुपवर्णयन्ति Mu.3; ˚व्यवहारिन् one dealing with politics, a politician; Mu.5. -3 science giving precepts on general conduct, the science of practical life; Pt.1. -शौचम् purity or honesty in money-matters; सर्वेषां चैव शौचानामर्थशौचं परं स्मृतं Ms. 5.16. -श्री Great wealth. -संस्थानम् 1 accumulation of wealth. -2 treasury. -संग्रहः, -संचयः accumulation or acquisition of wealth, treasure, property. कोशेनाश्रयणी- यत्वमिति तस्यार्थसंग्रहः R.17.6. कुदेशमासाद्य कुतो$र्थसंचयः H. -संग्रहः a book on Mīmāṁsā by Laugākṣi Bhāskara. -सतत्त्वम् truth; किं पुनरत्रार्थसतत्त्वम् । देवा ज्ञातुमर्हन्ति MBh. or P.VIII.3.72. -समाजः aggregate of causes. -समाहारः 1 treasure. -2 acquisition of wealth. -संपद् f. accomplishment of a desired object; उपेत्य संघर्ष- मिवार्थसंपदः Ki.1.15. -संपादनम् Carrying out of an affair; Ms.7.168. -संबन्धः connection of the sense with the word or sentence. -संबन्धिन् a. Concerned or interested in an affair; Ms.8.64. -साधक a. 1 accomplishing any object. -2 bringing any matter to a conclusion. -सारः considerable wealth; Pt.2.42. -सिद्ध a. understood from the very context (though not expressed in words), inferable from the connection of words. -सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of a desired object, success. द्वारमिवार्थसिद्धेः R.2.21. -हानिः Loss of wealth -हारिन् a. stealing money Ks. -हर a. inheriting wealth. -हीन a. 1 deprived of wealth, poor. -2 unmeaning, nonsensical. -3 failing.
ātmanepadam आत्मनेपदम् [आत्मने आत्मार्थफलबोधनाय पदं अलुक् स˚] 1 A voice for oneself, one of the two voices in which roots are conjugated in Sanskrit. -2 The terminations of this voice.
ādeśaḥ आदेशः 1 An order, command; भ्रातुरादेशमादाय Rām.; आदेशं देशकालज्ञः प्रतिजग्राह R.1.92; राजद्विष्टादेशकृतः Y.2.34 doing acts forbidden by the king. -2 Advice, instruction, precept, rule; आदित्यो ब्रह्मेत्यादेशः Ch. Up.3.19.1; Ken.4.4.; Bṛi. Up.2.3.6. -3 Account, information, relation, pointing out, indication. -4 A prediction, prophecy; विप्रश्निकादेशवचनानि K.64; see सिद्धादेश also. -5 (Gram.) A substitute; धातोः स्थान इवादेशं सुग्रीवं संन्यवेशयत् R.12.58. -6 (In astrology) Event, result, consequence of the conjunction of stars. -7 Determination to perform (a ritual &c. संकल्प), vow; उद्धृतं मे स्वयं तोयं व्रतादेशं करिष्यति Rām.2.22.28. -Comp. -कृत् See ग्रामणी; आदेशकृत् वृत्तिहन्ता द्विजानां प्रेषकश्च यः Mb.5.37.13. -कारिन् a. obedient.
ābhāsanam आभासनम् Making apparent or clear; illuminating.
ām आम् ind. An interjection of (a) assent, acceptance, 'oh', 'yes'; आं कुर्मः M.1; (b) recollection; आं तस्मि- न्नुर्वश्या वचनं स्खलितमासीत् V.3; आं ज्ञातम् Ś.3, Oh, I See it now; M.3; (c) determination, 'surely', 'verily', आं चिरस्य खलु प्रतिबुंद्धो$स्मि; (d) reply.
ārdha आर्ध a. (Only used at the beginning of comp.) Half. -Comp. -धातुक a. (-की f.) (In gram.) applicable to half the root or to the shorter form of the verbal base. (-कम्) a name given to those terminations and affixes which belong to the six non-conjugational or general tenses (opp. सार्व. धातुक); cf. P.III.4.114,I.1.4; II.4,35;VII.2.35 &c. -नारीश्वरम् The story of the lord Śiva in his form as अर्धनारीश्वर. -प्रस्थिक, -कंसिक a. (-की f.) bought with half a Prastha or Kaṁsa. -मासिक a. (-की f.) lasting for half a month, observing or practising (penance &c.) for a fortnight. -रात्रिकाः (pl.) N. of an astronomical school who reckoned the beginning of the motions of the planets from midnight.
ārya आर्य a. [ऋ-ण्यत्] 1 Āryan, an inhabitant of आर्यावर्त, N. of the race migrated into India in Vedic times. -2 Worthy of an Ārya. -3 Worthy, venerable, respectable, honourable, noble, high; यदार्यमस्यामभिलाषि मे मनः Ś.1.22; R.2.33; so आर्यवेषः respectable dress; oft. used in theatrical language as an honorific adjective and a respectful mode of address; आर्यचाणक्यः, आर्या अरुन्धती &c.; आर्य revered or honoured Sir; आर्ये revered or honoured lady. The following rules are laid down for the use of आर्य in addressing persons:-(1) वाच्यौ नटीसूत्रधारावार्यनाम्ना परस्परम् । (2) वयस्येत्युत्तमैर्वाच्यो मध्यैरार्येति चाग्रजः । (3) (वक्तव्यो) अमात्य आर्येति चेतरैः । (4) स्वेच्छया नामभिर्विप्रैर्विप्र आर्येति चेतरैः । S. D.431. -4 Noble, fine, excellent. -र्यः 1 N. of the Hindu and Iranian people, as distinguished from अनार्य, दस्यु and दास; विजानीह्यार्यान्ये च दस्यवः Rv.1.51.8. -2 A man who is faithful to the religion and laws of his country; कर्तव्यमाचरन् कार्यमकर्तव्यमनाचरन् । तिष्ठति प्रकृताचारे स वा आर्य इति स्मृतः ॥ -3 N. of the first three castes (as opp. to शूद्र). -4 respectable or honourable man, esteemed person; वृत्तेन हि भवत्यार्यो न धनेन न विद्यया Mb.; परमार्यः परमां कृपां बभार Bu. Ch.5.6. -5 A man of noble birth. -6 A man of noble character. -7 A master, owner. -8 A preceptor; वैमानि- कार्यसमभूमा Viś. Guṇā.124; Mu.3.33. -9 A friend. -1 A Vaiśya. -11 A father-in-law (as in आर्यपुत्र). -12 A Buddha. -13 (With the Buddhists) A man who has thought on the four chief principles of Buddhism and lives according to them. -14 A son of Manu Sāvarṇa. -र्या 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 A mother-in-law. -3 A respectable woman; यत्रार्या रुदती भीता पाण़्डवानिदमब्रवीत् Mb.3.12.87. -4 N. of a metre; राजानमुद्दिश्य आर्यामिमां पपाठ K. ˚गीतिः f. A variety of the Āry&amacr metre, see Appendix. -5That which comes from truth; आराद् याता तत्त्वेभ्य इति आर्या. -र्यम् 1 Virtue, sacredness; नहि दुष्टा- त्मनामार्यमावसत्यालये चिरम् Rām.3.5.12. -2 Discrimination (विवेक); कोपमार्येण यो हन्ति स वीरः पुरुषोत्तमः Rām.4.31.6. -Comp. -अष्टशतम् title of a work of Ārya Bhaṭṭa consisting of eight hundred verses. -आगमः The approaching an Ārya woman sexually; अन्त्यस्यार्यागमे वधः Y.2.294. -आवर्तः [आर्यां आवर्तन्ते अत्र] 'abode of the noble or excellent (Āryas)'; particularly N. of the tract extending from the eastern to the western ocean, and bounded on the north and south by the Himālaya and Vindhya respectively; cf. Ms..2.22; आ समुद्रात्तु वै पूर्वादा समुद्राच्च पश्चिमात् । तयोरेवान्तरं गिर्योः (हिमवद्विन्ध्ययोः) आर्यावर्तं विदुर्बुधाः ॥; also 1.34. -गृह्य a. [आर्यस्य गृह्यः पक्षः] 1 to be respected by the noble. -2 a friend of the noble, readily accessible to honourable men; तमार्यगृह्यं निगृहीतधेनुः R.2.33. -3 respectable, right, decorous. -जुष्ट a. liked by or agreeable to noble ones. -देशः a country inhabited by the Āryas. -पुत्रः 1 son of an honourable man. -2 the son of a spiritual preceptor. -3 honorific designation of the son of the elder brother; of a husband by his wife; or of a prince by his general &c. -4 the son of the father-in-law, i. e. a husband (occurring in every drama; mostly in the vocative case in the last two senses). -प्राय a. 1 inhabited by the Āryas. -2 a bounding with respectable people; Ms.7.69. -बलः N. of a Bodhisattva. -भट्टः N. of a renowned astronomer, the inventor of Algebra among the Hindus; he flourished before the 5th century of the Christian era. Hence his work is called आर्यभटीय. -भावः honourable character or behaviour. -मतिः One having a noble intellect; संक्षिप्तमार्यमतिना Sāṅ. K.71. -मार्गः the path or course of the respectable, a respectable way. -मिश्र a. respectable, worthy, distinguished. (-श्रः) a gentleman, a man of consequence; (pl.) 1 worthy or respectable men, an assembly of honourable men; आर्य- मिश्रान् विज्ञापयामि V.1. -2 your reverence or honour (a respectful address); नन्वार्यमिश्रैः प्रथममेव आज्ञप्तम् Ś.1; आर्य- मिश्राः प्रमाणम् M.1. -युवन् m. an Āryan youth. -रूप a. having only the form of an Āryan, a hypocrite, impostor; आर्यरूपमिवानार्यं कर्मभिः स्वैर्विभावयेत् Ms.1.57. -लिङ्गिन् m. an impostor; Ms.9.26. -वाक् a. speaking the Aryan language; म्लेच्छवाचश्चार्यवाचः सर्वे ते दस्यवः स्मृताः Ms.1.45. -वृत्त a. virtuous, good, pious; Ms.9. 253; R.14.55. (-त्तम्) the conduct of an Āryan or nobleman; Ms.4.175. -वेश a. well-clothed, having a respectable dress, fine. -व्रत a. observing the laws and ordinances of the Āryans or noblemen. (-तम्) the duty of an Aryan. -शील a. Having an honest character. -श्वेतः a noble or honourable man. -संघः the whole body of the Āryans, especially Buddhists; it is also the name of a renowned philosopher (founder of the school of Yogāchāras). -सत्यम् a noble or sublime truth; (there are four such truths forming the chief principles of Buddhism. In Pāli they are called चत्तारि अरियसच्चानि. They are, (1) life is suffering, (2) Desire of life is the cause of suffering, (3) Extinction of that desire is the cessation of suffering, (4) The eightfold path leads to that extinction). -सिद्धान्तः N. of a work of आर्यभट्ट. -स्त्री An Āryan woman, or a woman of the first three castes. -हलम् ind. forcibly. -हृद्य a. liked by the noble.
iti इति ind. 1 this particle is most generally used to report the very words spoken or supposed to be spoken by some one, as represented by quotation marks in English. The speech reported may be (1) a single word used merely to express what the form of the word is, when it is used as it is (शब्दस्वरूपद्योतक); कूजन्तं रामरामेति मधुरं मधुराक्षरम् Rāmarakṣā. अत एव गवित्याह Bhartṛi.; (2) or a substantive, which must be put in the nominative case when its meaning is to be indicated (प्रतिपदिकार्थद्योतक); चयस्त्विषामित्यवधारितं पुरा ... क्रमादमुं नारद इत्यबोधि सः Śi.1.3.; अवैमि चैनामनघेति R.14.4; दिलीप इति राजेन्दुः R.1.12; sometimes with acc. कैवर्तमिति यं प्राहुः Ms.1.34.; Bg.6.2; (3) or a whole sentence when इति is merely used at the end of that sentence; (वाक्यार्थद्योतक); ज्ञास्यसि कियद् भुजो मे रक्षति भौंर्वीकिणाङ्क इति Ś.1.13; तयोर्मुनिकुमारयोरन्यतरः कथयति अक्षमालामुपयचितुमागतो- स्मीति K.151. -2 Besides this general sense इति has the following senses:-(a) Cause, as expressed by 'because', 'since', 'on the ground that', in English; वैदेशिको$स्मीति पृच्छामि U.; पुराणमित्येव न साधु सर्वम् M.1.2, oft. with किम् q. v. (b) Purpose or motive, as expressed by 'that', 'in order that' शरीरस्य विनाशो मा भूदिति मयेदमु- त्क्षिप्य समानीतम् K.32; R.1.37. (c) Thus, to mark the conclusion (opp. अथ); इति प्रथमो$ङ्कः thus or here ends the first Act. (d) It is often used to include under one head a number of separate objects grouped together; पृथिव्यापस्तेजो वायुराकाशं कालो दिगात्मा मन इति द्रव्याणि T. S. (e) So, thus, in this manner; इत्युक्तवन्तं परिरभ्य दोर्भ्याम् Ki.11.8. (f) Of this nature or description; गौरश्वः पुरुषो हस्तीति जातिः. (g) As follows, to the following effect; रामाभिधानो हरिरित्युवाच R.13.1. (h) As for, in the capacity of, as regards, showing capacity or relation; पितेति स पूज्यः, अध्यापक इति निन्द्यः, शीघ्रमिति सुकरं, निभृतमिति चिन्तनीयं भवेत् Ś.3. (i) It is often used with the name of an author to form an Avyayibhāva comp. इतिपाणिनि thus according to Pāṇini. (j) Illustration (usually with आदि); इन्दुरिन्दुरिव श्रीमानित्यादौ तदनन्वयः Chandr.; गौः शुश्चलो डित्थ इत्यादौ K. P.2. (k) A quotation or an opinion accepted; इति पाणिनिः, इत्यापिशलिः, इत्यमरः, विश्वः &c. (l) It is often used by commentators after quoting a rule in the sense of 'according to such a rule'; शकि लिङ् च (P.III.3.172) इति शक्यार्थे लिङ् Malli. Other senses mentioned are:- (m) Manifestation. (n) Order. (o) Arrangement. (p) Identity. (q) Proximity. (r) Visibility. (s) Excess or superiority. (t) Requiring. (इति स्वरूपे सान्निध्ये विवक्षानियमे मते । हेतौ प्रकार- प्रत्यक्षप्रकाशेप्यवधारणे, एकमर्थे समाप्तौ च ॥ Hem.). -Comp. -अर्थः sum and substance, meaning in short (often) used by commentators). -अर्थम् ind. for this purpose, hence. -आदि a. having such a thing or things at the beginning, so forth, et cætera (&c.). इत्यादिप्रचुराः पुरातन- कथाः सर्वेभ्य एवं श्रुताः Udb. -उक्तम् information, report. -कथ a. 1 not fit to be believed, untrustworthy. -2 wicked, lost. (-था) a meaningless or nonsensical talk. -कर्तव्य, -करणीय, -कार्य, -कृत्य a. proper or necessary to be done according to certain rules. (-कर्तव्यम्, -णीयम्) duty, obligation; श्रूयतामितिकर्तव्यं सर्वानेव ब्रवीमि वः Rām.2.68.5. एवं सर्वं विधायेदमितिकर्तव्यमात्मनः Ms.7.14 2. संसिद्धावितिकरणीयसंनिबद्धैरालापैः Ki.7.17. ˚ता, -कार्यता, -कृत्यता any proper or necessary duty, obligation; स मुहूर्तमिव घ्यात्वा विनिश्चित्येतिकृत्यताम् Mb.3.36.4. इति- कर्तव्यतामूढः wholly at a loss what to do, embarrassed, perplexed. -पाणिनि ind. Thus according to Pāṇini's very words. -मात्र a. of such extent or quality. -वृत्तम् 1 occurrence, event. -2 a tale, story.
idam इदम् pron. a. [अयम् m., इयम् f., इदम् n.] 1 This, here, referring to something near the speaker; इदमस्तु संनिकृष्टं रूपम्); इदं तत् ... इति यदुच्यते Ś.5 here is the truth of the saying. -2 Present, seen; the nominative forms are used with verbs in the sense of 'here'; इयमस्मि here am I; so इमे स्मः; अयमागच्छामि here I come. -3 It often refers to something immediately following, while एतद् refers to what precedes; अनुकल्पस्त्वयं ज्ञेयः सदा सद्भिरनुष्ठितः Ms.3.147 (अयम् = वक्ष्यमाणः Kull.); श्रुत्त्वै- तदिदमूचुः -4 It occurs connected with यत्, तत्, एतद्, अदस्, किम् or a personal pronoun, either to point out anything more distinctly and emphatically, or sometimes pleonastically; को$यमाचरत्यविनयम् Ś.1.25; सेयम्, सो$यम्, this here; so इमास्ताः; अयमहं भोः Ś.4 ho, here am I. -ind. Ved. 1 Here, to this place. -2 Now. -3 There. -4 With these words, herewith. -5 In this manner; नैतदौपयिकं राम यदिदं परितप्यसे Rām.2.53.3. -Comp. -कार्या The plant Hedysarum Alhagi (Mar. कांटे धमासा, यवासा). -प्रथम a. doing anything for the first time. -प्रकारम् ind. in this manner. -युगम् the present Yuga. -रूप a. of this shape. -वसु a. Ved. rich in this and that.
uṇādiḥ उणादिः A class of terminations beginning with उण्. m. pl. The class of कृत् affixes which begin with उण्. -Comp. -सूत्राणि The सूत्रs (Pāṇini iii. 3,I.4.75) treating of the उणादि affixes. ˚वृत्ति f. a commentary on the उणादि Sūtras.
uttāna उत्तान a. 1 Stretched out, spread out, expanded, dilated; उत्तानतारकस्य लोचनयुगलस्य K.143; U.3.23. -2 (a) Lying on the back, with the face upwards, supine; Māl.3; उत्तानोच्छूनमण्डूकपाटितोदरसंनिभे K. P.7; पितृपात्रं तदुत्तानं कृत्वा विप्रान्विसर्जयेत् Y.1.248. (b) Upright, erect. -3 Open, turned upwards; उत्तान आस्येन हविर्जुहोति Mb.12.245.27. उत्तानपाणिद्वयसंनिवेशात् Ku.3.45; ˚रश्मिषु Pt.3.151. -4 Open, unreserved, frank, candid; स्वभावोत्तानहृदयम् Ś5; frank-minded. -5 Elevated; Māl.7. -6 Concave; having the mouth upwards. -7 Shallow -Comp. -अर्थ a. Superficial, shallow. -कूर्मकम् a particular posture in sitting. -पट्टम् A pavement; व्यूढं चोत्तान- पट्टं सकलकनखले ... यश्चकार ... (An Abu inscription in the reign of Bhūmadeva. Ind. Ant. Vol. XI). -पत्रकः a. species of Ricinus (रक्तैरण्ड). -पद् f. 1 vegetation, the whole creation of upward germinating plants (Sāy.). -2 One whose legs are extended (in parturition). -पाद a. with extended legs (children). (-दः) 1 N. of a king, father of Dhruva. -2 the Supreme Spirit. ˚जः N. of Dhruva, the polar star. -शय a. sleeping supinely or on the back, lying with the face upwards; कदा उत्तानशयः पुत्रकः जनयिष्यति मे हृदयाह्लादम् K.62. (-यः, -या) a little child, suckling, infant. -शीवन् a. lying extended; stagnant. आप उत्तानशीवरीः Av.3.21.1. -हस्त a, having the hands stretched out in prayers. (-स्तौ) (du.) the two hands with the fingers stretched out and with the backs turned towards the ground. -हृदय Open-hearted.
utsāhaḥ उत्साहः [उद्-सह्-घञ्] 1 Effort, exertion; धृत्युत्साह- समन्वितः Bg.18.26. -2 Energy, inclination, desire; त्वद्दर्शनकृतोत्साहौ Rām.5.67.28. मन्दोत्साहः कृतो$स्मि मृगया- पवादिना माठव्येन Ś.2; ममोत्साहभङ्गं मा कृथाः H.3. do not damp my energy. -3 Perseverance, strenuous effort, energy, one of the three Śaktis or powers of a ruler (the other two being मन्त्र and प्रभाव); नीताविवोत्साहगुणेन सम्पद् Ku.1.22. -4 Determination, resolution; हसितेन भाविमरणोत्साहस्तया सूचितः Amaru.1. -5 Power, ability; सौरान्मन्त्रान् यथोत्साहम् (जपेत्) Ms.5.86. -6 Firmness, fortitude, strength. -7 (In Rhet.) Firmness or fortitude, regarded as the feeling which gives rise to the वीर or heroic sentiment; कार्यारम्भेषु संरम्भः स्थेयानुत्साह उच्यते S. D.3; परपराक्रमदानादिस्मृतिजन्मा औन्नत्याख्य उत्साहः R. G. -8 Happiness. -9 A thread. -1 Rudeness. -Comp. -योगः Bestowing one's energy, exercising one's strength; चारेणोत्साहयोगेन (विद्यान्महीपतिः) Ms.9.298. -वर्धनः the heroic sentiment (वीररस). (-नम्) increase of energy, heroism. -वृत्तान्तः plan or scheme of encouraging or exciting; Ś.2. -शक्तिः f. firmness, energy; see (3) above. -सम्पन्न a. active, energetic, persevering. -हेतुक a. one who encourages or excites to exertion; अपेहि रे उत्साहहेतुक Ś.2.
udgiraṇam उद्गिरणम् 1 Vomiting. -2 Ejecting anything (as saliva) from the mouth, slavering. -3 Eructation, belch. -4 Extermination.
udgrāhaḥ उद्ग्राहः उदि ग्रहः P.III.3.35. 1 Lifting or taking up. -2 (In the Prātiśākhyas) The rule of Sandhi which causes the change of the terminations अः, ए and ओ to अ before a following vowel. -3 Replying in argument; rejoinder. -4 An objection. -Comp. -पदवृत्तिः f. the Sandhi called Udgrāha; see above.
uddeśaḥ उद्देशः 1 Pointing to or at, directing; सूर्योद्देशेन तिला दातव्याः Pt.2 in the name of. -2 Mention, specification; सार्धप्रहरद्वयोद्देशे Pt.5; स्वरसंस्कारोद्देशः Nir. -3 Illustration, explanation, exemplification. -4 Ascertainment, determination, inquiry, investigation, search. -5 A brief statement or account; एष तूद्देशतः प्रोक्तो विभूतेर्विस्तरो मया Bg.1.4; Mb.8.69.54. -6 Assignment, allotment. -7 Stipulation, bargain. -8 Object, motive; कृतोद्देशः स बीभत्सुः Mb.3.158.3. -9 A spot, region, place; अहो प्रवातसुभगोयमुद्देशः Ś.3; M.3; वन˚ a part of the forest. -1 Upper region, high position. -11 (In phil.) The enunciation of a thing by its name (which is to be further discussed and explained), the other two processes being लक्षण and परीक्षा. -Comp. -पदम् The term (or terms) which form the subject; नात्रैषा वचनव्यक्तिः ये यजमाना इत्युद्देशपदम्, ऋत्विजः इति विधेयपदम् । ŚB. on MS.6.6.2.
uddīpanam उद्दीपनम् 1 Inflaming, exciting; क्रोध˚, अग्नि˚. -2 (In Rhet.) That which excites or feeds (a sentiment or rasa), any aggravating or attendant circumstance which gives poignancy to a feeling or passion; उद्दीपन- विभावास्ते रसमुद्दीपयन्ति ये S. D.16; see आलम्बनम् also. -3 Illuminating, lighting, setting fire to, burning; जतुमयशरणोद्दीपनः Ve.5.26. -4 Burning of a body.
uddyotanam उद्द्योतनम् The act of enlightening, illumination.
uddharaṇam उद्धरणम् 1 Drawing or taking out, taking off (clothes &c.). -2 Extraction, pulling or tearing out; कण्टक˚ Ms.9.252; चक्षषोरुद्धरणम् Mitā.; so शल्य˚. -3 Extricating, deliverance, rescuing (from danger); दीनोद्धरणो- चितस्य R.2.25; स बन्धुर्यो विपन्नानामापदुद्धरणक्षमः H.1.29. -4 Destruction, eradication, extermination, deposition, dethronement; चन्द्रगुप्तस्योद्धरणात् Mu.4. -5 Lifting, raising. -6 Taking a part or share. -7 Taking from the Gārhapatya fire to supply the other sacred fires. -8 Vomiting; जग्धस्य मोहाद्धि विशुद्धिमन्धसो जुगुप्सितस्योद्धरणं प्रचक्षते Bhāg.4.4. 18. -9 Anything vomited. -1 Final emancipation. -11 Acquittance of debt. -12 Hoping, expecting; अपि ते ब्राह्मणा भुक्त्वा गताः सोद्धरणान् गृहान् Mb.13.6.14. उद्धर्तृ uddhartṛ उद्धारक uddhāraka उद्धर्तृ उद्धारक a. 1 One who raises or lifts up. -2 A sharer, co-heir. -3 One who recovers property. m. 1 A destroyer, exterminator; Y.2.271. -2 A saviour, deliverer.
udbhid उद्भिद् a. [उद्-भिद्-क्विप्] 1 Sprouting, germinating, shooting forth. -2 Penetrating. -3 Destroying. -4 Causing to come forth. m. 1 A sprout or shoot (of a plant); अङ्कुरो$भिनवोद्भिदि Ak. -2 A plant; उद्भिदस्तरु- गुल्माद्याः Ak. -3 A spring, fountain. -Comp. -ज a. (उद्भिज्ज) sprouting, germinating (as a plant). (-ज्जः) a plant; उद्भिज्जाः स्थावराः सर्वे बीजकाण्डप्ररोहिणः Ms.1.46. -विद्या the science of Botany.
udbhida उद्भिद a. Sprouting, germinating. -दम् Culinary salt.
udvah उद्वह् 1 P. 1 To marry, lead home (as a bride); पार्थिवीमुदवहद्रघूद्वहः R.11.54; नोद्वहेत्कपिलां कन्याम् Ms.3.8, 1,15; अविप्लुतब्रह्मचर्यो लक्षण्यां स्त्रियमुद्वहेत् Y.1.52; Bk. 2.48; Bhāg.1.52.41. -2 To bear up, raise up, elevate. -3 To hold up, sustain, support; पदमुद्वहन्ती Ku.5.85; उद्वह धुरम् K.19; Ku.6.3; आत्मानमुद्वोढुम- शक्नुवत्यः R.16.6,11.66; Śi.9.73; Bk.9.7; भारम् &c. -4 To suffer, experience, feel; वात्सल्यमोहपरिदेवितमुद्वहामि Māl.6.9; स्वाम्यर्थमुद्वहन् Mu.2.21. Adhering to his master's cause. -5 To possess, have, assume, be endowed with; पुरुषाभिमानमुद्वहद्भिः Mu.4; यौवनमुद्वहन्त्या Ku.1.19; श्रियमुद्वहति मुखं ते बालातपरक्तकमलस्य V.4.73; M.5.14; so शब्दम्, अङ्गुलिम्, पाणिम्, ज्ञानम्, गर्वम्, प्रमोदम् &c. -6 To carry off or away, take or lead away; तमुद्वहन्तं पथि भोजकन्याम् R.7.35,7. -7 To lead to termination, finish; प्रारब्धमुत्तमजनास्त्वमिवोद्वहन्ति Mu.2.17 v. l. -8 To respect, honour, uphold; स्वयंभुवो वाक्यमथोद्वहन्तौ Rām.6.74.3. -Caus. 1 To cause to marry. -2 To spread above; उत्कर्णमुद्वाहितधीरकन्धरैः Śi.12.73.
upapattiḥ उपपत्तिः f. 1 Happening, occurring, becoming visible, appearance, production, birth; अथोपपत्तिं छलनापरो$- पराम् Śi.1.69 (जन्म); इष्टानिष्टोपपत्तिषु Bg.13.9. -2 Cause, reason, ground; प्रियेषु यैः पार्थ विनोपपत्तेः Ki.3.52. -3 Reasoning, argument; उपपत्तिमदूर्जितं वचः Ki.2.1; देवि सोपपत्तिकमभिहितम् । Nāg.5 argumentative; giving a reason for the establishment of a matter; S. D.482. -4 Fitness, propriety. -5 Termination, end. -6 Association, connection. -7 Acceptance, adoption; Mv.5. -8 Ascertainment, demonstration, demonstrated conclusion; उपपत्तिरुदाहृता बलात् Ki.2.28. -9 (In Arith. or Geom.) Proof, demonstration. -1 A means, an expedient. -11 Assistance, support, help; ततः प्रजह्रे सममेव तत्र तैरपेक्षितान्योन्यबलोपपत्तिभिः Ki.14.44. -12 Doing, effecting, gaining; accomplishment; स्वार्थोपपत्तिं दुर्बलाशः R.5.12; तात्पर्यानुपपत्तितः Bhāṣā P.; H.3.111; see अनुपपत्ति. -13 Attainment, getting; असंशयं प्राक् तनयोपपत्तेः R.14.78; Ki.3.1. -14 Religious abstraction (समाधि). -15 Accident, chance; उपपत्त्योपलब्धेषु लोकेषु च समो भव Mb.12.288.11. -16 Suitability, expediency; उपपत्ति- मदूर्जिताश्रयं नृपमूचे वचनं वृकोदरः Ki.2.1; Bhag.4.28.68. -Comp. -समः (in logic) a kind of contradiction in which both the contradictory ascertions are supposed to be demonstrable (e. g. sound is eternal because it is produced; it is eternal because it is not tangible). Nyāyadarśana. -परित्यक्त a. Unproved, unreasonable, destitute of argument or proof; Raj. T.
upapādanam उपपादनम् 1 Effecting, accomplishing, doing. सामान्यतः किं विषयोपपादनैः. -2 Giving, delivering, presenting. -3 Proving, demonstration, establishing by arguments; अपि त्वां न लभेत् कर्ण राज्यलम्भोपपादनम् Mb.5. 142.2. -4 Examination, ascertainment, exposition (of a subject).
upapadam उपपदम् 1 A word prefixed or previously uttered; धनुरुपपदं वेदम् Ki.18.44 (धनुर्वेदम्); तस्याः स राजोपपदं निशान्तम् R.16.4. -2 A title, a degree; epithet of respect, such as आर्य, शर्मन्; कथं निरुपपदमेव चाणक्यमिति न आर्यचाणक्यमिति Mu.3. -3 A secondary word of a sentence, a preposition, particle &c. prefixed to a verb or a noun derived from a verb which determines or qualifies the sense of the verb; उपपदमतिङ् P.II.2.19; (see Sk. thereon). ˚तत्पुरुषः a kind of Tat. comp. in which the last member is some form of a verbal character; e. g. वेदविद्, ग्रामणी, आकर्णलम्बिन् &c. उपपरीक्षा upaparīkṣā क्षणम् kṣaṇam उपपरीक्षा क्षणम् Investigation, examination.
upādhiḥ उपाधिः 1 Fraud, deceit, trick. -2 Deception, disguise (in Vedānta). -3 Discriminative or distinguishing property, attribute, peculiarity; तदुपाधावेव संकेतः K. P.2. It is of four kinds :-जाति, गुण, क्रिया, संज्ञा. -4 A title, nick-name; (भट्टाचार्य, महामहोपाध्याय, पण्डित &c.); बी. ए. इत्युपाधिधारिणः (modern use). -5 Limitation, condition (as of time, space &c.); न ह्युपाधेरुपाधिर्भवति विशेषणस्य वा विशेषणम् Mbh.I.3.2 अनुपाधिरमणीयो देशः Prob. a country altogether (or naturally) beautiful; (oft. occurring in Vedānta Phil.); देहाद्युपाधिरचितो भेदः Ś. B.; न खलु बहिरुपाधीन्प्रीतयः संश्रयन्ते U.6.12; Māl.1.24. -6 A trace, mark; भौमा उपाधयः Mv.7.22. -7 A purpose, occasion, object. -8 (In logic) A special cause for a general effect; साध्यव्यापकत्वे सति साधनाव्यापक उपाधिः; as आर्द्रेन्धनम् (wet fuel) is the उपाधि of the hetu वह्निमत्त्व in the inference पर्वतो धूमवान् वह्नेः. -9 Reflection on duty or a virtuous reflection. -1 A man who is careful to support his family. -11 An incidental purpose, an additional adjunct (which does not modify the original idea to which it is added). काष्ठाहरणे शाकाहरण- मुपाधिः क्रियते इति । किमिदमुपाधिः क्रियत इति । काष्ठाहरणाधिकार- समीपे द्वितीयं कर्मोपाधीयते । सति काष्ठाहरणे इदमपरं कर्तव्यमिति । ŚB. on MS.4.3.2; also ŚB. on MS.12.4.13. -Comp. -कर a. That which comes only incidentally adding another adjunct or उपाधि. उपाधिकरः एषः । यथा काष्ठान्याहर्तुं प्रस्थित उच्यते भवता शाकमप्याहर्तव्यमिति । ŚB. on MS.4.3.2. -12 A substitute, substitution; उपाधिर्न मया कार्यो वनवासे जुगुप्सितः Rām.2.111.29.
uru उरु a. [उर्णु-कु नुलोपो ह्रस्वश्च Uṇ.1.31] (-रु-र्वी f.; compar. वरीयस्; super. वरिष्ठ) 1 Wide, spacious. -2 Great, large; जातःकुले तस्य किलोरुकीर्तिः R.6.74. -3 Excessive, much, abundant; धनान्युरूणि Śi.3.76. -4 Excellent, precious, valuable. n. Ved. Wide space, space or room. ind. Far, far off (Ved.). -Comp. -अङ्गः 1 a mountain. -2 the ocean. -कालः, -कालकः the creeper Cucumis Colocynthis (इन्द्रवारुणी). -कीर्ति a. renowned, wellknown; तवोरुकीर्तिः श्वशुरः सखा मे R.14.74. -कृत् a. making room, granting space; increasing; उरुकृदुरु णस्कृधि Rv. 8.75.11. -क्रम a. Ved. 1 taking wide strides. शं नो विष्णु- रुरुक्रमः Tait. Up.1.1.1. -2 of high rank. (-मः) an epithet of Viṣṇu in the dwarf incarnation; उरुक्रमस्याखिलबन्धमुक्तये समाधिनानुस्मर तद्विचेष्टितम् Bhāg.1.5.13. -क्षय a. having spacious dwellings. (-यः) a spacious dwelling. उरुक्षयेषु दीद्यत् Rv.1.118.8. -क्षितिः f. Ved. a spacious dwelling; उरुक्षितिं सुजनिमा चकार Rv.7.1.4. -गाय a. 1 sung or praised by the great; Asvad.16. एष पन्था उरुगायः सुशेवः Ait. Br.7.13, उरुगायोरुगीतो वा पश्यन्तीनां कुतः पुनः Bhāg.1.9.26. -2 offering wide scope for movement. (-यः) 1 N. of Viṣṇu, the Āśvins, Soma and Indra. -2 wide space or space; (-यम् also). -3 praise. -ग्राहः Great restraint; उरुग्राहगृहीतानां गदां बिभ्रद् वृकोदरः Mb.5. 51.7. -चक्रि a. granting ample assistance, or allowing unrestrained motion; अहोश्चिदस्मा उरुचक्रिरद्भुतः Rv.2.26. 4. -चक्षस् a. Ved. far-seeing; समख्ये देव्या धिया संदक्षिणयो- रुचक्षसा Vāj.4.23. -जन्मन् a. nobly born; वह्नेरपां दग्धुरिवोरुजन्मा M.5.17. -ज्मन् a. having a wide path or range; न उरुष्या ण उरुज्मन्नप्रयुच्छन् Av.6.4.3. -ज्रयस्, -ज्रि a. of great speed, of mighty impetus. -तापः great heat. -धार a. Ved. giving a broad stream (of milk, as a cow). -प्रथस् a. wide-spreading, far-spread. -माणः N. of a plant, Crataeva Religiosa (Mar. वायवरणा). -मार्गः a long road. -लोक a. widely illuminating; or widely extended; ममान्तिरिक्षमुरुलोकमस्तु Rv.128.2. (-कः) the best world. (-कम्) the intermediate region between earth and heaven. -विक्रम a. valiant, mighty. -व्यचस् a. P.VI.1.17 Vārt.4. widely extended, extensive. उरुव्यचाः कण्टकः Mbh. on P.VI.1.17. -m. a malignant spirit, an imp. -व्यञ्च् a. Ved. 1 farreaching, capacious. -2 perceived in a distant place (as a sound); तुविक्षत्रामजरन्तीमुरूचीम् Vāj.21.5. -शंस a. 1 to be praised by many. -2 reigning over a wide region. -3 praising aloud. -शर्मन् a. Ved. widely pervading; Vāj.1.9. -षा a. granting much, or granting wide or free scope; महीमस्मभ्यमुरुषामुरु ज्रयो Rv.5. 44.6. -सत्त्व a. of mighty or great strength, powerful; सिंहोरुसत्त्वं निजगाद सिंहः R.2.33; magnanimous, of a noble nature. -स्वन a. having a loud voice, stentorian. -हारः a valuable necklace.
ūha ऊह a. Observed, perceived. -हः [ऊह्-घञ्] 1 A change, modification. ऊहदर्शनं न विवक्षितार्थानामेव भवति । ŚB. on MS.1.2.52. ऊह forms the subject-matter of जैमिनि's मीमांसासूत्र, अध्याय IX. It is said to bo of three varieties; cf. त्रिविधश्च ऊहः मन्त्रसामसंस्कारविषयः ŚB. on MS; 9.1.1. -2 A guess, conjecture; Mb.5.33.28. -3 Examination and determination. -4 Understanding. -5 Reasoning, arguing. -6 Supplying an ellipsis. -7 Attributing, ascribing. -8 Collection. -Comp. -अपोहः full discussion, consideration of the pros and cons; इमे मनुष्या दृश्यन्ते ऊहापोहविशारदाः Mb.13.145.43; ऊहापोहमिमं सरोजनयना यावद्विधत्तेतराम् Bv.2.74; see अपोह. -गानम् N. of the third Gāna or hymn-book of the Samaveda. -च्छला f. N. of a chapter of the Sāmaveda Chchhalā.
ṛtuḥ ऋतुः [ऋ-तु-किच्च Uṇ1.71] 1 A season, period of the year, commonly reckoned to be six; शिशिरश्च वसन्तश्च ग्रीष्मो वर्षाः शरद्धिमः; sometimes only five; शिशिर and हिम or हेमन्त being counted together; cf. पञ्चर्तवो हेमन्तशिशिरयोः समासेन Ait. Br. वसन्तश्चैत्रवैशाखौ ज्येष्ठाषाढौ च ग्रीष्मकौ । वर्षा श्रावणभाद्राभ्यां शरदश्विनकार्तिकौ ॥ मार्गपौषौ च हेमन्तः शिशिरो माघफाल्गुनौ ॥ गोरक्षसंहिता. -2 An epoch, a period, any fixed or appointed time. -3 Menstruation, courses, menstrual discharge. -4 A period favourable for conception; वरमृतुषु नैवाभिगमनम् Pt.1; ऋतुः स्वाभाविकः स्त्रीणां रात्रयः षोडश स्मृताः Ms.3.46,9.7; Y.1.11,79. -5 Any fit season or right time. -6 Fixed order or rule; द्वा यन्तारा भवतस्तथ ऋतुः Rv.1.162.19. -7 Light, splendour. -8 A month. -9 N. of Viṣṇu. -1 A symbolical expression for the number 'six'. -11 A kind of collyrium. -Comp. -अन्तः 1 the close of a season. -2 termination of menstruation. -कालः, -समयः, -वेला 1 the time of menstruation, time favourable for conception, i. e. 16 nights from menstrual discharge; see ऋतु above. -2 the duration of a season. -गणः the seasons taken collectively. -गामिन् a. having intercourse with a wife (at the time fit for conception, i. e. after the period of menstruation). -ग्रहः a libation offered to the seasons, a kind of sacrifice. -चर्या f. seasonal proceeding; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि ऋतुचर्यास्तु वाजिनाम् Bhoja's Śālihotra 92. -जुष् f. A woman enjoying intercourse at the time fit for procreation; Ks. -धामन् m. N. of Viṣṇu -पतिः 1 the lord of seasons, i. e. the spring. -2 N. of Agni; Rv.1.2.1. -3 N. of other deities; Av.3.1.9. -पर्णः N. of a king of Ayodhyā; son of Ayutāyu, a descendant of Ikṣvāku. [Nala, king of Niṣadha, entered into his service after he had lost his kingdom and suffered very great adversity. He was 'profoundly skilled in dice'; and he exchanged with Nala this skill for his skill in horsemanship; and by virtue of it the king succeeded in taking Nala to Kuṇḍinapura before Damayantī had put into execution her resolve of taking a second husband]. -पर्यायः, -वृत्तिः the revolution of the seasons; cf. Ms.1.29. -पशुः An animal to be sacrificed at a particular season. -पाः m. N. of Indra. -पात्रम् the cup in which the libation is offered. -प्राप्त a. fertile, fruitful. -प्रैषः N. of particular invocations spoken before the sacrifice to the seasons. Ait. Br.5.9.3,4. -मुखम् the beginning or first day of a season. -याजः a sacrifice offered to the seasons. -राजः the spring. -लिङ्गम् 1 a characteristic or sign of the season (as the blossom of the mango tree in spring); यथर्तुलिङ्गान्यृतवः स्वयमेवर्तुपर्यये Ms. 1.3. -2 a symptom of menstruation. -लोका f. N. of particular bricks; Śat. Br.1. -ष्ठा (स्था) a. fixed at the proper seasons; Vāj.17.3. -संहारः 'collection of the seasons, N. of Kālidāsa's work on the six seasons. -सन्धिः 1 the junction of two seasons. -2 the last day in the bright fortnight (पौर्णमासी) and in the dark one (दर्श). -सात्म्यम् diet &c. suited to the season. -स्तोमः a kind of sacrifice. -स्नाता a woman who has bathed after menstruation and who is, therefore, fit for sexual intercourse; धर्मलोपभयाद्राज्ञीमृतुस्नाताभिमां स्मरन् R.1.76. -स्नानम् bathing after menstruation.
evam एवम् ind. 1 Thus, so, in this manner or way; (referring to what precedes as well as to what follows); अस्त्येवम् Pt. 1 it is so; एवंवादिनि देवर्षौ Ku.6.84; ब्रूया एवम् Me.13 (what follows); एवमस्तु be it so, amen; यद्येवम् so; ।कमेवम् why so; मैवम्, मा मैवम् oh, not so, (do not do so) एवम् has sometimes an adjectival force; एवं वचनम् such words. -2 Yes, quite so (implying assent); सीता-अहो जाने तस्मिन्नेव काले वर्ते । राम- एवम् U.1; एवं यदात्थ भगवन् Ku.2.31. It is also said to have the senses of. -3 likeness. -4 sameness of manner; -5 affirmation or determination; -6 command; or it is often used merely as an expletive. (In the Vedas एवम् occurs very rarely; its place being usually taken up by एव). -Comp. -अवस्थ a. so situated or circumstanced. -आदि, -आद्य a. of such qualities or kind, such and the like; एवमादिभिः Ś.5; Ku.5.29. -कान्तम् A column connected with one, two or three minor pillars and having a lotus-shaped base; एकोपपादसंयुक्तं द्वित्र्युपपादेन संयुतम् । एवंकान्तमिति प्रोक्तं मूले पद्मासनान्वितम् ॥ Mānasāra 15.242-3. -कारम् ind. in this manner. -काल a. containing so many syllabic instants. -क्रतु a. Ved. thus minded. -गत a. being in this condition or so circumstanced; एवं गते under these circumstances. -गुण a. possessing such virtues; पुत्रमेवंगुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनमाप्नुहि Ś.1.12. -नामन् a. so called, bearing this name. -प्रकार, -प्राय a. of such a kind; वयमपि न खल्वेवंप्रायाः क्रतुप्रतिघातिनः U.5.29; Ś.7.24. -भत a. of such quality or description, so, such. -रूप a. of such a kind or form. -वादः such an expression. एवंवादिनि देवर्षौ पार्श्वे पितुरधोमुखी K. -विद्, -विद्वस् a. knowing so or such, well-informed. -विध a. of such a kind, such. -वीर्य a. possessing such a power. -वृत्त, -वृत्ति a. behaving such; of such a kind.
eṣaṇīya एषणीय pot. p. 1 To be desired or desirable; जायापतीलौकिकमेषणीयम् Ku.7.88; Ki.13.28. -2 To be aimed at or sought. -3 To be approached. -4 (At the end of comp.) Relating to medical examination.
au औ m. 1 A sound. -2 N. of Śeṣa or Ananta. -3 The number जलधि; cf. also औः श्वा युवा नरो नारी भावः सूक्ष्मः प्रजापतिः । स्थूलो जारः कलावांश्च सुखी दुर्गा रतिः कविः ॥ Enm. -4 The sacred syllable of the Śūdras; Kālikā P. -f. The earth. -ind. An interjection of (1) calling (ho, hallo); (2) addressing (oh !); (3) opposition; (4) asseveration or determination.
autsargika औत्सर्गिक a. (-की f.) [उत्सर्ग-ठञ्] 1 That which is liable to be abolished in exceptional cases, though generally valid (as a rule of grammar). -2 General (opp. to particular), not restricted -3 Terminating, concluding. -4 Leaving, quitting. -5 Natural, inherent. -6 Produced naturally or directly. -7 Derivative.
kala कल a. [ कल्- घञ्] 1 Sweet and indistinct (अस्पष्टमधुर); कर्णे कलं किमपि रौति H.1.78; सारसैः कलनिर्ह्रादैः R.1.41,8. 59; M.5.1. वाग्भिः कलाभिर्ललितैश्च हावैः Bu. Ch.2.3. (Hence -2 Low, soft, sweet (note &c.); melodious, pleasing, निशासु भास्वत्कलनूपुराणाम् R.16.12. -3 Making noise, jingling, tinkling &c.; भास्वत्कलनूपुराणाम् R.16.12; कल- किङ्किणीरवम् Śi.9.74,82; कलमेखलाकलकलः 6.14,4.57; -4 Weak. -5 Crude; undigested. -6 Vigorous. -7 Full. दीनस्य ताम्राश्रुकलस्य राज्ञः Rām.2.13.24. -ला 1 A low or soft and inarticulate tone. -2 (In poetry) Time equal to four Mātrās. -3 (-m. pl.) A class of manes. -लम् Semen. -Comp. अङ्कुरः the Sārasa bird. -अनु- वादिन् m. 1 a sparrow. -2 a bee. -3 the Chātaka bird. -अविकलः a sparrow. -आलापः 1 a sweet humming sound. -2 sweet and agreeable discourse; स्फुरत्- कलालापविलासकोमला करोति रागं हृदि कौतुकधिकम् K.2. -3 a bee. -उत्ताल a. high, sharp. -कण्ठ a. having a sweet voice. (-ण्ठः) (ण्ठी f.) 1 the (Indian) cuckoo. -2 a goose, swan. -3 a pigeon. -कलः 1 murmuring or hum of a crowd. -2 indistinct or confused noise; चलितया विदधे कलमेखलाकलकलो$लकलोलदृशान्यया Śi.6.14; नेपथ्ये कलकलः (in dramas); Bh.1.27,37; Amaru.31. -3 N. of Śiva. -4 resin, pitch. -कूजिका, -कूणिका a wanton woman. -घोषः the (Indian) cuckoo. -चु(चू)रिः N. of a royal family; B. R. -तूलिका a wanton or lascivious woman. -धूतम् silver. -धौतम् 1 silver; कलधौतधौत- शिलवेश्मनां रुचौ Śi.13.21,4.41. -2 gold; विमलकलधौत- त्सरुणा खड्गेन Ve.3. कन्येयं कलधौतकोमलरुचिः कीर्तिस्तु नातः परा Mahār. -3 a low or pleasing tone. ˚लिपि f. 1 illumination of a manuscript with gold. -2 characters written in gold; मरकतशकलकलितकलधौतलिपेरिव रतिजय- लेखम् Gīt.8. -ध्वनिः 1 a low sweet tone. -2 a pigeon. -3 a peacock. -4 the (Indian) cuckoo. -नाद a. having a low and sweet tone. (-दः) a swan; see कलध्वनि. -भाषणम् lisping, the prattle of childhood. -रवः 1 a low sweet tone. -2 a dove. -3 the (Indian) cuckoo. -विशुद्ध a. soft and clear; Ś.5. -व्याघ्रः a mongrel breed between a tigress and panther. -हंसः 1 a gander, a swan; वधूदुकूलं कलहंस- लक्षणम् Ku.5.67. -2 a duck, drake; Bk.2.18; कलमन्य- भृतासु भाषितं कलहंसीषु मदालसं गतम् R.8.59. -3 the supreme soul. -4 an excellent king.
kalpa कल्प a. [क्लृप्-घञ्] 1 Practicable, feasible, possible, -2 Proper, fit, right. -3 Strong, vigorous; चरन्तं ब्राह्मणं कञ्चित्कल्पचित्तमनामयम् Mb.12.179.3. -4 Able, competent (with a gen., loc.; inf. or at the end of comp.); धर्मस्य, यशसः, कल्पः Bhāg. able to do his duty &c.; स्वक्रियायामकल्पः ibid. not competent to do one's duty; अकल्प एषामधिरोढुमञ्जसा पद्म्द्म् ibid., so स्वभरणाकल्प &c. -ल्पः 1 A sacred precept or rule, law, ordinance. -2 A prescribed rule, a prescribed alternative, optional rule; प्रभुः प्रथमकल्पस्य यो$नुकल्पेन वर्तते Ms.11.3 'able to follow the prescribed rule to be observed in preference to all others'; प्रथमः कल्पः M.1; cf. also Pratimā 4, and Abhiṣekanāṭakam 6 and Ś.4. a very good (or best) alternative; एष वै प्रथमः कल्पः प्रदाने हव्यकव्ययोः Ms. 3.147. -3 (Hence) A proposal, suggestion, resolve, determination; एष मे प्रथमः कल्पः Rām.2.52.63; उदारः कल्पः Ś.7. -4 Manner of acting, procedure, form, way, method (in religious rites); श्रूयते हि पुराकल्पे Mb. 6.43.23; क्षात्रेण कल्पेनोपनीय U.2; कल्पवित्कल्पयामास वन्यामे- वास्य संविधाम् R.1.94; Ms.7.185. -5 End of the world, universal destruction. -6 A day of Brahmā or 1, Yugas, being a period of 432 million years of mortals and measuring the duration of the world; cf. Bhāg.3.11; श्रीश्वेतवाराहकल्पे [the one in which we now live]; कल्पं स्थितं तनुभृतां तनु- भिस्ततः किम् Śānti.4.2. Hence कल्पिक means 'born in the primeval age' Bu. Ch.2.48. -7 Medical treatment of the sick. -8 One of the six Vedāṅgas, i. e. that which lays down the ritual and prescribes rules for ceremonial and sacrificial acts; शिक्षा कल्पो व्याकरणम् Muṇdtod; 1.1.5 see under वेदाङ्ग. -9 A termination added to nouns and adjectives in the sense of 'a little less than', 'almost like', 'nearly equal to', P.V.3.67 [denoting similarity with a degree of inferiority]; कुमारकल्पं सुषुवे कुमारम् R.5.36; उपपन्नमेतदस्मिन्नृषि- कल्पे राजनि Ś.2; प्रभातकल्पा शशिनेव शर्वरी R.3.2; so मृतकल्पः, प्रतिपन्नकल्पः &c. -1 The doctrine of poisons and antidotes. -11 One of the trees of paradise; cf. कल्पद्रुम. -12 Vigour, strength; लौकिके समयाचारे कृतकल्पो विशारदः Rām.2.1.22. -ल्पा, -ल्पम् A kind of intoxicating liquor. -Comp. -अन्तः end of the world, universal destruction; कल्पान्तेष्वपि न प्रयाति निधनं विद्याख्यमन्तर्धनम् Bh.2.16. कल्पान्तक्रूरकेलिः क्रतुक्रदनकरः कुन्दकर्पूरकान्तिः Udb. ˚स्थायिन् a. lasting to the end of a कल्प; शरीरं क्षणविध्वंसि कल्पान्तस्थायिनो गुणाः H.1.46. -आदिः renovation of all things in the creation; कल्पक्षये पुनस्तानि कल्पादौ विसृजाम्यहम् Bg.9.7; -उपनिषद् pharmacology; Charak 1.4. -कारः 1 author of Kalpasūtra, q. v. -2 a barber. -क्षयः end of the world, universal destruction; e. g. कल्पक्षये पुनस्तानि Bg.9.7. पुरा कल्पक्षये वृत्ते जातं जलमयं जगत् Ks.2.1. -तरुः, -द्रुमः, -पादपः, -वृक्षः 1 one of the trees of heaven or Indra's praradise, fabled to fulfill all desires; आसीत्कल्पतरुच्छायामाश्रिता सुरभिः पथि R.1.75; 17.26; Ku.2.39;6.41. -2 a tree supposed to grant all desires; 'wish-yielding tree'; नाबुद्ध कल्पद्रुमतां विहाय जातं तमात्मन्यसिपत्रवृक्षम् R.14.48; मृषा न चक्रे$- ल्पितकल्पपादपः N.1.15. -3 any productive or bountiful source; निगमकल्पतरोर्गलितं फलम् Bhāg.1.1.3. -4 (fig.) a very generous person; सकलार्थिसार्थकल्पद्रुमः Pt.1. -नृत्यम् a particular kind of dance. -पालः 1 a protector of order. -2 a seller of spirituous liquors. -लता, -लतिका 1 a creeper of Indra's paradise; Bh. 1.9. -2 a creeper supposed to grant all desires; नानाफलैः फलति कल्पलतेव भूमिः Bh.2.46; cf. कल्पतरु above. -वल्ली see कल्पलता; Ks.1.66; कल्पवल्लीगृहेषु 52.21. -विद् a. conversant with sacred precepts; कल्पवित्कल्पया- मास वन्यामेवास्य संविधाम् R.1.94. -स्थानम् 1 the art of preparing drugs; Charak 7. -2 the science of poisons and antidotes; Suśr. -सूत्रम् a manual of ritual in the form of Sūtras. Mb.14.54.9. N. of a sacred Jaina book written by भद्रबाहु sketching the life of महावीर.
kāntiḥ कान्तिः [कम् भावे क्तिन्] 1 Loveliness, beauty, Me. 15; अक्लिष्टकान्ति Ś.5.19. -2 Brightness, lustre, brilliance; Me.84. -3 Personal decoration or embellishment. -4 Wish, desire. -5 (In Rhet.) Beauty enhanced by love; (S. D. thus distinguishes कान्ति from शोभा and दीप्तिः -- रूपयौवनलालित्यं भोगाद्यैरङ्गभूषणम् । शोभा प्रोक्ता सैव कान्ति- र्मन्मथाप्यायिता द्युतिः । कान्तिरेवातिविस्तीर्णा दाप्तिरित्यभिधीयते 13, 131). -6 A lovely or desirable woman. -7 An epithet of Durgā. -8 A digit of the moon. -9 N. of Lakṣmī; भूषणानि महार्हाणि ददौ कान्तिः शुभां स्रजम् Bhāg.1.65.29. -Comp. -कर a. beautifying, illuminating, brightening. -द a. beautifying, adorning. (-दम्) 1 bile. -2 clarified butter. -द, -दायक, -दायिन् a. adorning. -भृत् m. the moon.
kāra कार a. (-री f.) [कृ-घञ्] (At the end of comp.) Making, doing, performing, working, maker, doer, author; ग्रन्थकारः author; कुम्भकारः, सुवर्णकारः &c. &c. -रः 1 Act, action; as in पुरुषकार. -2 A term denoting a sound or a word which is not inflected; as अकार Ms.2.76,125; ककार, फूत्कार &c. -3 Effort, exertion; 'कारौ वधे निश्चये च बले यत्ने रतावपि' इति विश्वः. Śi.19.27. -4 Religious austerity. -5 A husband, lord; master. -6 Determination. -7 Power, strength. -8 A tax or toll. -9 A heap of snow. -1 The Himālaya mountain. -11 Water produced by hail. -12 Killing, slaughter. -Comp. -अवरः a man of a mixed and low caste, born from a Niṣāda father and Vaidehi mother; a shoemaker; कारावरो निषाद्यां तु चर्मकारः प्रसूयते Mb.13.48.26; cf. Ms.1.36. -कर a. working, acting as agent. -भूः a toll-station.
kāla काल a. (-ली f.) 1 Black, of a dark or dark-blue colour; Rām.5.17.9. Mb.8.49.48. -2 Injuring, hurting. -लः 1 The black or dark-blue colour. -2 Time (in general); विलम्बितफलैः कालं निनाय स मनोरथैः R.1.33; तस्मिन्काले at that time; काव्यशास्त्रविनोदेन कालो गच्छति धीमताम् H.1.1 the wise pass their time &c. -3 Fit or opportune time (to do a thing), proper time or occasion; (with gen., loc., dat., or inf.); R.3.12,4.6,12.69; पर्जन्यः कालवर्षी Mk.1.6; काले वर्षतु पर्जन्यः &c. -4 A period or portion of time (as the hours or watches of a day); षष्ठे काले दिवसस्य V.2.1. Ms.5.153. -5 The weather. -6 Time considered as one of the nine dravyas by the Vaiśeṣikas. -7 The Supreme Spirit regarded as the destroyer of the Universe, being a personification of the destructive principle; कालः काल्या भुवनफलके क्रीडति प्राणिशारैः Bh.3.39. -8 (a) Yama, the god of death; कः कालस्य न गोचरान्तरगतः Pt.1.146. (b) Death, time of death; स हि कालो$स्य दुर्मतेः Rām.7.64.1. -9 Fate, destiny. -1 The black part of the eye. -11 The (Indian) cuckoo. -12 The planet Saturn. -13 N. of Śiva; N. of Rudra; उग्ररेता भवः कालो वामदेवो धृतव्रतः Bhāg.3.12.12. -14 A measure of time (in music or prosody). -15 A person who distils and sells spirituous liquor. -16 A section, or part. -17 A red kind of plumbago. -18 Resin, pitch. -19 N. of an enemy of Śiva. -2 (with the Jainas) One of the nine treasures. -21 A mystical name for the letter म्. -22 N. of the one of four contentments mentioned in साङ्ख्यकारिका; प्रकृत्युपादानकालभागाख्याः Śāṅ. K.5. -ला 1 N. of several plants. -2 N. of a daughter of Dakṣa. -3 An epithet of Durgā. -ली 1 Blackness. -2 Ink, black ink. -3 An epithet of Pārvatī, Śiva's wife. -4 A row of black clouds. -5 A woman with a dark complexion. -6 N. of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa. जनयामास यं काली शक्तेः पुत्रात्पराशरात् Mb.1.6.2; Bu. ch.4.76. -7 Night. -8 Censure, blame. -9 One of the seven tongues of Fire : काली कराली च मनोजवा च सुलोहिता या च सुधूम्रवर्णा । स्फुलिङ्गिनी विश्वरुची च देवी लेलायमाना इति सप्तजिह्वाः ॥ Muṇḍ.1.2.4. -1 A form of Durgā कालि कालि महा- कालि सीधुमांसपशुंप्रिये Mb.4.6.17. कालीतनयः a buffalo. -11 One of the Mātṛis or divine mothers. -12 N. of a wife of Bhīma. -13 A sister of Yama. -14 A kind of learning (महाविद्या) -15 A small shrub used as a purgative. -16 A kind of insect. -लम् 1 Iron. क्षुरो भूत्वा हरेत्प्राणान्निशितः कालसाधनः Mb.1.14.89. -2 A kind of perfume. -Comp. -अयसम् iron. -अक्षरिकः a scholar, one who can read and decipher. -अगरु n. a kind of sandal tree, black kind of aloe; कालागुरुर्दहनमध्यगतः सम- न्ताल्लोकोत्तरं परिमलं प्रकटीकरोति Bv.1.7, R.4.81. (-n.) the wood of that tree. शिरांसि कालागुरुधूपितानि Ṛs.4.5;5.5. -अग्निः, -अनलः 1 the destructive fire at the end of the world. -2 an epithet of Rudra. -3. a kind of bead (रुद्राक्ष). -अङ्ग a. having a dark-blue body (as a sword with a dark-blue edge) Mb.4.8.1.; -अजिनम् the hide of a black antelope. -अञ्जनम् a sort of collyrium; न चक्षुषोः कान्तिविशेषबुद्ध्या कालाञ्जनं मङ्गलमित्युपात्तम् Ku.7.2,82. (-नी) a small shrub used as a purgative (Mar. काळी कापशी). -अण्डजः the (Indian) cuckoo. -अतिक्रमः, -क्रमणम् delay, being late; कालातिक्रमणं वृत्तेर्यो न कुर्वति भूपतिः Pt.1.154. -अतिपातः, -अतिरेकः loss of time, delay; Māl.2. -अतीत a. elapsed, passed by. -अत्ययः 1 delay, lapse of time. -2 loss by lapse of time. -अध्यक्षः 1 'presiding over time', epithet of the sun. -2 the Supreme Soul. -अनुनादिन् m. 1 a bee. -2 a sparrow. -3 the Chātaka bird. -अनुसारकः 1 Tagara tree. -2 yellow sandal. -अनुसारिः, -अनु- सारिन्, -अनुसारिवा, -अनुसार्यः, -र्यकः benzoin or benjamin. (-र्यम्) 1 a yellow fragrant wood (पीतचन्दन). -2 Sissoo wood. -अन्तकः time, regarded as the god of death, and the destroyer of every thing. -अन्तरम् 1 an interval. -2 a period of time. -3 another time or opportunity. ˚आवृत a. hidden or concealed in the womb of time. ˚क्षम a. able to bear delay; अकालक्षमा देव्याः शरीरावस्था K.263; Ś.4. ˚प्रेक्षिन् Pt.3.172. ˚विषः an animal venomous only when enraged, as a rat. -अभ्रः a dark, watery cloud. -अयनम् See कालचक्र Bhāg.5.22.11. -अवधिः appointed time. -अवबोधः knowledge of time and circumstances; Māl.3.11. -अशुद्धिः f. -अशौचम् period of mourning, ceremonial impurity caused by the birth of a child or death of a relation in the family; see अशौच. -अष्टकम् 1 first to eighth days of the dark half of the month आषाढ (festival period of कालभैरव) -2 a stotra of कालभैरव by Śhaṅkarāchārya. -आकृष्ट a. 1 led to death. -2 produced or brought by time. -आत्मक a. depending on time or destiny. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit. -आदिकः The month चैत्र. -आम्रः 1 a mango-kind; कालाम्ररसपीतास्ते नित्यं संस्थित- यौवनाः Mb.6.7.18. -2 N. of a Dvīpa; Hariv. -आयसम् iron. -a. made of iron; ततः कालायसं शूलं कण्टकैर्बहुभिश्च तम् Rām.7.8.15. -उप्त a. sown in due season. -कञ्जम् a blue lotus. -कटम्, -कटः an epithet of Śiva; Mb.13. -कण्ठः 1 a peacock. -2 a sparrow. -3 a wagtail. -4 a gallinule. -5 an epithet of Śiva; कालिन्दीकालकण्ठः कलयतु कुशलं को$पि कापालिको नः Udb.; U.6. -कण्ठी Pārvatī, the wife of कालकण्ठ i. e. शिव. नृत्यन्तीमिव रजनी नटीं प्रतीमो गानश्री- र्विलसति नाथ कालकण्ठी Rām Ch.7.23. -कण्टक, -कण्ठकः a gallinule. -कण़्डकः a water-snake. -करणम् appointing or fixing time. -कर्णिका, -कर्णी misfortune. -कर्मन् n. 1 death. -2 destruction; त्रैलोक्यं तु करिष्यामि संयुक्तं काल- कर्मणा Rām.3.64.62. -कलायः dark pulse. -कल्प a fatal, deadly. -कल्लकः A water-snake. -कालः Supreme Being. -कीलः noise. -कुण्ठः Yama. -कुष्ठः a myrrh. -कूटः, -टम् (a) a deadly poison; अहो बकी यं स्तनकाल- कूटं अपाययत् Bhāg.3.2.23; Ś.6. (b) the poison churned out of the ocean and drunk by Śiva; अद्यापि नोज्झति हरः किल कालकूटम् Ch. P.5. कालकूटस्य जननीं तां स्तुवे वामलोचनाम् Vb. -कूटकः a poison; Mb.1. -कृत् m. 1 the sun. -2 a peacock. -3 Supreme Spirit. -कृत 1 produced by time. -2 fixed, appointed. -3 lent or deposited, -4 done for a long time. (-तः) the sun. -क्रमः lapse of time, course of time; कालक्रमेण in course or process of time; Ku.1.19. -क्रिया 1 fixing a time. -2 death. -क्षेपः 1 delay, loss of time; कालक्षेप ककुभसुरभौ पर्वते पर्वते ते (उत्पश्यामि) Me.22; मरणे कालक्षेपं मा कुरु Pt.1. -2 passing the time. -खञ्जम्, -खञ्जनम् -खण्डम् the liver; स्वादुकारं कालखण्डोपदंशम् Śi.18.77. -गङ्गा the river Yamunā. -ग्रन्थिः a year. -घातिन् a. killing by degrees or slowly (as a poison). -चक्रम् 1 the wheel of time (time being represented as a wheel always moving). -2 a cycle. -3 (hence fig.) the wheel of fortune, the vicissitudes of life. (-क्रः) an epithet of the sun. -चिह्नम् a symptom of approaching death. -चोदित a. summoned by the angel of death. -जोषकः One who is satisfied with sparse food at the proper time. -ज्येष्ठः a. senior in years, grown up; U.5.12. -ज्ञ a. knowing the proper time or occasion (of any action); अत्यारूढो हि नारीणामकालज्ञो मनोभवः R.12.33; Śi.2.83. (-ज्ञः) 1 an astrologer. -2 a cock. -ज्ञानिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -तिन्दुकः a kind of ebony. -त्रयम् the three times; the past, the present, and the future; ˚दर्शी K.46. -दण्डः death; श्रेयस्त्रैविक्रमस्ते वितरतु विबुधद्वेषिणां कालदण्डः Dk. -दमनी an epithet of Durgā. -दष्ट a. doomed to death; कालदष्टं नृपं ज्ञात्वा Bm.1.18. -धर्मः, -धर्मन् m. 1 the line of conduct suitable to any particular time. -2 the law or rule of time. -3 effects proper to the time. -4 fated time, death; कालधर्मं गते सगरे Rām.1.42.1. न पुनर्जीवितः कश्चित्कालधर्ममुपागतः Mb.; परीताः काल- धर्मणा &c. -धारणा prolongation of time. -नरः (in astrology) the figure of a man's body. -नाथः; -निधिः Śiva. -नियोगः decree of fate or destiny; लङ्घ्यते न खलु काल- नियोगः Ki.9.13. -निरूपणम् determination of time, chronology. -निर्यासः Bdellium (Mar. गुग्गुळ). -नेमिः 1 the rim of the wheel of time. -2 N. of a demon, uncle of Rāvaṇa, deputed by him to kill Hanūmat. -3 N. of a demon with 1 hands killed by Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः, रिपुः, हरः, हन् m. epithets of Kṛiṣṇa. -पक्व a. ripened by time; i. e. spontaneously; Ms.6.17,21; Y.3.49. -परिवासः standing for a time so as to become stale. -पर्णः the flower plant (Mar. नगर). -पर्ययः a delay (कालातिक्रम); वक्तुमर्हसि सुग्रीवं व्यतीतं कालपर्यये Rām.4.31.8. -पर्यायः the revolution or course of time; मन्ये लोकविनाशो$यं कालपर्यायनोदितः Mb.11.15.41. -पाशः the noose of Yama or death. -पाशिकः a hangman. -पु (पू) रुषः an attendant of Yama. -पृष्ठम् 1 a species of antelope. -2 a heron. (-कम्) 1 N. of the bow of Karṇa; Ve.4. -2 a bow in general. -प्रभातम् autumn or Śarad; (the two months following the rainy season considered as the best time). -बन्धन a. being under control of death (काल); प्रत्यक्षं मन्यसे कालं मर्त्यः सन् कालबन्धनः Mb.3.35.2. -भक्षः an epithet of Śiva. -भृत् m. the sun. -भैरवः an epithet of Śiva. -मल्लिका, -मान (लः) the plant ocimum (Mar. तुळस). -मालम् a measure of time. -मुखः a species of ape; Mb.3.292.12. -मेषी, -मेशिका, -मेषिका f. the Manjiṣṭha plant. -यवनः a kind of yavanas and enemy of Kṛiṣṇa and an invincible foe of the Yādavas. Kṛiṣṇa, finding it impossible to vanquish him on the field of battle, cunningly decoyed him to the cave where Muchakunda was sleeping who burnt him down. -यापः, -यापनम् procrastination, delay, putting off. -योगः fate, destiny. -योगतः according to the requirements of the time; Pt.1.184. -योगिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रात्रिः, -रात्री f. 1 a dark night. -2 a sister of Yama. -3 the Amāvasyā on which lamps are lighted (in the Divali holidays). -4 the night of destruction at the end of the world (identified with Durgā); कालरात्रीति तां (सीतां) विद्धि सर्वलङ्का- विनाशिनीम् Rām.5.51.34. -5 a particular night in the life of man, on the 7th day of the 7th month of the 77th year. -रुद्रः Rudra regarded as the fire that is to destroy the world. -लवणम् the बिड salt. (Mar. संचळखार) -लोहक्, -लौहम् steel. -वलनम् the armour. -विप्रकर्षः prolongation of time. विषयबाहुल्यं कालविप्रकर्षश्च स्मृतिं प्रमुष्णाति Mv.5.9. -विभक्तिः f. a section or part of time; Ms.1.24. -वृद्धिः f. periodical interest (payable monthly, quarterly, or at stated times); Ms.8.153. -वृन्तः a kind of pulse (कुलत्थ). -वेला the time of Saturn, i. e. a particular time of the day (half a watch every day) at which any religious act is improper. -संकर्षा a girl nine years old personating Durgā at a festival. -संकर्षिन् a. shortening time (as a mantra); कालसंकर्षिणीं विद्यां दीक्षापूर्वमुपादिशत् Ks.68.65. -संगः a. delay; जानामि कार्यस्य च कालसंगम् Rām.4.33.53. -संरोधः 1 keeping back for a long time; Ms.8.143. -2 lapse of a long period of time; Ms.8.143. -सदृश a. opportune, timely. -समन्वित, -समायुक्त a. dead; Rām.2.65.16. -संपन्न a. dated, bearing a date. -सर्पः the black and most poisonous variety of the snake; Gīt.1.12. -सारः the black antelope. (-रम्) a yellow sort of sandal wood. a. having a black centre or pupil; न कालसारं हरिणं तदक्षिद्वयं प्रभुर्बुद्धुमभून्मनोभूः N.6.19. -सूत्रम्, -सूत्रकम् 1 thread of time or death. -2 N. of a particular hell; Y.3.222; Ms.4.88. -स्कन्दः the Tamāla tree. -स्वरूप a. terrible as death, (deathlike in form). -हरः an epithet of Śiva. -हरणम् loss of time, delay; Ś.3; U.5; यात्वन्येन (वरेण) विहाय कालहरणं रामो वनं दण्डकाम् Mv.4.41. -हानिः f. delay; मामक्षमं मण्डनकालहानेर्वेत्तीव बिम्बाधरबद्धतृष्णम् R.13.16.
kurkuraḥ कुर्कुरः A dog (Mbh. on P.VIII.2.78); उपकर्तुमपि प्राप्तं निःस्वं मन्यन्ति कुर्कुरम् Pt.2.94. (v. l.) denominative कुर्कुरायति.
kṛta कृत p. p. [कृ-क्त] 1 Done, performed, made, effected accomplished, manufactured &c.; (p. p. of कृ 8. U. q. v.) ते करान् संप्रयच्छन्तु सुवर्णं च कृताकृतम् Mb.3.255.17; दिव्याः प्रसन्ना विविधाः सुराः कृतसुरा अपि Rām.5.11.22; natural and manufactured wines. -2 Wounded, hurt; सिद्ध्येत ते कृतमनोभवधर्षितायाः Bhāg.3.23.11. -3 Acquired, bought (a kind of son); Mb.13.49.4. -4 Cultivated; अकृतं च कृतात्क्षेत्राद् गौरजाविकमेव च Ms.1.114. -5 Appointed (as a duty); सो$पि यत्नेन संरक्ष्यो धर्मो राजकृतश्च यः Y.2.186. -6 Relating to, referring to; पतनीयकृते क्षेपे Y.2.21. -तम् 1 Work, deed, action; कृतं न वेत्ति Pt.1.424; ungrateful; Ms.7.197. -2 Service, benefit. -3 Consequence, result. -4 Aim, object. -5 N. of that side of a die which is marked with four points; this is lucky; cf. Vāj.3.18. -6 N. of the first of the four Yugas of the world extending over 1728 years of men (see Ms.1.69 and Kull. thereon). -7 The number '4'. -8 A stake at a game. -9 Prize or booty gained in a battle. -1 An offering. -11 Magic sorcery. -Comp. -अकृत a. done and not done; i. e. done in part but not completed; कृताकृतस्यैव च काञ्चनस्य Bu. Ch.2.2; that which is done and that which is not done (Dvandva Comp.) मा त्वा ताप्तां कृताकृते Mbh. on P.II.2.29; कृताकृतप्रसङ्गि नित्यम्. (-तः) the Supreme Being. -अङ्क a. 1 marked, branded; कठ्यां कृताङ्को निर्वास्यः Ms.8.281. -2 numbered. (ङ्कः) that side of a die which is marked with four points. -अञ्जलि a. folding the hands in supplication; प्रणम्य शिरसा देवं कृताञ्जलिरभाषत Bg.11.14,35; Ms.4.154. -अनुकर a. following another's example, subservient. -अनुसारः custom, usage. -अन्त a. bringing to an end, terminating. (-तः) 1 Yama, the god of death; कृतान्त आसीत्समरो देवानां सह दानवैः Bhāg.9.6.13; द्वितीयं कृतान्त- मिवाटन्तं व्याधमपश्यत् H.1. -2 fate, destiny; कृतान्त एव सौमित्रे द्रष्टव्यो मत्प्रवासने Rām.2.22.15; क्रूरस्तस्मिन्नपि न सहते संगमं नौ कृतान्तः Me.17. -3 a demonstrated conclusion, dogma, a proved doctrine; दैवं पुरुषकारश्च कृतान्ते- नोपपद्यते Mb.12.153.5; यथा लौकिकेषु वैदिकेषु च कृतान्तेषु Mbh. on P.I.1.1,56; साङ्ख्ये कृतान्ते प्रोक्तानि Bg.18.13. -4 a sinful or inauspicious action. -5 an epithet of Saturn. -6 Saturday. -7 the inevitable result of former actions. -8 the second lunar mansion. -9 the number 'two'. ˚कुशल an astrologer; आधिराज्ये$भिषेको मे ब्राह्मणैः पतिना सह । कृतान्त- कुशलैरुक्तं तत्सर्वं वितथीकृतम् Rām.6.48.14. ˚जनकः the sun. -अन्नम् 1 cooked food. कृतान्नमुदकं स्त्रियः Ms.9.219;11.3. -2 digested food. -3 excrement. -अपराध a. guilty, offender, criminal. -अभय a. saved from fear or danger. -अभिषेक a. crowned, inaugurated. (-कः) a prince. -अभ्यास a. practised. -अयः the die called कृत marked with four points. -अर्थ a. 1 having gained one's object, successful; एकः कृतार्थो भवते वीतशोकः Śwet. Up.2.14. -2 satisfied; happy, contented; वयं कृतार्था इत्यभिमन्यन्ति बालाः Muṇḍ.1.2.9; कृतः कृतार्थो$स्मि निबर्हितांहसा Śi.1.29; R.8.3; Ki.4.9; Ś.2.1; Pt.1.194. -3 clever. -4 that which has served its purpose (and hence incapable of yielding any further sense or serving any other purpose); पुरुषे यागं श्रावयित्वा कृतार्थः शब्द एकस्य द्वयोर्बहूनां वा यागं न वारयति । ŚB. on MS.6.2.3. सकृत् कृत्वा कृतार्थः शब्दः न नियमः पौनःपुन्ये । ŚB. on MS.6.2.27; सा चाकाङ्क्षा एकेनापि कृतार्था भवतीत्युक्तम् । ŚB. on MS.11.1.13. (कृतार्थीकृ 1 to render fruitful or successful; कृतार्थीकृत्य तं विप्रम् Ks.74.125. -2 to make good; कान्तं प्रत्युपचारतश्चतुरया कोपः कृतार्थीकृतः Amaru.15; so कृतार्थयति to make fruitful; Māl.3.6.) -अवधान a. careful, attentive. -अवधि a. 1 fixed, appointed. -2 bounded, limited. -अवमर्ष a. 1 effacing from recollection. -2 intolerant. -अवस्थ a. 1 summoned, caused to be present; Ms.8.6. -2 fixed, settled. -अस्त्र a. 1 armed. -2 trained in the science of arms or missiles; पित्रा संवर्धितो नित्यं कृतास्त्रः सांपरा- यिकः R.17.62. -अहक a. having performed the daily ceremonies. -आगम a. advanced, proficient, skilled. (-m.) the Supreme soul. -आगस् a. guilty, offending, criminal, sinful; अध्ने प्र शिरो जहि ब्रह्मजस्य कृतागसः Av.12.5.6; कृतागाः कौटिल्यो मुजग इव निर्याय नगरात् Mu.3.11. -आत्मन् a. 1 having control over oneself, self-possessed, of a selfgoverned spirit; कृतात्मा ब्रह्मलोकमभिसंभवामि Ch. Up.8.13.1; कृतात्मानो वीतरागाः प्रशान्ताः Muṇḍ. Up.3.2.5; Rām.5.61.6; ऐहिष्ट तं कारयितुं कृतात्मा Bk.1.11. -2 purified in mind; magnanimous; तमरिघ्रं कृतात्मानं क्षिप्रं द्रक्ष्यसि राघवम् Rām.5.39.48. -आभरण a. adorned. -आयास a. labouring, suffering. -आलय a. one who has taken up his abode in any place; यत्र ते दयिता भार्या तनयाश्च कृतालयाः Rām. (-यः) a frog; dog ? M. W. -आवास a lodging. -आस्पद a. 1 governed; ruled. -2 supporting, resting on. -3 residing in. -आहार a. having taken one's meals. -आह्वान a. challenged. -उत्साह a. diligent, making effort, striving. -उदक a. one who had performed his ablutions; Mb.3. -उद्वाह a. 1 married. -2 practising penance by standing with up-lifted hands. -उपकार a. 1 favoured, befriended, assisted; अज्ञातभर्तृव्यसना मुहूर्तं कृतोपकारेव रतिर्बभूव Ku.3.73. -2 friendly. -उपभोग a. used, enjoyed. -कर, -कारिन् a. Enjoining what is already known or done; कृतकरो हि विधिरनर्थकः स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1.5.58; कृतकरं शास्त्रमनर्थकं स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1.7.25; कृतकारि खलु शास्त्रं पर्जन्यवत् Mbh. on P.I.2.9. -कर्मन् a. 1 one who has done his work; R.9.3. -2 skilful, clever. (-m.) 1 the Supreme spirit. -2 a Saṁnyāsin. -काम a. one whose desires are fulfilled. -कार्य a. 1 one who has done his work or obtained his object. -2 having no need of another's aid. -काल a. 1 fixed or settled as to time. -2 who has waited a certain time. (-लः) appointed time; कृतशिल्पो$पि निवसेत्कृतकालं गुरोर्गृहे Y.2.184. -कृत्य, -क्रिय a. 1 who has accomplished his object; Bg.15.2. -2 satisfied, contented; Śānti.3.19; Māl.4.3. -3 clever. -4 having done his duty; कृतकृत्यो विधिर्मन्ये न वर्धयति तस्य ताम् Śi.2.32. -क्रयः a purchaser. -क्रियः 1 one who has accomplished any act. -2 one who has fulfilled his duty. -3 one who has performed a religious ceremony; Ms.5.99. -क्षण a. 1 waiting impatiently for the exact moment; कृतक्षणाहं भद्रं ते गमनं प्रति राघव Rām.2.29.15; वयं सर्वे सोत्सुकाः कृतक्षणास्तिष्ठामः Pt.1. -2 one who has got an opportunity. -घ्न a. 1 ungrateful; Ms.4.214;8.89. -2 defeating all previous measures. -चूडः a boy on whom the ceremony of tonsure has been performed; Ms.5.58,67; नृणामकृतचूडानां विशुद्धिर्नौशिकी स्मृता. -जन्मन् a. planted; Ku.5.6. -ज्ञ a. 1 grateful; Ms.7.29,21; Y.1.38. -2 correct in conduct; कृतज्ञतामस्य वदन्ति सम्पदः Ki. (-ज्ञः) 1 a dog. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -तीर्थ a. 1 one who has visited or frequented holy places. -2 one who studies with a professional teacher. -3 fertile in means or expedients. -4 a guide. -5 rendered accessible or easy; Ki.2.3. -दार a. married. -दासः a servant hired for a stated period, a hired servant. -दूषणम् spoiling what is done; उद्धतायाः पुनरुद्धनने न हि किञ्चित्कार्यमस्ति । केवलं कृतदूषणं भवेत् । ृŚB. on MS.12.2.16. (see कृतदूषा) -दूषा f. a blemish or vitiating factor for what is done; अकर्म वा कृतदूषा स्यात् MS.12.1.1. (कृतायाः दूषणम् ŚB). -धी a. 1 prudent, considerate. -2 learned, educated, wise; पुत्रेभ्यः कृतवेदिनां कृतधियां येषां न भिन्ना वयम् Mu.5.2; Bg.2.54; Śi.2.79. -नामधेय a. named, called as; Ś6. -निर्णेजनः a penitent. -a. one who has performed penance; कृतनिर्णेजनांश्चैव न जुगुप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.11.189. -निश्चय a. 1 resolute, resolved; युद्धाय कृतनिश्चयः Bg.2.37. -2 confident, sure. -पुङ्ख a. skilled in archery. -पूर्व a. done formerly. -प्रतिकृतम् assault and counter-assault, attack and resistance; R.12.94. -प्रतिज्ञ a. 1 one who has made an agreement or engagement. -2 one who has fulfilled his promise. -प्रयोजन a. one who has attained his object; Ks.13.158. -फल n. successful. (-लम्) result, consequence. -बुद्धि a. 1 learned, educated, wise; विद्वत्सु कृतबुद्धयः (श्रेष्ठाः) Ms.1.97, 7.3. -2 a man of resolute character. -3 informed of one's duty. -ब्रह्मन् a. Ved. one who has performed his devotions; कृतब्रह्मा शूशुवद् रातहव्य इत् Rv.2. 25.1. -मङ्गल a. blessed, consecrated. -मति a. firm, resolute. -मन्यु a. indignant. -मालः, -लकः 1 a kind of cassia. -2 the spotted antelope. -मुख a. learned, clever, wise. -युगम् the first (golden) of the four ages. -रूप one who knows the customary rites (कृतकल्प); Rām.2.1.2. -लक्षण a. 1 stamped, marked. -2 branded; ज्ञातिसम्बन्धिभिस्त्वेतास्त्यक्तव्याः कृत- लक्षणाः Ms.9.239. -3 excellent, amiable. -4 defined, discriminated. -वर्मन् m. N. of a warrior on the side of the Kauravas who with Kṛipa and Aśvatthāman survived the general havoc of the great Bhārata war. He was afterwards slain by Sātyaki. -वापः a penitent who has shaven his head and chin; Ms.11.18. -विद् a. grateful; तस्यापवर्ग्यशरणं तव पादमूलं विस्मर्यते कृतविदा कथमार्तबन्धो Bhāg.4.9.8. -विद्य a. learned, educated; शूरो$सि कृत- विद्यो$सि Pt.4.43; सुवर्णपुष्पितां पृथ्वीं विचिन्वन्ति त्रयो जनाः । शूरश्च कृतविद्यश्च यश्च जानाति सेवितुम् ॥ Pt.1.45. -वीर्य a. being strong or powerful; Av.17.1.27. (-र्यः) N. of the father of Sahasrārjuna. -वेतन a. hired, paid (as a servant); प्रमादमृतनष्टांश्च प्रदाप्यः कृतवेतनः Y.2.164. -वेदिन् a. 1 grateful; न तथा कृतवेदिनां करिष्यन्प्रियतामेति यथा कृता- वदानः Ki.13.32; see कृतज्ञ. -2 observant of propriety. -वेश a. attired, decorated; गतवति कृतवेशे केशवे कुञ्जशय्याम् Gīt.11. -व्यावृत्ति a. dislodged or dismissed from office, set aside; Ku.2.27. -शिल्प a. skilled in art or trade; कृतशिल्पो$पि निवसेत्कृतकालं गुरोर्गृहे Y.2.184. -शोभ a. 1 splendid. -2 beautiful. -3 handy, dexterous. -शौच a. purified; पुण़्डरीकमवाप्नोति कृतशौचो भवेच्च सः Mb.3.83.21. -श्मश्रुः one who is shaven; न हि कृतश्मश्रुः पुनः श्मश्रूणि कार- यति Mbh. on P.I.2.9. -श्रमः, -परिश्रमः one who has studied; कृतपरिश्रमो$स्मि ज्योतिःशास्त्रे Mu.1; I have devoted my time to (spent my labours on) the science of astronomy. -संकल्प a. resolved, determined. -संकेत a. making an appointment; नामसमेतं कृतसंकेतं वादयते मृदु वेणुम् Gīt.5. -संज्ञ a. 1 having presence of mind ... स्थापयेद् दासान् कृत- संज्ञान् समन्ततः Ms. -2 restored to consciousness or senses. -3 aroused. -4 one to whom sign has been given; Rāj. T.4.221. -संनाह a. clad in armour, accoutred. -संस्कार a. 1 one who has performed all purificatory rites, initiated; वैश्यस्तु कृतसंस्कारः Ms.9.326; R.1.78. -2 Prepared, adorned. -सापत्निका, -सापत्नी, सापत्नीका, -सापत्नका, सपत्निका a woman whose husband has married another wife, a married woman having a co-wife or a superseded wife. -हस्त, -हस्तक a. 1 dexterous, clever, skilful, handy. -2 skilled in archery. -हस्तता 1 skill, dexterity; ... संनिपाते । सुमहति कृतहस्ताः सैनिकास्तं ररक्षुः ॥ Śiva. B.13.3.47. -2 skill in archery or generally in handling arms; कौरव्ये कृतहस्तता पुनरियं देवे यथा सीरिणि Ve.6.13; Mv.6.41.
kratuḥ क्रतुः [कृ-कतु Uṇ.1.77] 1 A sacrifice; क्रतोरशेषेण फलेन युज्यताम् R.3.65; शतं क्रतूनामपविघ्नमाप सः 3.38; M.1.4; Ms.7.79. -2 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 One of the ten Prajāpatis; क्रतुं प्रजापतिमब्रुवन् Maitrī. Up.2.3; Ms. 1.35. -4 Intelligence, talent. -5 Power, ability. -6 Plan, design, purpose; क्रतो स्मर कृतं स्मर Iśop.17; Bṛi. Up.5.15.1. -7 Resolution, determination; यत्क्रतुर्भवति तत्कर्म कुरुते Bṛi. Up.4.4.5. -8 Desire, will. -9 Fitness, adequacy, efficiency. -1 Deliberation, consultation. -11 Inspiration. -12 Enlightenment. -13 Offering, worship; कामस्याप्तिं जगतः प्रतिष्ठां क्रतोरानन्त्यम- भयस्य पारम् Kaṭh.1.2.11; Personified, as married to क्रिया and father of 6 वालखिल्यs; क्रतोरपि क्रिया भार्या वालखिल्यानसूयत Bhāg.4.1.39. -14 An Aśvamedha sacrifice (these senses are mostly Vedic). -15 The month Āṣāḍha. -16 Excess of fondness or liking. -17 An organ [cf. Gr. kratos; Zend khratu]. -Comp. -अर्थः Something that is meant to subserve the purpose of the sacrifice (opp. पुरुषार्थ q. v.); पुरुषार्थे लक्षिते तद्विपरीतः क्रत्वर्थः इति क्रत्वर्थस्य लक्षणं सिद्धम् । ŚB. on MS.4.1.2. -उत्तमः the राजसूय sacrifice. -कर्मन् n. -क्रिया a sacrificial ceremony. -द्रुह्, -द्विष् m. 1 a demon, goblin, -2 The epithet of Ravaṇa; ऋणाद् बद्ध इवोन्मुक्तो वियोगेन क्रतुद्विषः Bk.8.12. -ध्वंसिन् m. an epithet of Śiva (who destroyed Dakṣa's sacrifice.) -पतिः the performer of a sacrifice. -पशुः a sacrificial horse. -पुरुषः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -फलम् The reward of a sacrifice, its object. -भुज् m. a god, deity. -राज् m. 1 the lord of sacrifices; यथाश्वमेधः क्रतुराट् Ms.9.26. -2 the राजसूय sacrifice; -राजः the राजसूय sacrifice; क्रतु- राजेन गोविन्द राजसूयेन पावनीः (यक्ष्ये) Bhāg.1.72.3.
kriyā क्रिया [कृ भावे करणादौ वा श cf. P.III] 1 Doing, execution, performance, accomplishment; उपचार˚, धर्म˚; प्रत्युक्तं हि प्रणयिषु सतामीप्सितार्थक्रियैव Me.116. -2 An action, act, business, undertaking; प्रणयिक्रिया V.4.15; Ms.2.4. -3 Activity, bodily action, labour. -4 Teaching, instruction; क्रिया हि वस्तूपहिता प्रसीदति R.3.29. क्रिया हि द्रव्यं विनयति नाद्रव्यम् Kau. A.1.5. -5 Possession of some act (as of singing, dancing &c.), knowledge; शिष्टा क्रिया कस्यचिदात्मसंस्था M.1.16. -6 Practice (opp. शास्त्र theory). -7 A literary work, composition; शृणुत मनोभिर- वहितैः क्रियामिमां कालिदासस्य V.1.2; कालिदासस्य क्रियायां कथं परिषदो बहुमानः M.1. -8 A purificatory rite, a religious rite or ceremony; Ms.1.43. -9 An expiatory rite, expiation. -1 (a) The ceremony of offering oblations to the deceased ancestors (श्राद्ध). (b) Obsequies. -11 Worship; त्रैतादिषु हरेरर्चा क्रियायै कविभिः 'कृता Bhāg.7.14.39. -12 Medical treatment, application of remedies, cure; शीतक्रिया M.4 cold remedies. -13 (In gram.) Action, the general idea expressed by a verb. -14 Motion. -15 Especially, motion as one of the seven categories of the Vaiśeṣikas; see कर्मन्. -16 (In law) Judicial investigation by human means (witnesses &c.) or by ordeals. -17 Burden of proof; क्रिया स्याद्वादिनोर्द्वयोः, द्वयो- रपि वादिनोः क्रिया प्राप्नोति V. May. -18 A verb. -19 A noun of action. -2 Disquisition. -21 Study. -22 Means, expedients. -23 Instrument, implement. -24 A construction; कूपप्रपापुष्करिणीवनानां चक्रुः क्रियास्तत्र च धर्मकामाः Bu. Ch.2.12. -25 Spirit (अध्यात्म) ?; द्रव्यक्रियाकारकाख्यं धूत्वा यान्त्यपुनर्भवम् Bhāg.12.6.38. -Comp. -अन्वित a. practising ritual observances. -अपवर्गः 1 completion or termination of an affair, execution of a task; क्रियापवर्गे- ष्वनुजीविसात् कृताः Ki.1.14. -2 liberation from ceremonial acts, absolution. -अभ्युपगमः a special agreement; क्रियाभ्युपगमात्त्वेतत् बीजार्थं यत्प्रदीयते Ms.9.53; -अर्थ a. 1 (a Vedic injunction) enjoining some duty. -2 useful for some purpose; अपि क्रियार्थं सुलभं समित्कुशम् Ku.5.33. -अव- सन्न a. one who loses a law-suit through the statements of the witnesses &c. -आरम्भः Cooking; आत्मार्थं च क्रिया- रम्भः Ms.11.64. -इन्द्रियम् see कर्मेंन्द्रिय. -कलापः 1 the whole body of ceremonies enjoined in the Hindu religious law. -2 all the particulars or points of any business. -कल्पः a particular mode of diognosis. -काण्डम् The portion of a श्रुति text treating of the sacrifices. -कारः 1 an agent, worker. -2 a beginner, tyro, a fresh student. -3 an agreement. -तन्त्रम् one of the four classes of Tantras; Buddha. -द्वेषिन् m. a witness whose testimony is prejudicial to the cause (one of the five kinds of witnesses). -द्वैतम् efficient cause. -निर्देशः evidence. -पटु a. dexterous. -पथः mode of medical treatment. -पदम् a verb. -पर a. diligent in the performance of one's duty. -पादः the third division of a legal plaint; that is, witnesses, documents and other proofs adduced by the plaintiff or complainant. -माधुर्यम् beauty of art and architecture; अहो क्रियामाधुर्यं पाषाणानाम् Pratimā 3. -यज्ञः religious rites (such as गर्भाधानसंस्कार); Mb.1.18.5. -योगः 1 connection with the verb. -2 the employment of expedients or means; तदा तत्प्रतिकाराच्च सततं वा विचिन्तनात् । आधिव्याधिप्रशमनं क्रियायोगद्वये न तु ॥ Mb. 3.2.23. -3 the practical form of Yoga philosophy i. e. active devotion. -लोपः omission or discontinuance of any of the essential ceremonies of the Hindu religion; क्रिया- लोपाद् वृषलत्वं गताः Ms.1.43. -वशः necessary influence of acts done. -वाचक, -वाचिन् a. expressing any action, as a verbal noun. -वादिन् m. a plaintiff, complainant. -विधिः a rule of action, manner of any rite; अयमुक्तो विभागो वः पुत्राणां च क्रियाविधिः Ms.9.22. -विशेषणम्, 1 an adverb. -2 a predicative adjective. -शक्तिः f. the power of god (in creating this world). -संक्रान्तिः f. imparting (to others) one's knowledge; teaching; विवादे दर्शयिष्यन्तं क्रियासंक्रान्तिमात्मनः M.1.19. -समभिहारः [cf. P.III.1.22] the repetition of any act; क्रियासम- भिहारेण विराध्यन्तं क्षमेत कः Śi.2.43.
kṣayaḥ क्षयः [क्षि-अच्] 1 A house, residence, abode; यातनाश्च यमक्षये Ms.6.61; निर्जगाम पुनस्तस्मात्क्षयान्नारायणस्य ह Mb. -2 Loss, decline, waste, wane, decay, diminution; आयुषः क्षयः R.3.69; धनक्षये वर्धति जाठराग्निः Pt.2.186; so चन्द्रक्षयः, क्षयपक्षः &c. -3 Destruction, end, termination; निशाक्षये याति ह्रियैव पाण्डुताम् Ṛs.1.9; Amaru.6. -4 Pecuniary loss; Ms.8.41. -5 Fall (as of prices.) -6 Removal. -7 Universal destruction (प्रलय). -8 Consumption. -9 A disease in general. -1 The negative sign or quantity, minus (in algebra). -11 Family, race. -12 The house of Yama. -13 A part of the elephant's knee (गजजानुभागविशेषः); Mātaṅga L.5.15. -14 Power (क्षी क्षयैश्वर्ययोरित्यैश्वर्यार्थस्य क्षिधातो रूपम् -Com. on Mb.12.33.2); उपपद्यति संयोगाद् गुणैः सह गुणक्षयात् ibid. -यम् N. of the last year in the sixty years cycle. -Comp. -उपशमः complete annihilation of the desire of being active (Jaina). -कर (also क्षयंकर) a. causing decay or destruction, ruinous. -कालः 1 time of universal destruction. -2 the period of decline. -कासः consumptive cough. -तिथिः, f. -क्षयाहः the lunar day not beginning with the sun-rise, hence omitted in the calendar. -पक्षः the dark fortnight. क्षयपक्ष इवैन्दवीः कलाः सकला हन्ति स शक्तिसंपदः Ki.2.37. -2 a fortnight of 13 days. -मासः the month in which two संक्रान्तिs occur and which is omitted in the adjustment of the lunar-solar calender. -युक्तिः f., -योगः an opportunity of destroying; Ki.2.9. -रोगः consumption. -वायुः the wind that is to blow at the destruction of the world. -संपद् f. total loss, ruin.
ga ग a. (Used only at the end of comp.) Who or what goes, going, moving, being, staying, remaining, having sexual intercourse with &c.; cf. Ms.4.12; Y.3.29; R.3.13. -गः 1 A Gandharva. -2 An epithet of Gaṇeśa. -3 A long syllable (used as an abbreviation of गुरु, in prosody). -4 Śiva. -5 Viṣṇu; cf. गः प्रीतो भवः श्रीपतिरुत्तमः Enm. -गा, -गम् A song; गं वादित्रं शरणं वरम् । ibid. गगनम् (-णम्) (Some suppose गगण to be an incorrect form, as is observed by a writer :-- फाल्गुने गगने फेने णत्वमिच्छन्ति बर्बराः) 1 The sky, atmosphere; अवोचदेनं गगन- स्पृशा रघुः स्वरेण R.3.43; गगनमिव नष्टतारम् Pt.5.6; सो$यं सोमः पतति गगनात् Ś.4. (v. l.); Śi.9.27. -2 (In math.) A cypher. -3 Firmament. -4 Heaven. -Comp. -अग्रम् the highest heavens. -अङ्गना a heavenly nymph, an Apsaras. -अध्वगः 1 the sun. -2 a planet. -3 a celestial being. -अम्बु n. rain-water. -उल्मुकः the planet Mars. -कुसुमम्, -पुष्पम् 'sky-flower'; i. e. any unreal thing, an impossibility; see खपुष्प. -गतिः 1 a deity. -2 a celestial being; Me.48. -3 a planet. -चर (also गगनेचर) a. moving in the air. (-रः) 1 a bird. -2 a planet. -3 a heavenly spirit. -4 a lunar mansion. -5 the zodiac (राशिचक्र). -ध्वजः 1 the sun. -2 a cloud. -रोमन्थः nonsense, absurdity. -लिह् a. reaching upto heaven; ततस्ततो गगनलिहश्च केतवः Śi.17.39. -विहारिन् a. moving or ranging in the sky; H.1.19; स हि गगनविहारी कल्मषध्वंसकारी Udb. (-m.) 1 a luminary. -2 the sun. -3 a celestial being. -सद् a. dwelling in the air. (-m.) a celestial being; विस्मेरान्गगनसदः करोत्यमुष्मिन् Śi.4.53. 12.36; लोके ख्यातिमुपागतात्र सकले लोकोक्तिरेषा Pt.1.371. -2 A name, title, appellation. -3 Narration. -4 Praise. -5 (In phil.) Knowledge, the faculty of discriminating objects by appropriate designation; ख्यातिं च सत्त्वपुरुषान्य- तयाधिगम्य Śi.4.55. -6 Praise. -7 Opinion, view, assertion; आन्वीक्षिकी कौशलानां विकल्पः ख्यातिवादिनाम् Bhāg.11. 16.24. -Comp. -कर, -जनक a. glorious. -बोधः sense of honour. -विरुद्धता the state of being contradictory to general opinion.
garbhikāvarja गर्भिकावर्ज a. (A coral) free from contamination of other substances inside; Kau. A.2.11.
gāloḍita गालोडित a. 1 Drunk, intoxicated. -2 Sick, diseased. -3 Foolish. -तम् Examination; investigation.
guṇaḥ गुणः [गुण्-अच्] 1 A quality (good or bad); सुगुण, दुर्गुण; यदङ्गनारूपसरूपतायाः कञ्चिद्गुणं भेदकमिच्छतीभिः Śi.3.42. -2 (a) A good quality, merit, virtue, excellence; कतमे ते गुणाः Māl.1; वसन्ति हि प्रेम्णि गुणा न वस्तुनि Ki.8.37; R.1.9,22; साधुत्वे तस्य को गुणः Pt.4.18. (b) Eminence. -3 Use, advantage, good (with instr. usually), Pt. 5.; कः स्थानलाभे गुणः 2.21; H.1.49; Mu.1.15. -4 Effect, result, efficacy, good result; संभावनागुणमवेहि तमीश्वराणाम् Ś.7.4; गुणमहतां महते गुणाय योगः Ki.1.25;6. 7. -5 (a) A single thread or string. (b) Thread, string, rope, cord, मेखलागुणैः Ku.4.8;5.1; तृणैर्गुणत्व- मापन्नैर्वध्यन्ते मत्तदन्तिनः H.1.32; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1. 9 (where गुण also means 'a merit'). -6 The bow- string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15,29; कनकपिङ्गतडिद्- गुणसंयुतम् R.9.54. -7 The string of a musical instrument; कलवल्लकीगुणस्वानमानम् Śi.4.57. -8 A sinew. -9 A quality, attribute, property in general; यादृग्गुणेन भर्त्रा स्त्री संयुज्येत यथाविधि Ms.9.22. -1 A quality, characteristic or property of all substances, one of the seven categories of padārthas of the Vaiśeṣikas, (the number of these properties is 24). -11 An ingredient or constituent of nature, any one of the three properties belonging to all created things; (these are स्त्व, रजस् and तमस्); गुणत्रयविभागाय Ku.2.4; सत्त्वं रजस्तम इति गुणाः प्रकृतिसंभवाः Bg.14.5; R.3.27. -12 A wick, cotton thread; नृपदीपो धनस्नेहं प्रजाभ्यः संहरन्नपि । अन्तर- स्थैर्गुणैः शुभ्रैर्लक्ष्यते नैव केनचित् ॥ Pt.1.221. -13 An object of sense, (these are five रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श, and शब्द); गुणैर्गुणान्स भुञ्जान आत्मप्रद्योतितैः प्रभुः Bhāg.11.3.5. -14 Repetition, multiplication, denoting 'folds' or 'times', usually at the end of comp. after numerals; आहारो द्विगुणः स्त्रीणां बुद्धिस्तासां चतुर्गुणा । ष़ड्गुणो व्यवसायश्च कामश्चाष्टगुणः स्मृतः ॥ Chāṇ.78; so त्रिणुण; शतगुणीभवति becomes a hundred-fold, अध्यर्धगुणमाहुर्यं बले शौर्ये च केशव Mb.11.2.1. -15 A secondary element, a subordinate part (opp. मुख्य); न च गुणानुग्रहार्थं प्रधानस्यावृत्तिर्युक्ता ŚB. on MS.12.1.4. -16 Excess, abundance, superfluity; पराङ्मुखवधं कृत्वा को$त्र प्राप्तस्त्वया गुणः Rām.4.17.16. -17 An adjective, a word subordinate to another in a sentence. -18 The substitution of ए, ओ, अर् and अल् for इ, उ, ऋ (short or long) and लृ, or the vowels अ, ए, ओ and अर् and अल्. -19 (In Rhet.) Quality considered as an inherent property of a Rasa or sentiment. Mammaṭa thus defines गुण. --ये रहस्याङ्गिनो धर्माः शौर्यादय इवात्मनः । उत्कर्ष- हेतवस्ते स्युरचलस्थितयो गुणाः ॥ K. P.8. (Some writers on rhetoric, such as Vāmana, Jagannātha Paṇḍita, Daṇḍin and others, consider Guṇas to be properties both of शब्द and अर्थ, and mention ten varieties under each head. Mammaṭa, however, recognises only three, and, after discussing and criticizing the views of others, says : माधुर्यौजःप्रसादाख्यास्त्रयस्ते न पुनर्दश K. P.8); Ki.17.6. -2 (In gram. and Mīm.) Property considered as the meaning of a class of words; e. g. grammarians recognise four kinds of the meaning of words; जाति, गुण, किया and द्रव्य, and give गौः, शुक्लः, चलः and डित्थः as instances to illustrate these meanings. -21 (In politics) A proper course of action, an expedient. (The expedients to be used by a king in foreign politics are six :-- 1 सन्धि peace or alliance; 2 विग्रह war; 3 यान march or expedition; 4 स्थान or आसन halt; 5 संश्रय seeking shelter; 6 द्वैध or द्वैधीभाव duplicity; सन्धिर्ना विग्रहो यानमासनं द्वैधमाश्रयः Ak.) see Y.1.346; Ms.7.16; Śi.2.26; R.8.21. -22 The number 'three' (derived from the three qualities). -23 The chord of an arc (in geom.). -24 An organ of sense. -25 A subordinate dish; Ms. 3.226,233. -26 A cook. -27 An epithet of Bhīma as in युधिष्टिरो$पि गुणप्रियः Vas. -28 Leaving, abandonment. -29 A multiplier, coefficient (in math.) -3 Division, subdivision, species, kind. -31 The peculiar property of letters which are pronounced with external utterance (बाह्यप्रयत्न); they are eleven. -Comp. -अग्ऱ्यम् a principal quality; ˚वर्तिन्; स्वमूर्तिभेदेन गुणाग्ऱ्यवर्तिना पतिः प्रजानामिव सर्गमात्मनः R.3.27. -अगुणः merit and demerit Ms.3.22;9.331; अनपेक्ष्य गुणागुणौ जनः स्वरुचिं निश्चयतो$नु- धावति Si.16.44. -अतीत a. freed from all properties, being beyond them; सर्वारम्भपरित्यागी गुणातीतः स उच्यते Bg.14.25. (-तः) the Supreme Being. -अधिष्ठानकम् the region of the breast where the girdle is fastened. -अनुबन्धित्वम् connection or association with virtues; गुणा गुणानुबन्धित्वात्तस्य सप्रसवा इव R.1.22. -अनुरागः love or appreciation of the good qualities of others; गुणा- नुरागादिव सख्यमीयिवान्न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11. -अनुरोधः conformity or suitableness to good qualities. -अन्तरम् a different (higher) quality; गुणान्तरं व्रजति शिल्पमाधातुः M.1.6. -अन्वित, -उपपन्न, -युक्त, -संपन्न a. endowed with good qualities, meritorious, worthy, good, excellent. -अपवादः, -निन्दा disparagement, detraction. -अभिधानम् A subsidiary injunction; द्रव्योपदेशाद्वा गुणा- भिधानं स्यात् M.8.4.5. -आकरः 1 'a mine of merits', one endowed with all virtues; सृजति तावदशेषगुणाकरं पुरुषरत्न- मलङ्करणं मुवः Bh.2.92. -2 N. of Śiva. -आढ्य a. rich in virtues. -आत्मन् a. having qualities. -आधारः 'a receptacle of virtues', a virtuous or meritorious person. -आश्रय a. virtuous, excellent. -ईश्वरः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 the Chitrakūṭa mountain. -उत्कर्षः excellence of merit, possession of superior qualities. -उत्कीर्तनम् panegyric, eulogium. -उत्कृष्ट a. superior in merit; Ms.8.73. -उपेत a. endowed with good qualities; पुत्रमेवङ्गुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनमाप्नुहि Ś.1.12. -ओघः, -घम् superior or abundant merits. -कथनम् extolling, praising. -2 a condition or state of mind of the hero of a drama to which he is reduced by Cupid. -कर्तृत्वम् the state of an agent of properties; गुणकर्तृत्वे$पि तथा कर्तेव भवत्युदासीनः Sāṅ. K.2. -कर्मन् n. 1 an unessential or secondary action. -2 (in gram.) the secondary or less immediate (i. e. indirect) object of an action; e. g. in the example नेता$श्वस्य स्रुघ्नं स्रुघ्नस्य वा, स्रुघ्नम् is a गुणकर्मन्. ˚विभाग a. distinguishing an action and an attribute. -कल्पना f. imputing a figurative meaning, one of the modes of interpreting a sentence. According to it an expression may be understood as conveying not what is actually expressed by it but the quality or qualities thereof. e. g. सिंहो देवदत्तः means प्रसह्यकरी देवदत्तः; ŚB. on MS.1.2.1. -काण्डः a series of subsidiary (details); एवमेक उत्कृष्यमाणः सर्वं गुणकाण्डमुत्कर्षति ŚB. on MS.5. 1.24. -कार a. productive of good qualities, profitable, salutary. (-रः) 1 a cook who prepares sidedishes or any secondary articles of food. -2 an epithet of Bhīma. -3 (in math.) the multiplier. -कीर्तनम्, -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. praise, extolling. -कृत्यम् the function of a bow-string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15. -गणः a number or series of good qualities; Bhāg.5.3.11. -गानम् singing of merits, panegyric, praise. -गृध्नु a. 1 desiring good qualities; ये चान्ये गुणगृध्नवः Bhāg.3.14.2. -2 possessing enviable or good qualities. -गृह्य a. appreciating or admiring merits (wherever they may be), attached to merits; appreciative; ननु वक्तृविशेषनिःस्पृहा गुणगृह्या वचने विपश्चितः Ki.2.5. -गौरी a woman chaste by virtuous conduct; अनृतगिरं गुणगौरि मा कृथा माम् Śi. -ग्रहणम् appreciating merits. -ग्रहीतृ, -ग्राहक, -ग्राहिन् a. appreciating the merits (of others); श्रीहर्षो निपुणः कविः परिषदप्येषा गुणग्राहिणी Ratn.1.4; Śi.2.82; Bv.1.9. -ग्रामः a collection of virtues or merits; गुरुतरगुणग्रामांभोजस्फुटोज्ज्वलचन्द्रिका Bh.3.116; गणयति गुणग्रामम् Gīt.2; Bv.1.13. -घातिन् a. detractor, envious, censorious. -ज्ञ a. knowing how to admire or appreciate merits, appreciative; भगवति कमलालये भृशमगुणज्ञासि Mu.2; गुणा गुणज्ञेषु गुणा भवन्ति H. Pr.47. -त्रयम्, -त्रितयम् the three constituent properties of nature; i. e. सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. ˚आभासः life. -दोषौ (du.) virtue and vice; ˚कथा; Pt.2.67. -धर्मः the virtue or duty incidental to the possession of certain qualities. -निधिः a store of virtues. -पदी a woman having feet as thin as cords. -पूगम् great merits; भवद्गुणपूगपूरितम् (श्रवणम्) Śi.9.64. -प्रकर्षः excellence of merits, great merit; गुणप्रकर्षादुडुपेन शम्भोरलङ्- घ्यमुल्लङ्घितमुत्तमाङ्गम् Mk.4.23. -भावः being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः । ŚB. on MS.4.3.1. -भोक्तृ a. perceiving the properties of things; निर्गुणं गुणभोक्तृ च Bg.13.14. -महत् a superior quality. -मुष्टिः f. a particular method of stringing the bow; cf. पताका वज्रमुष्टिश्च सिंहकर्णस्तथैव च । मत्सरी काकतुण्डी च योजनीया यथा- क्रमम् ॥ Dhanur.84. -रागः delighting in the merits of others; गुणरागगतां तस्य रूपिणीमिव दुर्गतिम् Ks.2.51. -राशिः an epithet of Śiva -लक्षणम् mark or indication of an internal property. -लयनिका, -लयनी a tent. -लुब्ध a. 1 desirous of merits. -2 attached to merits. -वचनम्, -वाचकः a word which connotes an attribute or quality, an adjective, or substantive used attributively; as श्वेत in श्वेतो$श्वः. -वादः 1 pointing out good merits. -2 a statement in a secondary sense; गुणवादस्तु MS. 1.2.1 (Śabara explains this as : गौण एष वादो भवति यत् सम्बन्धिनि स्तोतव्ये सम्बन्ध्यन्तरं स्तूयते । ŚB. on ibid.). -3 a statement contradictory to other arguments; Madhusūdana. -विवेचना discrimination in appreciating the merits of others, a just sense of merit. -विशेषाः external organs, mind and spiritual ignorance; परस्पर- विलक्षणा गुणविशेषाः (बाह्येन्द्रियमनो$हङ्काराश्च) Sāṅ. K.36. -षः a different property. -वृक्षः, -वृक्षकः a mast or a post to which a ship or boat is fastened. -वृत्तिः f. 1 a secondary or unessential condition or relation (opp. मुख्यवृत्ति). -2 the character or style of merits. -वैशेष्यम् pre-eminence of merit; अन्योन्यगुणवैशेष्यान्न किंचिदतिरिच्यते Ms.9.296. -शब्दः an adjective. -संख्यानम् 'enumeration of the three essential qualities', a term applied to the Sāṅkhya (including the Yoga) system of philosophy; ज्ञानं कर्म च कर्ता च त्रिधैव गुणभेदतः प्रोच्यते गुणसंख्याने Bg.18.19. -संगः 1 association with qualities or merits. -2 attachment to objects of sense or worldly pleasures. -संग्रहः a collection of merits or properties; कथं गुणज्ञो विरमेद्विना पशुं श्रीर्यत्प्रवव्रे गुणसंग्रहेच्छया Bhāg.4.2.26. -संपद् f. excellence or richness of merits, great merit, perfection; गुणसंपदा समधिगम्य Ki.5.24. -सागरः 1 'an ocean of merit, a very meritorious man. -2 an epithet of Brahmā. -हीन a. 1 void of merit', meritless; काममामरणात्तिष्ठेद्- गृहे कन्यर्तुमत्यपि । न चैवैनां प्रयच्छेत्तु गुणहीनाय कर्हिचित् Ms.9. 89. -2 poor (as food).
grāha ग्राह a. (-ही f.) [ग्रह् भावे घञ्] Seizing, clutching; taking, holding, receiving &c. -हः 1 Seizing, grasping; हस्तग्राहं तु तं मत्वा Rām.7.34.2. -2 A crocodile, shark; रागग्राहवती Bh.3.45. -3 A prisoner. -4 Accepting. -5 Understanding, knowledge. -6 Persistence, importunity; तव मातुरसद्ग्राहं विद्म पूर्वं यथा श्रुतम् Rām.2.35.18. -7 Determination, resolve; मूढग्राहेणात्मनो यत्पीडया क्रियते तपः Bg. 17.19. -8 A disease. -9 Any large fish or marine animal; जग्राहाजगरो ग्राहो भुजयोरुभयोर्बलात् Mb.3.178.28; Ki.13.24. -1 Morbid affection, disease. -11 Beginning, undertaking. -12 The handle (of a sword &c.). -13 Paralysis. -ही A female crocodile.
ṅu ङु 1 Ā. (ङवते) To sound. together; (in this sense it is used with each of the words or assertions which it joins together; or it is used after the last of the words or assertions so joined but it never stands first in a sentence); मनो निष्ठाशून्यं भ्रमति च किमप्यालिखति च Māl.1.31; तौ गुरुर्गुरुपत्नी च प्रीत्या प्रतिननन्दतुः R.1.57; Ms.1.64;3.5; कुलेन कान्त्या वयसा नवेन गुणैश्च तैस्तैर्विनयप्रधानैः R.6.79; Ms.1.15;3.116. -2 Disjunction (but, still, yet); शान्तमिदमाश्रमपदं स्फुरति च बाहुः Ś.1.14. -3 Certainly, determination, (indeed certainly, exactly, quite, having the force of एव); अतीतः पन्थानं तव च महिमा वाङ्मनसयोः G. M.; ते तु यावन्त एवाजौ तावांश्च ददृशे स तैः R.12.45. -4 Condition (if = चेत्); जीवितुं चेच्छसे (= इच्छसे चेद्) मूढ हेतुं मे गदतः शृणु Mb; लोभ- श्चास्ति (अस्ति चेद्) गुणेन किम् Bh.2.45 v. l. -5 It is often used expletively (पादपूरणार्थे); भीमः पार्थस्तथैव च G. M. (Lexicographers give, besides the above, the following senses of च which are included in the general idea of copulation; 1 अन्वाचय joining a subordinate fact with a principal one; भो भिक्षामट गां चानय; see अन्वाचय. -2 समा- हार collective combination; as पाणी च पादौ च पाणिपादम् -3 इतरेतरयोग or mutual connection; as प्लक्षश्च न्यग्रोधश्च प्लक्ष- न्यग्रोधौ. -4 समुच्चय aggregation; as पचति च पठति च). च is frequently repeated with two assertions (1) in the sense of 'on the one hand-on the other hand', 'though-yet', to denote antithesis; न सुलभा सफलेन्दुमुखी च सा किमपि चेद- मनङ्गविचेष्टितम् V.2.9;4.3; R.16.7; or (2) to express simultaneous or undelayed occurrence of two events (no sooner than, as soon as); ते च प्रापुरुदन्वन्तं बुबुधे चादि- पूरुषः R.1.6;3.4;11.5,81; Ku.3.58,66; Ś 6.7; Māl.9.39. -Comp. -आदि a Gaṇa of Pāṇini (including the indeclinable particles, P.I.4.57). -कारः the particle च; P.II.3.72, Kāśi. -समासः a Dvandva compound; Vop.
cakṣaṇi चक्षणि a. Ved. Illuminating, irradiating, brightening; स नो विभावा चक्षणिर्न वस्तोः Rv.6.4.2.
candrikā चन्द्रिका 1 Moonlight, इतः स्तुतिः का खलु चन्द्रिकाया यदब्धिमप्युत्तरलीकरोति N.3.3.116; R.19.39; कामुकैः कुम्भीलकैश्च परिहर्तव्या चन्द्रिका M.4. -2 (At the end of comp.) Elucidation, throwing light on the subject treated; अलङ्कारचन्द्रिका, काव्यचन्द्रिका; cf. कौमुदी. -3 Illumination. -4 A large cardamom. -5 The river Chandrabhāgā. -6 The Mallikā creeper. -Comp. -अम्बुजम् the white lotus opening at moonrise. -द्रावः the moonstone. -पायिन् m. the Chakora bird.
chandas छन्दस् n. [छन्दयति असुन्] 1 Wish, desire, fancy, will, pleasure; (गृह्णीयात्) मूर्खं छन्दो$नुवृत्तेन याथातथ्येन पण्डितम् Chāṇ.33. -2 Free will, free or wilful conduct. -3 Meaning, intention. -4 Fraud, trick, deceit. -5 The Vedas, the sacred text of the Vedic hymns; स च कुल- पतिराद्यश्छन्दसां यः प्रयोक्ता U.3.48; बहुलं छन्दसि frequently used by Pāṇini; प्रणवश्छन्दसामिव R.1.11; Y.1.143; Ms.4.95. -6 A metre; ऋक्छन्दसा आशास्ते &Sacute.4; गायत्री छन्दसामहम् Bg.1.35;13.4. -7 Metrical science, prosody; (regarded as one of the six Vedāṅgas or auxiliaries to the Vedas, the other five being शिक्षा, कल्प, व्याकरण, निरुक्त and ज्योतिष). -8 A metrical composition. ... मया काव्यानि तन्वता छन्दो विनिर्मितं तस्मिन् कृतः सर्वस्य संग्रहः Parṇāl.1.23. -9 A festival; वेदे वाक्ये वृत्तभेदे उत्सवे$पि नपुंसकम् । Nm. -Comp. -कृतम् any metrical part of the Vedas or other sacred compositions; यथो- दितेन विधिना नित्यं छन्दस्कृतं पठेत् Ms.4.1. -गः (-छन्दोगः) 1 a reciter in metre. -2 a student or chanter of the Sāmaveda; Ms.3.145; (छन्दोगः सामवेदाध्यायी) -3 The Sāmaveda; साम्नां जैमिनये प्राह तथा छन्दोगसंहिताम् Bhāg. 12.6.53. -भङ्गः a violation of the laws of metre. -विचितिः f. 'examination of metres', N. of a work on metres, sometimes ascribed to Daṇḍin; छन्दोविचित्यां सकलस्तत्प्रपञ्चो निदर्शितः Kāv.1.12. -वृत्तम् a metre in general. -स्तुभ् m. N. of Aruṇa.
chedaḥ छेदः [छिद् भावे घञ् अच् वा] 1 Cutting, felling down, breaking down, dividing; अभिज्ञाश्छेदपातानां क्रियन्ते नन्दनद्रुमाः Ku.2.41; छेदो दंशस्य दाहो वा M.4.4; R.14.1; Ms.8. 27,37; Y.2.223,24. -2 Solving, removing, dissipating, clearing; as in संशयच्छेद. -3 Destruction, interruption; निद्राच्छेदाभिताम्रा Mu.3.21. -4 Cessation, end, termination, disappearance as in घर्मच्छेद Ś.2.5. -5 A distinguishing mark. -6 A cut, an incision, cleft. -7 Deprivation, want, deficiency. -8 Failure; सन्तति- च्छेद Ś.6. -9 A piece, bit, cut, fragment, section; बिसकिसलयच्छेदपाथेयवन्तः Me.11,59; अभिनवकरिदन्तच्छेदपाण्डुः कपोलः Māl.1.22; Ku.1.4; Ś.3.6; R.12.1. -1 (In math.) A divisor, the denominator of a fraction. -Comp. -करः a wood-cutter.
jarā जरा [जॄ-अङ् गुणः] (The word जरस् is optionally substituted for जरा before vowel terminations after acc. dual.) 1 Old age; कैकेयीशङ्कयेवाह पलितच्छद्मना जरा R.12. 2; तस्य धर्मरतेरासीद् वृद्धत्वं जरया (जरसा) विना 1.23. -2 Decrepitude, infirmity, general debility consequent on old age. -3 Praise. -4 Digestion. -5 N. of a female demon; see जरासन्ध below. -6 Invoking, greeting. -Comp. -अवस्था decrepitude. -आतुर a. 1 infirm. -2 old. -जीर्ण a. old through age, debilitated, infirm; Bh.3.17. -पुष्ट = -जरासन्ध. -भीरुः the god of love, Cupid. -सन्धः N. of a celebrated king and warrior, son of Bṛihadratha. [According to a legend, he was born divided in two halves which were put together by a Rākṣasī called Jara, whence the boy was called Jarāsandha. He became king of Magadha and Chedi after his father's death. When he heard that Krisna had slain his son-in-law Kaṁsa, he gathered a large army and besieged Mathurā eighteen times, but was as often repulsed. When Yudhiṣṭhira performed the great Rājasuya sacrifice, Krisna, Arjuna and Bhīma went to the capital of Jarāsandha disguised as Brāhmaṇas, chiefly with the object of slaying their enemy and liberating the kings imprisoned by him. He, however, refused to release the kings, whereupon Bhīma challenged him to a single combat. The challenge was accepted; a hard fight ensued, but Jarāsandha was at last overpowered and slain by Bhīma.] -सुतः Jarāsandha; जरासुतस्तावभिसृत्य माधवौ Bhāg.1.5.21.
jāham जाहम् A termination added to nouns expressive of the parts of the body in the sense of 'the root of'; कर्णजाहम् the root of the ear; so अक्षि˚, ओष्ठ˚ &c.
jijñāsā जिज्ञासा [ज्ञा सन् भावे अ] 1 Desire of knowing, curiosity, inquisitiveness. -2 Search, investigation, test, examination.
jvālā ज्वाला 1 A blaze, flame, illumination; R.15.16; Bh.1.95. -2 Burnt rice. -Comp. -जिह्वः, -ध्वजः fire.
tāpana तापन a. [तप्-णिच् भावे-ल्युट्] 1 Heating, inflaming, -2 Distressing. -3 Illuminating; अतप्यत स्माखिललोक- तापनम् Bhāg.2.9.8, -नः 1 The sun. -2 The hot season. -3 The sun-stone. -4 N. of one of the arrows of Cupid. -नम् 1 Burning. -2 Distressing. -3 Chastising. -4 A division of hell. -5 Gold. -6 (in drama) Helplessness, perplexity. -ना Austerity. -नी N. of several Upaniṣads.
tul तुल् 1 P., 1 U. [तोलति-तोलयति-ते; also तुलयति-ते which some suppose to be a denominative from तुला] 1 To weigh, measure; तुलयामास कौन्तेय कपोतेन समं विभो Mb.3.131.26. -2 To weigh in the mind, ponder, consider. -3 To raise, lift up; कैलासे तुलिते Mv.5.37; पौलस्त्यतुलितस्याद्रेरादधान इव ह्रियम् R.4.8;12.89; Śi.15. 3. -4 To bear up, hold up, support; पृथिवीतले तुलितभू- भृदुच्यसे Śi.15.3,61. -5 To compare, equal, liken (with instr.); तृणमिव तुलयन्ति Pt.5.31; मुखं श्लेष्मागारं तदपि च शशाङ्केन तुलितम् Bh.3.2; Si.8.12. -6 To match, be equal to (with acc.); प्रासादास्त्वां तुलयितुमलं यत्र तैस्तैर्विशेषैः Me.66. -7 To make light of, contemn, despise; अन्तः- सारं घन तुलयितुं नानिलः शक्ष्यति त्वाम् Me.2 (where तुल् also means 'to bear up' or 'carry away'); Śi.15.3. -8 To suspect, examine with distrust; कः श्रद्धास्यति भूतार्थं सर्वो मां तुलयिष्यति Mk.3.24;5.43 (where some editions read तूलयिष्यति for तुलयिष्यति). -9 To try, put to test, reduce to a wretched state; हा अवस्थे तुलयसि Mk.1 (तूलयसि v. l.) -1 To counterbalance, outweigh; तुलयाम लवेनापि न स्वर्गं नापुनर्भवम् । भगवत्सङ्गिसङ्गस्य मर्त्यानां किमुताशिषः ॥ Bhāg.1.8.13. -11 To have in the same degree, attain or reach to.
tṛtīyā तृतीया 1 The third day of a lunar fortnight. -2 (In gram.) The instrumental case or its terminations. -Comp. -कृत a. thrice ploughed (as a field). -तत्पुरुषः the instrumental Tatpuruṣa. -प्रकृतिः m., f. 1 a eunuch. -2 a hermaphrodite. -3 the neuter gender.
tejas तेजस् n. [तिज्-भावे करुणादै असुन्] 1 Sharpness. -2 The sharp edge (of a knife &c.). -3 The point or top of a flame. -4 Heat, glow. glare. -5 Lustre, light, brilliance, splendour; दिनान्ते निहितं तेजः R.4.1; तेजश्चास्मि विभावसौ Bg.7.9,1. -6 Heat or light considered as the third of the five elements of creation (the other four being पृथिवी, अप्, वायु and आकाश). -7 The bright appearance of the human body, beauty; अरिष्टशय्यां परितो विसारिणा सुजन्मनस्तस्य निजेन तेजसा R.3.15. -8 Fire of energy; शतप्रधानेषु तपोधनेषु गूढं हि दाहात्मकमस्ति तेजः Ś. 2.7; U.6.14. -9 Might, prowess, strength, courage, valour; martial or heroic lustre; तेजस्तेजसि शाम्यतु U. 5.7; Ś.7.15. -1 One possessed of heroic lustre; तेजसां हि न वयः समीक्ष्यते R.11.1; Pt.1.328;3.33. -11 Spirit, energy. -12 Strength of character, not bearing insult or ill-treatment with impunity. -13 Majestic lustre, majesty, dignity, authority, consequence; तेजोविशेषानुमितां (राजलक्ष्मीं) दधानः R.2.7. -14 Semen, seed, semen virile; स्याद्रक्षणीयं यदि मे न तेजः R.14.65; 2.75; दुष्यन्तेनाहितं तेजो दधानां भूतये भुवः Ś.4.3. -15 The essential nature of anything. -16 Essence, quintessence. -17 Spiritual, moral, or magical power. -18 Fire; यज्ञसेनस्य दुहिता तेज एव तु केवलम् Mb.3.239.9. -19 Marrow. -2 Bile. -21 The speed of a horse. -22 Fresh butter. -23 Gold. -24 Clearness of the eyes. -25 A shining or luminous body, light; ऋते कृशानोर्न हि मन्त्रपूतमर्हन्ति तेजांस्यपराणि हव्यम् Ku.1.51; Ś.4.2. -26 The heating and strengthening faculty of the human frame seated in the bile (पित्त). -27 The brain. -28 Violence, fierceness. -29 Impatience. -3 Anger; मित्रैः सह विरोधं च प्राप्नुते तेजसा वृतः Md.3.28.18. -31 The sun; उपप्लवांस्तथा घोरान् शशिनस्तेजसस्तथा Mb.12. 31.36. -Comp. -कर a. 1 illuminating. -2 granting vital power or strength. -पदम् a mark of dignity; तेजःपदं मणिमयं च हृतं शिरोभ्यः Bhāg.1.15.14. -बीजम् marrow. -भङ्गः 1 disgrace, destruction of dignity. -2 depression, discouragement. -भीरः f. shadow. -मण्डलम् a halo of light; सर्वा एतस्मिंस्तेजोमण्डल एकीभवन्ति Praśna. Up.4.2. -मात्रा sense-organ; स एतास्तेजोमात्राः समभ्याददानो हृदयमेवान्ववक्रामति Bṛi. Up.4.4.1. -मूर्तिः the sun; Ms.3.93. -रूपम् 1 the Supreme Spirit, Brahman. -2 the nature of light. -वृत्तम् 1 noble behaviour; Ms.9.33. -2 superior power or lustre. तेजस्वत् tējasvat तेजोवत् tējōvat तेजस्वत् तेजोवत् a. 1 Bright, brilliant, splendid. -2 Sharp, pungent. -3 Brave, heroic. -4 Energetic.
daghna दघ्न a. (-घ्नी f.) A termination added to nouns in the sense of 'reaching to', 'as high or deep as'; ऊरुदघ्नेन पयसोत्तीर्य K.; कीलालव्यतिकरगुल्फदघ्नपङ्कः (मार्गः) Māl.3.17; 5.14; Y.2.18.
daśama दशम n. (-मी f.) Tenth. -मम् A tenth part -Comp. -भावः the culminating point, the point in which the meridian crosses a given circle.
dīpaḥ दीपः [दीप्-णिच् अच्] 1 A lamp, light; नृपदीपो धनस्नेहं प्रजाभ्यः संहरन्नपि । अन्तरस्थैर्गुणैः शुभ्रैर्लक्ष्यते नैव केनचित् ॥ Pt.1. 221. न हि दीपौ परस्परस्योपकुरुतः Ś. B.; so ज्ञानदीपः &c. -Comp. -अङ्कुर; the flame or light of a lamp; दीपाङ्कुरच्छाया- चञ्चलमाकलय्य Bh.3.68. कुरण्टकविपाण्डुरं दधति धाम दीपाङ्कुराः Vb. -अन्विता 1 the day of new moon (अमा). -2 = दीपाली q. v. -आराधनम् worshipping an idol by waving a light before it. -आलिः, -ली, -आवली, -उत्सवः 1 a row of lights, nocturnal illumination.; -2 parti- cularly, the festival called Diwali held on the night of new moon in आश्विन. -उच्छिष्टम् soot, lamp-black. -कलिका 1 the flame of a lamp. -2 N. of a com. on Yajñavalkya. -किट्टम् lamp-black, soot. -कूपी, -खोरी the wick of a lamp. -द a. one who gives a lamp; दीपद- श्चक्षुरुत्तमम् Ms.4.229. -दण्डः A lamp-post. -ध्वजः 1 lamp-black. -2 lamp-stand. -पुष्पः the Champaka tree. -भाजनम् a lamp; वामनार्चिरिव दीपभाजनम् (अभूत्) R. 19.51. -माला lighting, illumination; अद्यापि तां धवलवेश्मनि रत्नदीपमालामयूखपटलैर्दलितान्धकारे Ch. P.18. -वर्तिः the wick of a lamp. -वृक्षः 1 a lampstand. कनकोज्ज्वलदीप्तदीपवृक्षम् (आसनम्) Bu. Ch.5.44. तथेह पञ्चेन्द्रियदीपवृक्षा ज्ञानप्रदीप्ताः परवन्त एव Mb.12.22.9. A treelike column of building (Mar. दीपमाळ); Rām.2.6.18; also दीपपादय (a candle-stick). -2 a light. -3 a lantern. -4 the tree called devadāru q. v. -शत्रुः a moth. -शिखा 1 the flame of a lamp. अनङ्गमङ्गलावासरत्नदीपशिखामिव Ks.18.77. -2 lamp-black. -शृङ्खला a row of lights, illumination.
dīpaka दीपक a. (-पिका f.) [दीप्-ण्वुल्] 1 Kindling, inflaming. -2 Illuminating, making bright. -3 Illustrating, beautifying, making illustrious. -4 Exciting, making intense; सामवादाः सकोपस्य तस्य प्रत्युत दीपकाः Śi.2.55; Pt.3.28. -5 Tonic, stimulating digestion, digestive. -6 Skilful in managing a lamp. -कः 1 A light, lamp; तावदेव कृतिनामपि स्फुरत्येष निर्मलविवेकदीपकः Bh.1.7. -2 A falcon. -3 An epithet of Kāmadeva (also दीप्यक). -4 N. of several plants (Mar. ओंवा, जिरें, चित्रक, कांदा, मोरशेंडा) -5 N. of a Rāga. -5 A kind of measure. -कम् 1 Saffron. -2 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech in which two or more objects (some प्रकृत 'relevant' and some अप्रकृत 'irrelevant') having the same attribute are associated together, or in which several attributes (some relevant and some irrelevant) are predicated of the same object; सकृद्वृत्तिस्तु धर्मस्य प्रकृताप्रकृतात्मनाम् । सैव क्रियासु बह्वीषु कारकस्येति दीपकम् ॥ K. P. 1; cf. वदन्ति वर्ण्यावर्ण्यानाम् धर्मैक्यं दीपकं बुधाः । मदेन भाति कलभः प्रतापेन महीपतिः ॥ Chandr.5.45.
dīpana दीपन a. [दीप् णिच् ल्यु ल्युट् वा] 1 Kindling, inflaming, &c. -2 Digestive, tonic. -3 Exciting, animating, stimulating; आनन्दमिश्रमदनज्वरदीपनानि Māl.9.47. -नम् 1 Kindling, inflaming. -2 A tonic stimulating digestion. -3 Exciting, stimulating. -4 Lighting, illuminating. -5 Promoting digestion. -6 Saffron. -नः see दीपकः (4). -नी 1 N. of several plants (Mar. काकडी, मेथी, पहाडमूळ, ओंवा). -2 A mystical Tāntrika formula. -3 (In Music) A kind of composition.
dīpin दीपिन् a. 1 Inflaming, kindling; राकानिशेव पूर्णेन्दुमुखी कन्दर्पदीपिनी Ks.82.29. -2 Illuminating. -3 Shining, bright.
darśana दर्शन a. [दृश्-ल्युट्] 1 Seeing, looking at (at the end of comp.); देव˚, धर्म˚, &c. -2 Showing, exhibiting. -3 Demonstrating, teaching; भागवतधर्मदर्शना नव महाभागवताः Bhāg.5.4.12. -नम् 1 Looking at, seeing, observing; अतीन्द्रियेष्वप्युपपन्नदर्शनो बभूव भावेषु दिलीपनन्दनः R.3.41. -2 Knowing, understanding, perceiving, foreseeing; प्रमदा- मनु संस्थितः शुचा नृपतिः सन्निति वाच्यदर्शनात् R.8.72. -3 Sight, vision; चिन्ताजडं दर्शनम् Ś.4.6. -4 The eye. -5 Inspection, examination; बलानां दर्शनं कृत्वा सेनान्या सह चिन्तयेत् Y.1.329. -6 Showing, displaying, exhibition. -7 Becoming visible; रावणिः पितरं युद्धे दर्शनस्थो$ब्रवीदिदम् Rām.7.29.32. -8 Visiting, paying a visit, a visit; देवदर्शनम् Y.1.84. -9 (Hence) Going into the presence of, audience; मारीचस्ते दर्शनं वितरति Ś.7; राजदर्शनं मे कारय &c. -1 Colour, aspect, appearance, semblance, अनेकाद्भुतदर्शनम् Bg.11.1; R.3.57. -11 Appearance, producing (in court); यो यस्य प्रतिभूस्तिष्ठेद्दर्शनायेह मानवः Ms.8.158,16. -12 A vision, dream, dream. -13 Discernment, understanding, intellect; सम्यग्दर्शन- संपन्नः कर्मभिर्न निबध्यते Ms.6.74. -14 Judgment, apprehension. -15 Religious knowledge. -16 A doctrine or theory prescribed in a system. -17 A system of philosophy; as in सर्वदर्शनसंग्रह. -18 A mirror. -19 Virtue, moral merit. -2 Opinion; अथानुजं भृशमनुशास्य दर्शनम् Rām.2.21.64. -21 Intention. -22 Demonstration. -23 A sacrifice. -24 Mention, assertion; दर्शनादर्शन- योश्च दर्शनं प्रमाणम् ŚB. on MS.1.7.36. -25 Experiencing; भवतो दर्शनं यत्स्यादपुनर्भवदर्शनम् Bhāg.8.25. -Comp. -ईप्सु a. anxious to see. -उज्ज्वला the great white jasmine. -गृहम् an audience chamber. -पथः the range of sight or vision, horizon; मम दर्शनपथमवतीर्णः Ś.3. 'crossed my sight'; क्रमेण तस्मिन्नवतीर्णदृक्पथे N. -प्रतिभूः, -प्रातिभाव्यम् a bail or surety for appearance; Y.2.54; Ms.8.16.
dyu द्यु n. 1 A day. -2 The sky. -3 Brightness. -4 Heaven. -5 Sharpness; cf. अद्यु -m. Fire. (द्यु is a substitute for दिव् f. before terminations beginning with consonants and in compounds.) -Comp. -गः a bird. -चरः 1 a planet. -2 a bird. -जयः attainment or gaining of heaven. -ज्या the diameter of a circle made by an asterism in its daily revolution. -दलः noon. -धुनिः f., -नदी the heavenly Ganges; सिद्धैर्नुतो द्युधुनिपातशिवस्वनासु रेमे चिरं धनदवल्ललनावरूथी Bhāg.3.23.39. -निवासः a deity, god; शोकाग्निना$गाद् द्युनिवासभूयम् Bk.3.21. -निवासिन् m. 1 a deity. -2 a virtuous man. -पतिः 1 the sun. -2 an epithet of Indra. -पथः the upper part of the sky. -मणिः 1 the sun; कृष्णद्युमणिनिम्लोचे ...... Bhāg.3.2.7. -2 Calcined copper. -योषित् f. an apsaras. -रत्नम् the sun. -लोकः heaven. -षद्, -सद् m. 1 a god, deity; मनःसु येषां द्युसदां न्यधीयत Si.1.43. -2 a planet. -सरित् f. the Ganges.
dyotaka द्योतक a. [द्युत्-ण्वुल्] 1 Shining. -2 Illuminating. -3 Explaining, making manifest, showing.
dyotana द्योतन a. [द्युत्-युच्] 1 Bright, shining; विलोक्य द्योतनं चन्द्रं लक्ष्मणं शोचनो$वदत् Bk.7.15. -2 Illuminating. -3 Explaining, elucidating. -नः A lamp. -नम् 1 Shining. -2 Illuminating. -3 Explaining. -4 Sight, seeing. -5 Light. -6 Dawn.
dvayasa द्वयस a. (-सी f.) A termination added to nouns in the sense of 'reaching to', 'as high or deep as', 'as far as'; गुल्फद्वयसे मदपयसि K.114; नारीनितम्बद्वयसं बभूव (अम्भः) R.16.46; Śi.6.55. द्वाज dvāja द्वात्रिंशत् dvātriṃśat द्वादश dvādaśa द्वाज द्वात्रिंशत् द्वादश &c. See under द्वि.
naraḥ नरः [नॄ-नये-अच्] 1 A man, male person; संयोजयति विद्यैव नीचगापि नरं सरित् । समुद्रमिव दुर्धर्षं नृपं भाग्यमतः परम् ॥ H. Pr.5; Ms.1.96;2.213. -2 A man or piece at chess. -3 The pin of a sun-dial. -4 The Supreme Spirit, the original or eternal man. -5 Man's length (= पुरुष. q. v.). -6 N. of a primitive sage. -7 N. of Arjuna; see नरनारायण below. -8 A horse. -9 (In gram.) A personal termination. -1 The individual soul (जीवात्मा); Mb.12.28.5. -Comp. -अङ्गः 1 the penis. -2 eruption on the face. -अधमः a wretch, miscreant. -अधिपः, अधिपतिः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः, -देवः, -पतिः, -पालः a king; नरपतिहितकर्ता द्वेष्यतां याति लोके Pt. नराणां च नराधिपम् Bg.1.27; Ms.7.13; R.2.75;3.42;7.62; Me.39; Y.1.311. -अन्तकः death. -अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. नराणामयनं यस्मात् तेन नारायणः स्मृतः Brav.P. -अशः a demon, goblin. -आधारः N. of Śiva. (-रा) the earth. -इतरः 1 a being higher than a man, a god; Bhāg.4.6.9. -2 an animal. -इन्द्रः 1 a king; R.2.18. नरेन्द्रकन्यास्तमवाप्य सत्पतिं तमोनुदं दक्षसुता इवाबभुः 3.33;6.8; Ms.9.253. -2 a physician, dealer in antidotes, curer of poisons; तेषु कश्चि- न्नरेन्द्राभिमानी तां निर्वर्ण्य Dk.51; सुनिग्रहा नरेन्द्रेण फणीन्द्रा इव शत्रवः Śi.2.88. (where the word is used in both senses). ˚मार्गः a high street, main road. -3 a mineralogist; L. D. B. -उत्तमः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 of Buddha. -ऋषभः 'the chief of men', a prince, king. -कपालः a man's skull. -कीलकः the murderer of a spiritual preceptor. -केश(स)रिन् m. 1 Viṣṇu in his fourth incarnation; cf. नरसिंह below. -2 the chief of men. -चिह्नम् the moustaches. -देवः 1 the warrior class (क्षत्रिय); शिष्ट्वा वा भूमि- देवानां नरदेवसमागमे Ms.11.82. -2 a king. -धिः the world. -द्विष् m. a demon, goblin; तेन मूर्धानमध्वंसन्नरद्विषः Bk.15. 94. -नारायणः N. of Kṛiṣṇa. (-णौ dual) originally regarded as identical, but in mythology and epic poetry, considered as distinct beings, Arjuna being identified with Nara and Kṛiṣṇa with Nārāyaṇa. [In some places they are called देवौ, पूर्वदेवौ, ऋषी or ऋषिसत्तमौ. They are said to have been practising very austere penance on the Himālaya, which excited the fear of Indra, and he sent down several damsels to disturb their austerities. But Nārāyaṇa put all of them to shame by creating a nymph called Urvaśī from a flower placed on his thigh who excelled them in beauty; cf. स्थाने खलु नारायणमृषिं विलोभयन्त्यस्तदूरुसंभवामिमां दृष्ट्वा व्रीडिताः सर्वा अप्सरस इति V.1.] -पशुः 'a beast-like man', a beast in human form. -पुङ्गवः 'best of men', an excellent man; शैब्यश्च नरपुङ्गवः Bg.1.5. -बलिः a human sacrifice. -भुज् a. man-eating, cannibal. -भूः f. the Bharatavarṣa, i. e. India. -मानिका, मानिनी, -मालिनी 'manlike woman', a woman with a beard, masculine woman or an amazon. -माला a girdle of skulls. -मेधः a human sacrifice. -यन्त्रम् sun-dial. -यानम्, -रथः, -वाहनम् a vehicle drawn by men, a palanquin; नरयानादवातीर्य Parṇāl.4.17; Bhāg.1.59.37. -लोकः 1 'the world of men', the earth, terrestrial world. -2 mankind. -वाहनः an epithet of Kubera; विजयदुन्दुभितां ययुरर्णवा घनरवा नर- वाहनसंपदः R.9.11. -विष्वणः a demon, goblin. -वीरः a brave man, hero. -व्याघ्रः, -शार्दूलः an eminent man. -शृङ्गम् 'man's horn', an impossibility, a chimera, non-entity. -संसर्गः human society. -सखः an epithet of Nārayaṇa; ऊरूद्भवा नरसखस्य मुनेः सुरस्त्री V.1.3. -सिंहः, -हरिः 'man-lion', Viṣṇu in his fourth incarnation; cf. तव करकमलवरे नखमद्भुतशृङ्गं दलितहिरण्यकशिपुतनुभृङ्गम् । केशव धृत- नरहरिरूप जय जगदीश हरे ॥ Gīt.1. -सिंहद्वादशी the 12th day in the light half of फाल्गुन. -स्कन्धः a multitude or body of men. -हयम् a fight or enmity between man and horse.
nāman नामन् n. [म्नायते अभ्यस्यते नम्यते अभिधीयते अर्थो$ नेन वा] 1 A name, appellation, personal name (opp. गोत्र); किं नु नामैतदस्याः Mu.1.1; नाम ग्रह् 'to address or call upon by name,' नामग्राहमरोदीत् सा Bk.5,5; नाम कृ or दा, नाम्ना or नामतः कृ 'to give a name, call, name'; चकार नाम्ना रघु- मात्मसंभवम् R.3.31;5.36; तौ कुशलवौ चकार किल नामतः 15.32; चन्द्रापीड इति नाम चक्रे K.74; मातरं नामतः पृच्छेयम् Ś.7. -2 The mere name; संतप्तायसि संस्थितस्य पयसो नामापि न ज्ञायते Bh.2.67 'not even the name, i. e. no trace or mark is seen' &c.; Pt.1.25. -3 (In gram.) A noun, substantive (opp. आख्यात); तन्नाम येनाभिदधाति सत्त्वम्; सत्त्व- प्रधानानि नामानि Nir. -4 A word, name, synonymous word; इति वृक्षनामानि. -5 Substance (opp. गुण). -6 Water. -7 Ved. Mark, sign, token. -8 Form, mode, manner. -Comp. -अङ्क a. marked with a name; नामाङ्करावणशराङ्कितकेतुयष्टिम् (रथम्) R.12.13. -अनुशास- -नम्, -अभिधानम् 1 declaring one's name. -2 a dictionary, lexicon. -अपराधः abusing (a respectable man) by name, calling names. -आख्यातिक a. relating to nouns and verbs. -आवली a list of names (of a god). -करणम्, -कर्मन् n. 1 the ceremony of naming a child after birth. -2 a nominal affix. -ग्रहः, -ग्रहणम् addressing or mentioning by name, utterance of the name, calling to mind the name; पुण्यानि नामग्रहणान्यपि महामुनी- नाम् K.43; Ms.8.271; R.7.41;6.67. -ग्राहम् ind. by naming, by mentioning the name; नामग्राहमरोदीत् सा भ्रातरौ रावणान्तिके Bk.5.5. -त्यागः abandonment of name; स्वनामत्यागं करोमि Pt.1 'I shall forego my name'. -द्वादशी a kind of religious ceremony, the worship of Durgā daily under one of her 12 names, i. e. गौरी, काली, उमा, भद्रा, दुर्गा, कान्ति, सरस्वती, मङ्गला, वैष्णवी, लक्ष्मी, शिवा and नारायणी. -धातुः a nominal verb, denominative base (as पार्थायते, वृषस्यति &c.). -धारक, -धारिन् a. bearing only the name, in name only, nominal; (तथा) अर्थेन विहीनो$त्र पुरुषो नामधारकः Pt.2.84. -धेयम् 1 a name, appellation; वनज्योत्स्नेति कृतनामधेया Ś.1; किं नामधेया सा M.4; R.1.45;1.67;11.8; नामधेयस्य ये केचिदभिवादं न जानते Ms.2.123. -2 the ceremony of naming a child. ˚शब्दः a word or an expression which forms the name of a thing or an act; चोदकाच्च नामधेयशब्दो बलवत्तरः । ŚB. on MS.12.1.14. -नाभिकः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्देशः indication by name. -मात्र a. having only the name, nominal, in name; काचे मणिर्मणौ काचो येषां बुद्धिः प्रवर्तते । न तेषां सन्निधौ भृत्यो नाममात्रो$पि तिष्ठति ॥ Pt.1.77;2.86. (-त्रम्) the mere name or mention (of a thing); नाममात्रप्रस्तावो मे विषादाय कल्पते Ś.7; Pt.3.81; H.1.128; नाममात्रावशेषिताः शत्रवः Rām. -माला, -संग्रहः a list of names, glossary (of nouns). -मुद्रा a seal-ring, signetring; उभे नाममुद्राक्षराण्यनुवाच्य परस्परमवलोकयतः Ś.1. -लिङ्गम् gender of nouns. ˚अनुशासनम् rules on the gender of nouns. -वर्जित a. 1 nameless. -2 stupid, foolish. -वाचक a. expressing a name. (-कम्) a proper name. -शेष a. having only the name left, remaining in name only, dead, deceased; त्वां नामशेषामपि दृश्यमानः U.2.6. -षः death.
nāśaḥ नाशः [नश्-भावे घञ्] 1 Disappearance; गता नाशं तारा उपकृतमसाधाविव जने Mk.5.25. -2 Frustration, destruction, ruin, loss; नेहाभिक्रमनाशो$स्ति Bg.2.4; R.8.88;12. 67: so वित्त˚, बिद्धि˚ &c. -3 Death. -4 Misfortune, calamity. -5 Abandonment, desertion. -6 Flight, retreat. -7 (In arith.) Elimination. -8 Want of apprehension, non-perception (अनुपलम्भ).
nidānam निदानम् 1 A band, rope, halter; उदुस्रियाणामसृजन्नि- दानम् Rv.6.32.2. -2 A rope for tying up a calf; बालजेन निदानेन कांस्यं भवतु दोहनम् Mb.13.94.41. -3 A primary cause, the first or essential cause; निदानमिक्ष्वाकुकुलस्य सन्ततेः R.3.1; अथवा बलमारम्भो निदानं क्षयसम्पदः Śi.2.94. -4 A cause in general; मुञ्च मयि मानमनिदानम् Gīt.5. -5 (in medicine) Inquiry into the causes of a disease, pathology. -6 Diagnosis of a disease. -7 End, termination. -8 Purity, purification, correctness. -9 Claiming the reward of penitential acts. -Comp. -स्थानम् one of the departments of medical science, Pathology.
nidhana निधन a. [निवृत्तं धनं यस्मात्; Uṇ.2.81] Poor, indigent; अहो निधनता सर्वापदामास्पदम् Mk.1.14. -नः, नम् 1 Destruction, annihilation, death, loss; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः Bg.3.35; म्लेच्छनिवहनिधने कलयसि करवालम् Gīt.1; कल्पान्ते- ष्वपि न प्रयाति निधनं विद्याख्यमन्तर्धनम् Bh.2.16; Pt.1.21; 5.95. -2 The concluding passage at the end of a Sāman sung in chorus, the fifth of the five parts of Sāman; लोकेषु पञ्चविधं सामोपासीत ...... द्यौर्निधनम् Ch. Up.2. 2.1. -3 The finale (in music). -4 N. of the eighth lunar mansion. -5 Conclusion, end, termination; अस्य वाक्यस्य निधने प्रादुरासीच्छिवो$निलः Mb.6.119.38. -6 Ved. Residence; receptacle. -नः The head of a family. -नम् Family, race. -Comp. -कारिन् a. fatal, destructive. -क्रिया a funeral ceremony.
nir निर् ind. A substitute for निस् before vowels and soft consonants conveying the senses of 'out of', 'away from'. 'without', 'free from', and be frequently expressed by 'less', 'un', used with the noun; see the compounds given below; see निस् and cf. अ also. -Comp. -अंश a. 1 whole, entire. -2 not entitled to any share of the ancestral property. -अक्षः the place of no latitute; i. e. the terrestrial equator (in astronomy). ˚देशः 1 a first meridian, as Laṅkā. -2 a place where the sun is always vertical and the days and nights are equal. -3 the equatorial region. -अक्षर a. Not knowing the letters, illiterate. -अग्नि a. having lost or neglected the consecrated fire; स संन्यासी च योगी च न निरग्निर्न चाक्रियः Bg.6.1. -अग्र (क) a. divisible without remainder. -अङ्कुश a. 'not curbed by a hook', unchecked, uncontrolled; unruly, independent, completely free, unfettered; निरङ्कुश इव द्विपः Bhāg.; कामो निकामनिरङ्कुशः Gīt.7; निरङ्कुशाः कवयः Sk.; Bh.3.15; Mv.3.39; विनयरुचयः सदैव निरङ्कुशाः Mu.3.6. ˚ता self-will, independence. -अघ a. sinless, blameless. -अङ्ग a. 1 having no parts. -2 deprived of expedients or resources. -अजिन a. skinless. -अञ्जन a. 1 without collyrium; निरञ्जने साचिविलोलिकं दृशौ Ki.8.52. -2 unstained, untinged. -3 free from falsehood; तदा विद्वान् पुण्यपापे विधूय निरञ्जनं परमं साम्यमुपैति Munda 3.1.3. -4 simple, artless. (-नः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 N. of the Supreme Being. (-ना) 1 the day of full moon. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -अतिशय a. unsurpassed, matchless, unrivalled; निरतिशयं गरिमाणं तेन जनन्याः स्मरन्ति विद्वांसः Pt.1.3. (-यः) the Supreme Being. -अत्यय a. 1 free from danger, secure, safe; तद्भवान् वृत्तसंपन्नः स्थितः पथि निरत्यये Rām.4.29.12; R.17.53. -2 free from fault, unblamable, faultless, disinterested; Ki.1.12, शक्तिरर्थपतिषु स्वयंग्रहं प्रेम कारयति वा निरत्ययम् 13.61. -3 completely successful. -अधिष्ठान a. 1 supportless. -2 independent. -अध्व a. one who has lost one's way. -अनुक्रोश a. pitiless, merciless, hard-hearted. (-शः) mercilessness, hard-heartedness. -अनुग a. having no followers. -अनुग्रह a. Ungracious, unkind; Bhāg.5. 12.7. -अनुनासिक a. not nasal. -अनुमान a. not bound to conclusions or consequences. -अनुयोज्य a. unblamable, faultless. -अनुरोध a. 1 unfavourable, unfriendly. -2 unkind, unamiable; Māl.1. -अन्तर a. -1 constant, perpetual, uninterrupted, incessant; निरन्त- राधिपटलैः Bv.1.16; निरन्तरास्वन्तरवातवृष्टिषु Ku.5.25. -2 having no intervening or intermediate space, having no interval, close, closely contiguous, in close contact; मूढे निरन्तरपयोधरया मयैव Mk.5.15; हृदयं निरन्तरबृहत्कठिनस्तन- मण्डलावरणमप्यभिदन् Śi.9.66. -3 compact, dense; परितो रुद्धनिरन्तराम्बराः Śi.16.76. -4 coarse, gross. -5 faithful, true (as a friend). -6 not hidden from view. -7 not different, similar, identical. -8 sincere, sympathetic; सुहृदि निरन्तरचित्ते (निवेद्य दुःखं सुखीभवति) Pt.1.341. -9 abounding in, full of; निपात्यमानैर्ददृशे निरन्तरम् Rām.7.7. 54; गुणैश्च निरन्तराणि Mv.4.12. (-रम्) ind. 1 without interruption, constantly, continually, incessantly. -2 without intervening space or interval. -3 closely, tightly, firmly; (परिष्वजस्व) कान्तैरिदं मम निरन्तरमङ्गमङ्गैः Ve.3.27; परिष्वजेते शयने निरन्तरम् Ṛs.2.11. -4 immediately. ˚अभ्यासः constant study, diligent exercise or practice. -अन्तराल a. 1 without an intervening space, close. -2 narrow. -अन्धस् a. foodless, hungry. -अन्वय a. 1 having no progeny, childless. -2 unconnected, unrelated; Ms.8.198. -3 not agreeing with the context (as a word in a sentence). -4 without logical connection or regular sequence, unmethodical. -5 without being seen, out of sight; निरन्वयं भवेत् स्तेयम् Ms.8. 332. -6 without retinue, unaccompanied, see अन्वय. -7 sudden, unexpected; U.7. -8 exterminatory, without leaving any species or trace; प्रागाधारनिरन्वयप्रमथनादुच्छेदमे- वाकरोः... Mv.3.13; (com. नाशो द्विविधः--स्वान्वयविनाशः, निरन्वयविनाशश्चेति......निर्वापणादिना सजातीयज्वालोदयानर्हविनाशस्तु निरन्वयविनाशः ।). -अपत्रप a. 1 shameless, impudent. -2 bold. -अपराध a. guiltless, innocent, faultless, blameless. (-धः) innocence. -अपवर्त a. 1 not turning back. -2 (in arith.) leaving no common divisor, reduced to the lowest terms. -अपवाद a. 1 blameless. -2 not admitting of any exception. -अपाय a. 1 free from harm or evil. -2 free from decay, imperishable. -3 infallible; उपायो निरपायो$यमस्माभिरभिचिन्तितः Rām.1.1.2. -अपेक्ष a. 1 not depending on, irrespective or independent of, having no need of (with loc.); न्यायनिर्णीतसारत्वा- न्निरपेक्षमिवागमे Ki.11.39. -2 disregarding, taking no notice of. -3 free from desire, secure; निरपेक्षो न कर्तव्यो भृत्यैः स्वामी कदाचन H.2.82. -4 careless, negligent, indifferent -5 indifferent to worldly attachments or pursuits; समुपोढेषु कामेषु निरपेक्षः परिव्रजेत् Ms.6.41. -6 disinterested, not expecting any reward from another; दिशि दिशि निरपेक्ष- स्तावकीनं विवृण्वन् Bv.1.5. -7 without purpose. (-क्षा) indifference, disregard. -अपेक्षित a. 1 disregarded. -2 regardless. -अपेक्षिन् a. disregarding, indifferent. -अभिभव a. 1 not subject to humiliation or disgrace. -2 not to be surpassed, unrivalled. -अभिमान a. 1 free from self-conceit, devoid of pride or egotism. -2 void of self-respect. -3 unconscious. -अभिलाष a. not caring for, indifferent to; स्वसुखनिरभिलाषः खिद्यसे लोकहेतोः Ś.5.7. -अभिसंधानम् absence of design. -अभ्र a. cloudless. -अमर्ष a. 1 void of anger, patient. -2 apathetic. -अम्बर a. naked. -अम्बु a. 1 abstaining from water. -2 waterless, destitute of water. -अर्गल a. without a bolt, unbarred, unobstructed, unrestrained, unimpeded, completely free; M.5; मरणसमये त्यक्त्वा शङ्कां प्रलापनिरर्गलम् Māl.5.26. (-लम्) ind. freely. -अर्थ a. 1 void of wealth, poor, indigent; स्त्रियः कृतार्थाः पुरुषं निरर्थं निष्पीडितालक्तकवत्त्यजन्ति Pt.1.194. -2 meaningless, unmeaning (as a word or sentence). -3 non-sensical. -4 vain, useless, purposeless. (-र्थः) 1 loss, detriment. -2 nonsense. -अर्थक a. 1 useless, vain, unprofitable. -2 unmeaning, nonsensical, conveying no reasonable meaning; इत्थं जन्म निरर्थकं क्षितितले$रण्ये यथा मालती S. D. -3 (a consonant) not followed by a vowel. (-कम्) an expletive; निरर्थकं तु हीत्यादि पूरणैकप्रयोजनम् Chandr.2.6. -अलंकृतिः (in Rhet.) want of ornament, simplicity. -अवकाश a. 1 without free space. -2 without leisure. -अवग्रह a. 1 'free from restraint', unrestrained, unchecked, uncontrolled, irresistible. -2 free, independent. -3 self-willed, head-strong. (-हम्) ind. 1 uninterruptedly. -2 intensely, strongly. -अवद्य a. 1 blameless, faultless, unblameable, unobjectionable; हृद्य- निरवद्यरूपो भूपो बभूव Dk.1. -2 an epithet of the Supreme Being (having no passions). -अवधि a. having no end, unlimited; कथं तूष्णीं सह्यो निरवधिरयं त्वप्रतिविधः U. 3.44;6.3; Māl.1.6. -2 continuous; महानाधिव्याधि- र्निरवधिरिदानीं प्रसरतु Māl.4.3. -अवयव a. 1 without parts. -2 indivisible. -3 without limbs. -अवलम्ब a. 1 unsupported, without support; Ś.6. -2 not affording support. -3 not depending or relying on. -अवशेष a. whole, complete, entire, (निरवशेषेण ind. completely, entirely, fully, totally). -अवसाद a. cheerful; Gīt. -अव्यय a. eternal, immutable. -अशन a. abstaining from food. (-नम्) fasting. -अश्रि a. even; Kau. A.2.11. -अष्ट a. Ved. driven away, scattered. (-ष्टः) a horse twentyfour years old. -अस्त्र a. weaponless, unarmed. -अस्थि a. boneless. -अहंकार, -अहंकृति a. free from egotism or pride, humble, lowly; Bg.12.13. -अहंकृत a. 1 having no egotism or self-consciousness. -2 without individuality. -3 unselfish. -अहम् a. free from egotism or self-conceit; ह्यनामरूपं निरहं प्रपद्ये Bhāg. 5.19.4. -आकाङ्क्ष a. 1 wishing nothing, free from desire. -2 wanting nothing to fill up or complete (as the sense of a word or sentence). -आकार a. 1 devoid of form, formless, without form. -2 ugly, deformed. -3 disguised. -4 unassuming, modest. (-रः) 1 the universal spirit, Almighty. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. ˚ज्ञानवादः the doctrine that the perception of the outer world does not arise from images impressed on the mind; Sarva. S. -आकृति a. 1 formless, shapeless. -2 deformed. (-तिः) 1 a religious student who has not duly gone through a course of study, or who has not properly read the Vedas. -2 especially, a Brāhmaṇa who has neglected the duties of his caste by not going through a regular course of study; a fool; ग्रामधान्यं यथा शून्यं यथा कूपश्च निर्जलः । यथा हुतमनग्नौ च तथैव स्यान्निराकृतौ ॥ Mb.12.36.48. -3 one who neglects the five great religious duties or yajñas; Ms.3.154. -आकाश a. leaving no free space, completely filled or occupied, -आकुल a. 1 unconfused, unperplexed, unbewildered; Ki.11.38. -2 steady, calm; सुपात्रनिक्षेपनिरा- कुलात्मना (प्रजासृजा) Śi.1.28. -3 clear. -4 perspicuous; अलिकुलसङ्कुलकुसुमसमूहनिराकुलबकुलकलापे Gīt.1. (-लम्) 1 calmness serenity. -2 perspicuity, clearness. -आक्रन्द a. not crying or complaining. (-दः) a place where no sound can be heard. -आक्रोश a. unaccused, unreviled. -आगम a. not founded on revelation or scripture, not derived from the Vedas. -आगस् a. faultless, innocent, sinless; कथमेकपदे निरागसं जनमाभाष्यमिमं न मन्यसे R.8.48. -आचार a. without approved customs or usages, lawless, barbarian. -आडम्बर a. 1 without drums. -2 without show, unostentatious. -आतङ्क a. 1 free from fear; R.1.63; निरातङ्को रङ्को विहरति चिरं कोटिकनकैः Śaṅkara (देव्यपराधक्षमापनस्तोत्रम् 6). -2 without ailment, comfortable, healthy. -3 not causing pain. -4 unchecked, unhampered; निरातङ्कः पङ्केष्विव पिशितपिण्डेषु विलसन् Māl. 5.34. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -आतप a. sheltered from heat, shady, not penetrated by the sun's rays. (-पा) the night. -आदर a. disrespectful. -आदान a. 1 taking or receiving nothing; Mb.3. -2 an epithet of Buddha. -आधार a. 1 without a receptacle. -2 without support, supportless (fig. also); निराधारो हा रोदिमि कथय केषामिह पुरः G. L.4.39. -आधि a. secure, free from anxiety. -आनन्द a. cheerless, sad, sorrowful. -आन्त्र a. 1 disembowelled. -2 having the entrails hanging out. -आपद् a. free from misfortune or calamity. (-f.) prosperity. -आबाध a. 1 unvexed, unmolested, undisturbed, free from disturbance. -2 unobstructed. -3 not molesting or disturbing. -4 (in law) frivolously vexatious (as a suit or cause of complaint); e. g. अस्मद्- गृहप्रदीपप्रकाशेनायं स्वगृहे व्यवहरति Mitā. -आमय a. 1 free from disease or illness, sound, healthy, hale. -2 untainted, pure. -3 guileless. -4 free from defects or blemishes. -5 full, complete. -6 infallible. -7 not liable to failure or miscarriage. (-यः, यम्) freedom from disease or illness, health, well-being, welfare, happiness; कुरूणां पाण्डवानां च प्रतिपत्स्व निरामयम् Mb.5.78.8. (-यः) 1 a wild goat. -2 a hog or boar. -आमिष a. 1 fleshless; निरुपमरसप्रीत्या खादन्नरास्थि निरामिषम् Bh. -2 having no sensual desires or covetousness; Ms.6.49. -3 receiving no wages or remuneration. -आय a. yielding no income or revenue, profitless. -यः an idler living from hand to mouth. -आयत a. 1 full-stretched or extended; निरायतपूर्वकायाः Ś.1.8. -2 contracted, compact. -आय- -तत्वम् shortness, compactness; निरायतत्वादुदरेण ताम्यता Ki.8.17. -आयति a. one whose end is at hand; नियता लघुता निरायतेः Ki.2.14. -आयास a. not fatiguing, easy. -आयुध a. unarmed, weaponless. -आरम्भ a. abstaining from all work (in good sense); Mb.3.82.11. -आलम्ब a. 1 having no prop or support (fig. also); ऊर्ध्वबाहुं निरालम्बं तं राजा प्रत्यभाषत Rām.7.89.1; निरालम्बो लोकः कुलमयशसा नः परिवृतम् Mv.4.53. -2 not depending on another, independent. -3 self-supported, friendless, alone; निरालम्बो लम्बोदरजननि कं यामि शरणम् Jag. (-म्बा) spikenard. (-म्बम्) Brahman. -आलोक a. 1 not looking about or seeing. -2 deprived of sight. -3 deprived of light, dark; निरालोकं लोकम् Māl.5.3; Bhāg.8.24.35. -5 invisible. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -आवर्ण a. manifest, evident. -आश a. 1 devoid of hope, despairing or despondent of; मनो बभूवेन्दुमतीनिराशम् R.6.2. -2 depriving (one) of all hope. -आशक, -आशिन् a. hopeless; अद्य दुर्योधनो राज्याज्जीविताच्च निराशकः (भविष्यति) Mb.8.74.13. -आशङ्क a. fearless. -आशा hopelessness, despair. -आशिस् a. 1 without a boon or blessing, without virtues; आश्रमा विहिताः सर्वे वर्जयित्वा निराशिषम् Mb.12.63.13. -2 without any desire, wish or hope, indifferent; निराशीर्यतचित्तात्मा Bg.4.21; जगच्छ- रण्यस्य निराशिषः सतः Ku.5.76. -आश्रय a. 1 without a prop or support, supportless, unsupported; न तिष्ठति निराश्रयं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.41. -2 friendless, destitute, alone, without shelter or refuge; निराश्रयाधुना वत्सलता. -3 not deep (as a wound). -आस्वाद a. tasteless, insipid, unsavoury. -आहार a. 'foodless', fasting, abstaining from food. (-रः) fasting; कालो$ग्निः कर्म मृद् वायुर्मनो ज्ञानं तपो जलम् । पश्चात्तापो निराहारः सर्वे$मी शुद्धिहेतवः ॥ Y.3.31. -इङ्ग a. immovable, stationary; यथा दीपो निवातस्थो निरिङ्गो ज्वलते पुनः Mb.12.46.6. -इच्छ a. without wish or desire, indifferent. -इन्द्रिय a. 1 having lost a limb or the use of it. -2 mutilated, maimed. -3 weak, infirm, frail; Kaṭh.1.1.3. -4 barren. -5 without प्रमाण or means of certain knowledge; निरिन्द्रिया ह्यमन्त्राश्च स्त्रियो$नृत- मिति स्थितिः Ms.9.18. -6 destitute of manly vigour, impotent (Ved.). -इन्धन a. destitute of fuel. -ईति a. free from the calamities of the season; निरातङ्का निरीतयः R.1.63; see ईति. -ईश्वर a. godless, atheistic. -˚वाद atheistic doctrine. -ईषम् the body of a plough. -ईह a. 1 desireless, indifferent; निरीहाणामीशस्तृणमिव तिरस्कारविषयः Mu.3.16. -2 inactive; निरीहस्य हतद्विषः R.1.24. (-हा), -निरीहता, -त्वम् 1 inactivity. -2 indifference. -उच्छ्वास a. 1 breathless, without breathing; निरुच्छ्वासं हरिं चक्रुः Rām.7.7.6. -2 narrow, contracted; उपेयुषो वर्त्म निरन्तराभिरसौ निरुच्छ्वासमनीकिनीभिः Śi.3.32. -3 dead; निरुच्छ्वासाः पुनः केचित् पतिता जगतीतले Rām.6.58.13. (-सः) absence of breath; लोका निरुच्छ्वासनिपीडिता भृशम् Bhāg.4. 8.8. -उत्तर a. 1 answerless, without a reply. -2 unable to answer, silenced. -3 having no superior. -उत्थ a. irrecoverable. -उद्धति a. not jolting (a chariot); अभूतल- स्पर्शतया निरुद्धतिः Ś.7.1. (v. l.) -उत्सव a. without festivities; विरतं गेयमृतुर्निरुत्सवः R.8.66. -उत्साह a. 1 inactive, indolent. -2 devoid of energy. (-हः) 1 absence of energy. -2 indolence. -उत्सुक a. 1 indifferent. -2 calm, tranquil. -उदक a. waterless. -उदर a. 1 having no belly or trunk. -2 thin (अतुन्दिल); श्रीमान्निरुदरो महान् Rām.3.16.31. -उद्यम, -उद्योग a. effortless, inactive, lazy, idle. उद्विग्न, -उद्वेग a. free from excitement or perturbation, sedate, calm. -उपक्रम a. 1 without a commencement. -2 incurable. -उपद्रव a. 1 free from calamity or affliction, not visited by danger or adversity, lucky, happy, undisturbed, unmolested, free from hostile attacks. -2 free from national distress or tyranny. -3 causing no affliction. -4 auspicious (as a star). -5 secure, peaceful. -उपधि a. guileless, honest; U.2.2. ˚जीवन a. leading an honest life. (v. l.). -उपपत्ति a. unsuitable. -उपपद a. 1 without any title or designation; अरे आर्यचारुदत्तं निरुपपदेन नाम्नालपसि Mk.1.18/19. -2 unconnected with a subordinate word. -उपप्लव a. 1 free from disturbance, obstacle or calamity, unharmed; निरुपप्लवानि नः कर्माणि संवृत्तानि Ś3. -2 not causing any affliction or misery. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -उपभोग a. without enjoyment; संसरति निरुपभोगं भावैरधिवासितं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.4. -उपम a. peerless, matchless, incomparable. -उपसर्ग free from portents. -उपस्कृत a. not corrupted, pure; of self-denying temperament; शमेन तपसा चैव भक्त्या च निरुपस्कृतः । शुद्धात्मा ब्राह्मणो रात्रौ निदर्शनमपश्यत ॥ Mb.12.271.14. -उपहत a. 1 not injured, unhurt. -2 auspicious, lucky. -उपाख्य a. 1 unreal, false, non-existent (as वन्ध्यापुत्र). -2 immaterial. -3 invisible. (-ख्यम्) the supreme Brahman. -उपाधि (क) a. without qualities, absolute. -उपाय a. 1 without expedients, helpless. -2 unsuccessful. -उपेक्ष a. 1 free from trick or fraud. -2 not neglectful. -उष्मन् a. devoid of heat, cold. -गन्ध a. void of smell, scentless, unfragrant, inodorous; निर्गन्धा इव किंशुकाः. ˚पुष्पी f. the Śālmali tree. -गर्व a. free from pride. -गवाक्ष a. windowless. -गुण a. 1 stringless (as a bow). -2 devoid of all properties. -3 devoid of good qualities, bad, worthless; निर्गुणः शोभते नैव विपुलाड- म्बरो$पि ना Bv.1.115. -4 without attributes; साकारं च निराकारं सगुणं निर्गुणं विभुम् Brahmavai. P. -5 having no epithet. (-णः) the Supreme Spirit. ˚आत्मक a. having no qualities. -गृहः a. houseless, homeless; सुगृही निर्गृही- कृता Pt.39. -गौरव a. 1 without dignity, undignified. -2 devoid of respect. -ग्रन्थ a. 1 freed from all ties or hindrances; आत्मारामाश्च मुनयो निर्ग्रन्था अप्युरुक्रमे । कुर्वन्त्यहैतुकीं भक्तिम् Bhāg.1.7.1. -2 poor, possessionless, beggarly. -3 alone, unassisted. (-न्थः) 1 an idiot, a fool. -2 a gambler. -3 a saint or devotee who has renounced all worldly attachments and wanders about naked and lives as a hermit. -4 A Buddha Muni. -ग्रन्थक a. 1 clever, expert. -2 unaccompanied, alone. -3 deserted, abandoned. -4 fruitless. (-कः 1 a religious mendicant. -2 a naked devotee. -3 a gambler. -ग्रन्थिक a. clever. (-कः) a naked mendicant, a Jaina mendicant of the Digambara class. -घटम् 1 a free market. -2 a crowded market. -घण्टः See निघण्टः. -घृण a. 1 cruel, merciless, pitiless. -2 shameless, immodest. -घृणा cruelty. -घोष a. noiseless, still, calm. -जन a. 1 tenantless, uninhabited, unfrequented, lonely, desolate. -2 without any retinue or attendants; भूयश्चैवाभिरक्षन्तु निर्धनान्निर्जना इव Mb.12.151.7. (-नम्) a desert, solitude, lonely place. -जन्तु a. free from living germs; H. Yoga. -जर a. 1 young, fresh. -2 imperishable, immortal. (-रः) a deity, god; (nom. pl. निर्जराः -निर्जरसः) (-रम्) ambrosia, nectar. -जरायु a. Ved. skinless. -जल a. 1 waterless, desert, destitute of water. -2 not mixed with water. (-लः) a waste, desert. ˚एकादशी N. of the eleventh day in the bright half of Jyeṣṭha. -जाड्य free from coldness. -जिह्वः a frog. -जीव a. 1 lifeless. -2 dead; चिता दहति निर्जीवं चिन्ता दहति जीवितम्. -ज्ञाति a. having no kinsmen, alone. -ज्वर a. feverless, healthy. -दण्डः a Śūdra. -दय a. 1 merciless, cruel, pitiless, unmerciful, unkind. -2 passionate. -3 very close, firm or fast, strong, excessive, violent; मुग्धे विधेहि मयि निर्दयदन्तदंशम् Gīt.1; निर्दयरति- श्रमालसाः R.19.32; निर्दयाश्लेषहेतोः Me.18. -4 unpitied by any; निर्दया निर्नमस्कारास्तन्मनोरनुशासनम् Ms.9.239. -दयम् ind. 1 unmercifully, cruelly. -2 violently, excessively; न प्रहर्तुमलमस्मि निर्दयम् R.11.84. -दश a. more than ten days old; यदा पशुर्निर्दशः स्यादथ मेध्यो भवे- दिति Bhāg.9.7.11. -दशन a. toothless. -दाक्षिण्य a. uncourteous. -दुःख a. 1 free from pain, painless. -2 not causing pain. -दैन्य a. happy, comfortable. -दोष a. 1 faultless, defectless; न निर्दोषं न निर्गुणम् -2 guiltless, innocent. -द्रव्य a. 1 immaterial. -2 without property, poor. -द्रोह a. not hostile, friendly, well-disposed, not malicious. -द्वन्द्व a. 1 indifferent in regard to opposite pairs of feelings (pleasure or pain), neither glad nor sorry; निर्द्वन्द्वो निर्ममो भूत्वा चरिष्यामि मृगैः सह Mb.1.85.16; निर्द्वन्द्वो नित्यसत्त्वस्थो निर्योगक्षेम आत्मवान् Bg.2.45. -2 not dependent upon another, independent. -3 free from jealousy or envy. -4 not double. -5 not contested, undisputed. -6 not acknowledging two principles. -धन a. without property, poor, indigent; शशिनस्तुल्यवंशो$पि निर्धनः परिभूयते Chāṇ.82. (-नः) an old ox. ˚ता, ˚त्वम् poverty, indigence. -धर्म a. unrighteous, impious, unholy. -धूम a. smokeless. -धौत a. cleansed, rendered clean; निर्धौत- दानामलगण्डभित्तिर्वन्यः सरित्तो गज उन्ममज्ज R.5.43. -नमस्कार a. 1 not courteous or civil, not respecting any one. -2 disrespected, despised. -नर a. abandoned by men, deserted. -नाणक a. coinless, penniless; Mk.2. -नाथ a. without a guardian or master. ˚ता 1 want of protection. -2 widowhood. -3 orphanage. -नाभि a. going or reaching beyond the navel; निर्नाभि कौशेयमुपात्तबाणम् Ku.7.7. -नायक a. having no leader or ruler, anarchic. -नाशन, -नाशिन् a. expelling, banishing. -निद्र a. sleepless, wakeful. -निमित्त a. 1 causeless. -2 disinterested. -निमेष a. not twinkling. -बन्धु a. without kindred or relation, friendless. -बल n. powerless, weak, feeble. -बाध a. 1 unobstructed. -2 unfrequented, lonely, solitary. -3 unmolested. (-धः) 1 a part of the marrow. -2 a knob. -बीज a. seedless, impotent. (-जा) a sort of grape (Mar. बेदाणा). -बुद्धि a. stupid, ignorant, foolish. -बुष, -बुस a. unhusked, freed from chaff. -भक्त a. taken without eating (as a medicine). -भय a. 1 fearless, undaunted. -2 free from danger, safe, secure; निर्भयं तु भवेद्यस्य राष्ट्रं बाहुबलाश्रितम् Ms.9.255. -भर a. 1 excessive, vehement, violent, much, strong; त्रपाभरनिर्भर- स्मरशर &c. Gīt.12; तन्व्यास्तिष्ठतु निर्भरप्रणयिता मानो$पि रम्यो- दयः Amaru.47. -2 ardent. -3 fast, close (as embrace); कुचकुम्भनिर्भरपरीरम्भामृतं वाञ्छति Gīt.; परिरभ्य निर्भरम् Gīt.1. -4 sound, deep (as sleep). -5 full of, filled with (at the end of comp.); आनन्द˚, गर्व˚ &c. (-रः) a servant receiving no wages. (-रम्) excess. (-रम् ind.) 1 excessively, exceedingly, intensely. -2 soundly. -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky. -भाज्य a. to be separated; स निर्भाज्यः स्वकादंशात् किंचिद्दत्वोपजीवनम् Ms.9.27. -भृतिः a. without wages, hireless. -भोगः a. not fond of pleasures. -मक्षिक a. 'free from flies', undisturbed, private, lonely. (-कम्) ind. without flies, i. e. lonely, private; कृतं भवतेदानीं निर्मक्षिकम् Ś.2,6. -मज्ज a. fatless, meagre. -मत्सर a. free from envy, unenvious; निर्मत्सरे मत्समे वत्स... वसुन्धराभारमारोप्य Rāmāyaṇachampū. -मत्स्य a. fishless. -मद a. 1 not intoxicated, sober, quiet. -2 not proud, humble. -3 sad, sorry. -4 not in rut (as an elephant). -मनुज, -मनुष्य a. tenantless, uninhabited, deserted by men. -मन्तु a. faultless, innocent. -मन्त्र a. 1 a ceremony, unaccompanied by holy texts. -2 not familiar with holy texts; Mb.12.36.43. -मन्यु, -मन्युक a. free from anger; Mb.5.133.4. -मम a. 1 free from all connections with the outer world, who has renounced all worldly ties; संसारमिव निर्ममः (ततार) R.12.6; Bg.2.71; निराशीर्निर्ममो भूत्वा युध्यस्व विगतज्वरः 3.3. -2 unselfish, disinterested. -3 indifferent to (with loc.); निर्ममे निर्ममो$र्थेषु मथुरां मधुराकृतिः R.15.28; प्राप्तेष्वर्थेषु निर्ममाः Mb. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -मर्याद a. 1 boundless, immeasurable. -2 transgressing the limits of right or propriety, unrestrained, unruly, sinful, criminal; मनुजपशुभिर्निर्मर्यादैर्भवद्भिरुदायुधैः Ve.3.22. -3 confused. -4 insolent, immodest. (-दम्) ind. confusedly, topsyturvy. (-दम्) confusion, disorder. -मल a. 1 free from dirt or impurities, clear, pure, stainless, unsullied (fig. also); नीरान्निर्मलतो जनिः Bv.1.63. -2 resplendent, bright; Bh.1.56. -3 sinless, virtuous; निर्मलाः स्वर्गमायान्ति सन्तः सुकृतिनो यथा Ms.8.318. (-लम्) 1 talc. -2 the remainings of an offering made to a deity. ˚उपलः a crystal. -मशक a. free from gnats. -मांस a. fleshless; स्वल्प- स्नायुवसावशेषमलिनं निर्मांसमप्यस्थिकम् Bh.2.3. -मान a. 1 without self-confidence. -2 free from pride. -मानुष a. uninhabited, desolate. -मार्ग a. roadless, pathless. -मिथ्य a. not false, true; H. Yoga. -मुटः 1 a tree bearing large blossoms. -2 the sun. -3 a rogue. (-टम्) a large free market or fair. -मूल a. 1 rootless (as a tree). -2 baseless, unfounded (statement, charge &c.). -3 eradicated. -मेघ a. cloudless. -मेध a. without understanding, stupid, foolish, dull. -मोह a. free from illusion. (-हः) an epithet of Śiva. -यत्न a. inactive, lazy, dull. -यन्त्रण a. 1 unrestrained, unobstructed, uncontrolled, unrestricted. -2 unruly, self-willed, independent. (-णम्) 1 squeezing out. -2 absence of restraint, independence. -यशस्क a. without fame, discreditable, inglorious. -युक्त a. 1 constructed, built. -2 directed. -3 (in music) limited to metre and measure. -युक्ति f. 1 disunion. -2 absence of connection or government. -3 unfitness, impropriety. -युक्तिक a. 1 disjoined, unconnected. -2 illogical, unmeaning. -3 unfit, improper. -यूथ a. separated from the herd, strayed from the flock (as an elephant). -यूष = निर्यास. -योगक्षेम a. free from care (about acquisition); Bg.2. 45. -रक्त a. (-नीरक्त) colourless, faded. -रज, -रजस्क a. (-नीरज, नीरजस्क) 1 free from dust. -2 devoid of passion or darkness. (-जः) an epithet of Śiva. -रजस् (नरिजस्) a. see नीरज. (-f.) a woman not menstruating. ˚तमसा absence of passion or darkness. -रत (नीरत) a. not attached to, indifferent. -रन्ध्र a. (नीरन्ध्र) 1 without holes or interstices, very close or contiguous, thickly situated; नीरन्ध्रनीरनिचुलानि सरित्तटानि U.2.23. -2 thick, dense. -3 coarse, gross. -रव a. (-नीरव) not making any noise, noiseless; गतिविभ्रमसाद- नीरवा (रसना) R.8.58. -रस a. (नीरस) 1 tasteless, unsavoury, flavourless. -2 (fig.) insipid, without any poetic charm; नीरसानां पद्मानाम् S. D.1. -3 sapless, without juice, withered or dried up; Ś. Til.9. -4 vain, useless, fruitless; अलब्धफलनीरसान् मम विधाय तस्मिन् जने V.2.11. -5 disagreeable. -6 cruel, merciless. (-सः) the pomegranate. -रसन a. (नीरसन) having no girdle (रसना); Ki.5.11. -रुच् a. (नीरुच्) without lustre, faded, dim; परिमलरुचिराभिर्न्यक्कृतास्तु प्रभाते युवतिभिरुप- भोगान्नीरुचः पुष्पमालाः Śi.11.27. -रुज्, -रुज a. (नीरुज्, नीरुज) free from sickness, healthy, sound; नीरुजस्य किमौषधैः H.1. -रूप a. (नीरूप) formless, shapeless. (-पः) 1 air, wind. -2 a god. (-पम्) ether. -रोग a. (नीरोग) free from sickness or disease, healthy, sound; यथा नेच्छति नीरोगः कदाचित् सुचिकित्सकम् Pt.1.118. -लक्षण a. 1 having no auspicious marks, ill-featured. -2 undistinguished. -3 unimportant, insignificant. -4 unspotted. -5 having a white back. -लक्ष्य a. invisible. -लज्ज a. shameless, impudent. -लाञ्छनम् the marking of domestic animals (by perforating the nose &c.). -लिङ्ग a. having no distinguishing or characteristic marks. -लिप्त a. 1 unanointed. -2 undefiled, unsullied. -3 indifferent to. (-प्तः) 1 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -2 a sage. -लून a. cut through or off. -लेप a. 1 unsmeared, unanointed; निर्लेपं काञ्चनं भाण्डमद्भिरेव विशुध्यति Ms.5.112. -2 stainless, sinless. (-पः) a sage. -लोभ a. free from desire or avarice, unavaricious. -लोमन् a. devoid of hair, hairless. -वंश a. without posterity, childless. -वचन a. 1 not speaking, silent. -2 unobjectionable, blameless; (for other senses see the word separately). -नम् ind. silently; माल्येन तां निर्वचनं जघान Ku.7.19. -वण, -वन a. 1 being out of a wood. -2 free from woods. -3 bare, open. -वत्सल a. not loving or fondling (esp. children); निर्वत्सले सुतशतस्य विपत्तिमेतां त्वं नानुचिन्तयसि Ve.5.3. -वर = निर्दरम् q. v. -वसु a. destitute of wealth, poor. -वाच्य a. 1 not fit to be said. -2 blameless, unobjectionable; सखीषु निर्वाच्य- मधार्ष्ट्यदूषितं प्रियाङ्गसंश्लेषमवाप मानिनी Ki.8.48. -वात a. free or sheltered from wind, calm, still; हिमनिष्यन्दिनी प्रातर्निर्वातेव वनस्थली R.15.66. (-तः) a place sheltered from or not exposed to wind; निर्वाते व्यजनम् H.2.124. -वानर a. free from monkeys. -वायस a. free from crows. -वार्य a. 1 irresistible. -2 acting fearlessly or boldly. -विकल्प, -विकल्पक a. 1 not admitting an alternative. -2 being without determination or resolution. -3 not capable of mutual relation. -4 conditioned. -5 undeliberative. -6 recognizing no such distinction as that of subject and object, or of the knower and the known; as applied to समाधि or contemplation, it is 'an exclusive concentration upon the one entity without distinct and separate consciousness of the knower, the known, and the knowing, and without even self-consciousness'; निर्विकल्पकः ज्ञातृज्ञानादिविकल्पभेद- लयापेक्षः; नो चेत् चेतः प्रविश सहसा निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Bh.3.61; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23. -7 (in phil.) not arising from the relation of the qualifier and the qualified, (विशेषणविशेष्यसंबन्धानवगाहि प्रत्यक्षं ज्ञानम्) said of knowledge not derived from the senses, as घटत्व. (-ल्पम्) ind. without hesitation or wavering. -विकार a. 1 unchanged, unchangeable, immutable. -2 not disposed; तौ स्थास्यतस्ते नृपती निदेशे परस्परावग्रहनिर्विकारौ M.5.14. -3 disinterested; तरुविटपलतानां बान्धवो निर्विकारः Ṛs.2.28. (-रः) the Supreme deity. -विकास a. unblown. -विघ्न a. uninterrupted, unobstructed, free from impediments; निर्विघ्नं कुरु मे देव सर्वकार्येषु सर्वदा. (-घ्नम्) absence of impediment. -विचार a. not reflecting, thoughtless, inconsiderate; रे रे स्वैरिणि निर्विचारकविते मास्मत्प्रकाशीभव Chandr. 1.2. (-रम्) ind. thoughtlessly, unhesitatingly. -वि- चिकित्स a. free from doubt or reflection. -विचेष्ट a. motionless, insensible; यो हि दिष्टमुपासीनो निर्विचेष्टः सुखं शयेत् Mb.3.32.14. -वितर्क a. unreflecting. -विनोद a. without amusement, void of pastime, diversion or solace; शङ्के रात्रौ गुरुतरशुचं निर्विनोदां सखीं ते Me.9. -विन्ध्या N. of a river in the Vindhya hills; निर्विन्ध्यायाः पथि भव रसाभ्यन्तरः सन्निपत्य Me.28. -विमर्श a. 1 void of reflection, thoughtless. -2 not having विमर्श Sandhi. -विवर a. 1 having no opening or cavity. 2 without interstices or interval, close, compact; घटते हि संहततया जनितामिदमेव निर्विवरतां दधतोः Śi.9.44. -विवाद a. 1 not contending or disagreeing. -2 undisputed, not contradicted or disputed, universally acknowledged. -विवेक a. indiscreet, void of judgment, wanting in discrimination, foolish. -विशङ्क a. fearless, undaunted, confident; Ms.7.176; यस्मिन्कृत्यं समावेश्य निर्विशङ्केन चेतसा । आस्यते सेवकः स स्यात् कलत्रमिव चापरम् ॥ Pt.1.85. -विशेष a. showing or making no difference, indiscriminating, without distinction; निर्विशेषा वयं त्वयि Mb.; निर्विशेषो विशेषः Bh.3.5. 'a difference without distinction'. -2 having no difference, same, like, not differing from (oft. in comp.); निर्विशेषाकृति 'having the same form'; प्रवातनीलो- त्पलनिर्विशेषम् Ku.1.46; स निर्विशेषप्रतिपत्तिरासीत् R.14.22. -3 indiscriminate, promiscuous. (-षः) absence of difference. (निर्विशेषम् and निर्विशेषेण are used adverbially in the sense of 'without difference', 'equally', indiscriminately'; क्रुद्धेन विप्रमुक्तो$यं निर्विशेषं प्रियाप्रिये Rām.7.22.41. स्वगृहनिर्विशेषमत्र स्थीयताम् H.1; R.5.6.). -विशेषण a. without attributes. -विष a. poisonless (as a snake); निर्विषा डुण्डुभाः स्मृताः. -विषङ्ग a. not attached, indifferent. -विषय a. 1 expelled or driven away from one's home, residence or proper place; मनोनिर्विषयार्थकामया Ku.5.38; R.9.32; also -निर्विषयीकृत; वने प्राक्कलनं तीर्थं ये ते निर्विषयी- कृताः Rām.2.14.4. -2 having no scope or sphere of action; किंच एवं काव्यं प्रविरलविषयं निर्विषयं वा स्यात् S. D.1. -3 not attached to sensual objects (as mind). -विषाण a. destitute of horns. -विहार a. having no pleasure. -वीज, -बीज a. 1 seedless. -2 impotent. -3 causeless. -वीर a. 1 deprived of heroes; निर्वीरमुर्वीतलम् P. R.1.31. -2 cowardly. -वीरा a woman whose husband and children are dead. -वीर्य a. powerless, feeble, unmanly, impotent; निर्वीर्यं गुरुशापभाषितवशात् किं मे तवेवायुधम् Ve.3.34. -वीरुध, -वृक्ष a. treeless. -वृत्ति f. accomplishment, achievement; अत आसां निर्वृत्त्या अपवर्गः स्यात् । आतण्डुलनिर्वृत्तेः आ च पिष्टनिर्वृत्तेरभ्यास इति ॥ ŚB. on MS.11.1.27. -a. having no occupation, destitute. See निर्वृति. -वृष a. deprived of bulls. -वेग a. not moving, quiet, calm. -वेतन a honorary, unsalaried. -वेद a. not acknowledging the Vedas, an atheist, infidel. -वेष्टनम् a. a weaver's shuttle. -वैर a. free from enmity, amicable, peaceable. (-रम्) absence of enmity. -वैलक्ष्य a. shameless. -व्यञ्जन a. 1 straight-forward. -2 without condiment. (-नम् ind.) plainly, in a straight-forward or honest manner. -व्यथ, -न a. 1 free from pain. -2 quiet, calm. -व्यथनम् a hole; छिद्रं निर्व्यथनम् Ak. -व्यपेक्ष a. indifferent to, regardless of; मृग्यश्च दर्भाङ्कुरनिर्व्यपेक्षास्तवागतिज्ञं समबोधयन् माम् R.13.25;14.39. -व्यलीक a. 1 not hurting or offending. -2 without pain. -3 pleased, doing anything willingly. -4 sincere, genuine, undissembling. -व्यवधान a. (ground) uncovered, bare. -व्यवश्थ a. moving hither and thither. -व्यसन a. free from bad inclination. -व्याकुल a. calm. -व्याघ्र a. not haunted or infested by tigers. -व्याज a. 1 candid, upright, honest, plain. -2 without fraud, true, genuine. -3 got by heroism or daring deeds (not by fraud or cowardly conduct); अशस्त्रपूतनिर्व्याजम् (महामांसम्) Māl.5.12. (v. l.) -4 not hypocritical; धर्मस्य निर्व्याजता (विभूषणम्) Bh.2.82. (-जम् ind.) plainly, honestly, candidly; निर्व्याजमालिङ्गितः Amaru.85. -व्याजीकृत a. made plain, freed from deceit. -व्यापार a. 1 without employment or business, free from occupation; तं दधन्मैथिलीकण्ठनिर्व्यापारेण बाहुना R.15.56. -2 motionless; U.6. -व्यावृत्ति a. not involving any return (to worldly existence). -व्रण a. 1 unhurt, without wounds. -2 without rents. -व्रत a. not observing vows. -व्रीड a. shameless, impudent. -हिमम् cessation of winter. -हेति a. weaponless. -हेतु a. causeless, having no cause or reason. -ह्रीक a. 1 shameless, impudent. -2 bold, daring.
nirūpaṇam निरूपणम् णा 1 Form, shape. -2 Sight, seeing. -3 Looking for, searching. -4 Ascertaining, investigation; determination. -5 Definition.
nirūpitiḥ निरूपितिः f. 1 Definition (of an idea); ascertainment. -2 Investigation, examination.
nirṇayaḥ निर्णयः 1 Removing, removal. -2 Complete ascertainment, decision, affirmation, determination, settlement; संदेहनिर्णयो जातः Ś.1.27; Ms.8.31,49;9.25; Y.2.1; हृदयं निर्णयमेव धावति Ki.2.29. -3 Deduction, inference, conclusion, demonstration (in logic). -4 Discussion, investigation, consideration -5 Sentence, verdict, judgment; बाहुवीर्याश्रिते मार्गे वर्तसे दीप्तनिर्णये Mb. 3.292.2; सर्वज्ञस्याप्येकाकिनो निर्णयाभ्युपगमो दोषाय M.1. -6 Application of a conclusive argument. -7 (In Rhet.) Narration of events. -Comp. -उपमा a. comparison based upon an inference; Kāv.2.27. -पादः a sentence, decree, verdict (in law).
nirṇayam निर्णयम् 1 Ascertainment, determination. -2 Positive conclusion, settlement.
nirbheda निर्भेद 1 Bursting, dividing, splitting asunder. -2 A split, rent. -3 Disclosure, betrayal. -4 Explicit mention or declaration; निर्भेदादृते$पि मालविकायामयमुपन्यासः शङ्कयति M.4. -5 The bed of a river. -6 Determination of an affair, event. -7 Destruction; पृथिव्याश्चापि निर्भेदो दृष्ट एव सनातनः Rām.1.4.4.
nivṛttiḥ निवृत्तिः f. 1 Returning or coming back, return; दुर्गमेकमपुनर्निवृत्तये यं विशन्ति वशिनं मुमुक्षवः Śi.14.64; R.4. 87. -2 Disappearance, cessation, termination, suspension; शापनिवृत्तौ Ś.7; R.8.82. -3 Abstaining from work, inactivity (opp. प्रवृत्ति); प्रवृत्तिं च निवृत्तिं च जना न विदुरासुराः Bg.16.7. -4 Abstaining from, aversion; प्राणाघाता- न्निवृत्तिः Bh.3.63. -5 Leaving off, desisting from. -6 Resignation, discontinuance of worldly acts or emotions, quietism, separation from the world. -7 Repose, rest. -8 Felicity, beatitude. -9 Denial, refusal. -1 Abolition, prevention. -11 Ceasing to be valid or binding (as a rule.). -12 Completion. -13 (In drama.) Citation of an example.
niścayaḥ निश्चयः 1 Ascertainment, investigation, inquiry. -2 A fixed opinion, settled or firm conviction, firm belief. -3 A determination, resolution, resolve; एष मे स्थिरो निश्चयः Mu.1. -4 Certainty, positiveness, positive conclusion. -5 Fixed intention, design, purpose, aim; कैकेयी क्रूरनिश्चया R.12.4; Ku.5.5. -6 N. of a figure in Rhetoric.
niścitiḥ निश्चितिः f. 1 Ascertainment, settling. -2 A determination, resolution.
niṣṭha निष्ठ a. [नि-स्था-क षत्वटुत्वे] (Usually at the end of comp.) 1 Being in or on, situated on; तन्निष्ठे फेने. -2 Depending or resting on, referring or relating to; तमोनिष्ठाः Ms.12.95. -3 Devoted or attached to, practising, intent on; सत्यनिष्ठ. -4 Skilled in. -5 Believing in; धर्मनिष्ठ. -6 Conducive to, effecting; हेमाम्भोज स्रजस्ते विशद सुमहते प्लोषपोषाय निष्ठाः B. R.5.51. -ष्ठा 1 Position, condition, state; तेषां निष्ठा तु का कृष्ण Bg.17.1; तेषामशान्तकामानां का निष्ठा$विजितात्मनाम् Bhāg.11.5.1. -2 Basis, foundation. -3 Fixity, fixedness, steadiness; मनो निष्ठाशून्यं भ्रमति च किमप्यालिखति च Māl.1.31; -4 Devotion or application, close attachment. -5 Belief, firm adherence, faith; शास्त्रेषु निष्ठा Māl.3.11; लोके$स्मिन् द्विविधा निष्ठा पुरा प्रोक्ता मया$नघ Bg.3.3. -6 Excellence, skill, proficiency, perfection. -7 Conclusion, end, termination; (शृणु) चरितं पार्थिवेन्द्रस्य यथा निष्ठां गतश्च सः Mb.1.49.6; अत्यारूढि- र्भवति महतामप्यपभ्रंशनिष्ठा Ś.4.3. (v. l.). -8 The catastrophe or end of a drama. -9 Accomplishment, completion (समाप्ति); पाणिग्रहणिका मन्त्रा नियतं दारलक्षणम् । तेषां निष्ठा तु विज्ञेया विद्वद्भिः सप्तमे पदे ॥ Ms.8.227. -1 The culminating point; इयं च निष्ठा नियतं प्रजानाम् Bu. Ch.3.61. -11 Death, destruction, disappearance from the world at the fixed time. -12 Fixed or certain knowledge, certainty. -13 Begging. -14 Suffering, trouble, distress, anxiety. -15 (In gram.) A technical term for the past participial terminations क्त, क्तवतु (i. e. त and तवत.) -16 N. of Viṣṇu.
niṣpattiḥ निष्पत्तिः f. 1 Birth, production; शस्यनिष्पत्तिः. -2 Ripeness, maturity (परिपाक); कथमप्यम्भसामन्तरा निष्पत्तेः प्रतीयते Ku.2.37. -3 Perfection, consummation; मोदके- नापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया Pt.1.271. -4 Completion, accomplishment, termination.
naiścityam नैश्चित्यम् 1 Determination, certainty. -2 A fixed ceremony or festival (such as a birth, marriage &c.).
padam पदम् [पद्-अच्] 1 A foot (said to be m. also in this sense); पदेन on foot; शिखरिषु पदं न्यस्य Me.13; अपथे पदमर्पयन्ति हि R.9.74 'set foot on (follow) a wrong road'; 3.5;12.52; पदं हि सर्वत्र गुणैर्निधीयते 3.62 'good qualities set foot everywhere' i. e. command notice or make themselves felt; जनपदे न गदः पदमादधौ 9.4. 'no disease stepped into the country'; यदवधि न पदं दधाति चित्ते Bv.2.14; पदं कृ (a) to set foot in, on or over (lit.); शान्ते करिष्यसि पदं पुनराश्रमे$स्मिन् Ś.4.2. (b) to enter upon or into, take possession of, occupy (fig.); कृतं वपुषि नवयौवनेन पदम् K.137; कृतं हि मे कुतूहलेन प्रश्नाशया हृदि पदम् 133; so Ku.5.21; Pt.1.24; कृत्वा पदं नो गले Mu.3.26 'in defiance of us'; (lit. planting his foot on our neck); मूर्ध्नि पदं कृ 'to mount on the head of', 'to humble'; पदं मूर्ध्नि समाधत्ते केसरी मत्तदन्तिनः Pt.1.327; आकृतिविशेषेष्वादरः पदं करोति M.1 'good forms attract attention (command respect); जने सखी पदं कारिता Ś.4; 'made to have dealings with (to confide in)'; धर्मेण शर्वे पार्वतीं प्रति पदं कारिते Ku.6.14. -2 A step, pace, stride; तन्वी स्थिता कतिचिदेव पदानि गत्वा Ś.2.13; पदे पदे 'at every step'; अक्षमालामदत्त्वा पदात् पदमपि न गन्तव्यम् or चलितव्यम् 'do not move even a step' &c.; पितुः पदं मध्यममुत्पतन्ती V.1.19 'the middle pace or stride of Viṣṇu.'; i. e. the sky (for mythologically speaking, the earth, sky, and lower world are considered as the three paces of Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation वामनावतार); so अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः पदं विमानेन विगाहमानः R.13.1. -3 A foot-step, footprint, foot-mark; पदपङ्क्तिः Ś.3.7; or पदावली foot-prints; पदमनुविधेयं च महताम् Bh.2.28 'the foot-steps of the great must be followed'; पदैगृर्ह्यते चौरः Y.2.286. -4 A trace, mark, impression, vestige; रतिवलयपदाङ्के चापमासज्य कण्ठे Ku.2.64; Me.37,98; M.3. -5 A place, position, station; अधो$धः पदम् Bh.2.1; आत्मा परिश्रमस्य पदमुपनीतः Ś.1, 'brought to the point of or exposed to trouble'; तदलब्धपदं हृदि शोकघने R.8.91, 'found no place in (left no impression on) the heart'; अपदे शङ्कितो$स्मि M.1, 'my doubts were out of place', i. e. groundless; कृशकुटुम्बेषु लोभः पदमधत्त Dk.162; Ku.6.72;3.4; R.2.5;9.82; कृतपदं स्तनयुगलम् U.6.35, 'brought into relief or bursting forth'. -6 Dignity, rank, office, station or position; भगवत्या प्रश्निकपदमध्यासितव्यम् M.1; यान्त्येवं गृहिणीपदं युवतयः Ś.4.18, 'attain to the rank or position, &c.; स्थिता गृहिणीपदे 4.19; so सचिव˚, राज˚ &c. -7 Cause, subject, occasion, thing, matter, business, affair; व्यवहारपदं हि तत् Y.2.5; 'occasion or matter of dispute, title of law, judicial proceeding'; Ms.8.7; सतां हि सन्देहपदेषु वस्तुषु Ś.1.22; वाञ्छितफलप्राप्तेः पदम् Ratn.1.6. -8 Abode, object, receptacle; पदं दृशः स्याः कथमीश मादृशाम् Śi.1.37; 15.22; अगरीयान्न पदं नृपश्रियः Ki.2.14; अविवेकः परमापदां पदम् 2.3; के वा न स्युः परिभवपदं निष्फलारम्भयत्नाः Me.56; संपदः पदमापदाम् H.4.65. -9 A quarter or line of a stanza, verse; विरचितपदम् (गेयम्) Me.88,15; M.5.2; Ś.3.14. -1 A complete or inflected word; सुप्तिडन्तं पदम् P.I. 4.14. वर्णाः पदं प्रयोगार्हानन्वितैकार्थबोधकाः S. D.9; R.8.77; Ku.4.9. -11 A name for the base of nouns before all consonantal case-terminations except nom. singular. -12 Detachment of the Vedic words from one another, separation of a Vedic text into its several constituent words; वेदैः साङ्गपदक्रमोपनिषदैर्गायन्ति यं सामगाः Bhāg.12.13.1. -13 A pretext; अनिभृतपदपातमापपात प्रियमिति कोपपदेन कापि सख्या Śi.7.14. -14 A sqare root. -15 A part, portion or division (as of a sentence); as त्रिपदा गायत्री. -16 A measure of length. -17 Protection, preservation; ते विंशतिपदे यत्ताः संप्रहारं प्रचक्रिरे Mb.7.36.13. -18 A square or house on a chessboard; अष्टापदपदालेख्यैः Rām. -19 A quadrant. -2 The last of a series. -21 A plot of ground. -22 (In Arith.) Any one in a set of numbers the sum of which is required. -23 A coin; माता पुत्रः पिता भ्राता भार्या मित्रजनस्तथा । अष्टापदपदस्थाने दक्षमुद्रेव लक्ष्यते ॥ Mb.12.298.4. (com. अष्टापदपदं सुवर्णकार्षापणः). -24 A way, road; षट्पदं नवसंख्यानं निवेशं चक्रिरे द्विजाः Mb.14.64.1. -25 Retribution (फल); ईहोपरमयोर्नॄणां पदान्यध्यात्मचक्षुषा Bhāg.7.13.2. -दः A ray of light. -Comp. -अङ्कः, चिह्नम् a foot-print. -अङ्गुष्ठः the great toe, thumb (of the foot). -अध्ययनम् study of the Vedas according to the पदपाठ q. v. -अनुग a. 1 following closely, being at the heels of (gen.). -2 suitable, agreeable to. (-गः) a follower, companion; एतान्निहत्य समरे ये चृ तस्य पदानुगाः । तांश्च सर्वान् विनिर्जित्य सहितान् सनराधिपान् ॥ Mb.3.12.6. -अनुरागः 1 a servant. -2 an army. -अनुशासनम् the science of words, grammar. -अनुषङ्गः anything added to a pada. -अन्तः 1 the end of a line of a stanza. -2 the end of a word. -अन्तरम् another step, the interval of one step; पदान्तरे स्थित्वा Ś.1; अ˚ closely, without a pause. -अन्त्य a. final. -अब्जम्, -अम्भोजम्, -अरविन्दम्, -कमलम्, -पङ्कजम्, -पद्मम् a lotus-like foot. -अभिलाषिन् a. wishing for an office. -अर्थः 1 the meaning of a word. -2 a thing or object. -3 a head or topic (of which the Naiyāyikas enumerate 16 subheads). -4 anything which can be named (अभिधेय), a category or predicament; the number of such categories, according to the Vaiśeṣikas, is seven; according to the Sāṅkhyas, twentyfive (or twenty-seven according to the followers of Patañjali), and two according to the Vedāntins. -5 the sense of another word which is not expressed but has to be supplied. ˚अनुसमयः preforming one detail with reference to all things or persons concerned; then doing the second, then the third and so on (see अनुसमय). Hence पदार्थानुसमयन्याय means: A rule of interpretation according to which, when several details are to be performed with reference to several things or persons, they should be done each to each at a time. -आघातः 'a stroke with the foot', a kick. -आजिः a foot-soldier. -आदिः 1 the beginning of the line of a stanza. -2 the beginning or first letter of a word. ˚विद् m. a bad student (knowing only the beginnings of stanzas). -आयता a shoe. -आवली a series of words, a continued arrangement of words or lines; (काव्यस्य) शरीरं तावदिष्टार्थव्यवच्छिन्नापदावली Kāv. 1.1; मधुरकोमलकान्तपदावलीं शृणु तदा जयदेवसरस्वतीम् Gīt.1. -आसनम् a foot-stool. -आहत a. kicked. -कमलम् lotus-like foot. -कारः, -कृत् m. the author of the Padapāṭha. -क्रमः 1 walking, a pace; न चित्रमुच्चैः श्रवसः पदक्रमम् (प्रशशंस) Śi.1.52. -2 a particular method of reciting the Veda; cf. क्रम. -गः a foot-soldier. -गतिः f. gait, manner of going. -गोत्रम् a family supposed to preside over a particular class of words. -छेदः, -विच्छेदः, -विग्रहः separation of words, resolution of a sentence into its constituent parts. -च्युत a. dismissed from office, deposed. -जातम् class or group of words. -दार्ढ्यम् fixedness or security of text. -न्यासः 1 stepping, tread, step. -2 a foot-mark. -3 position of the feet in a particular attitude. -4 the plant गोक्षुर. -5 writing down verses or quarters of verses; अप्रगल्भाः पदन्यासे जननीरागहेतवः । सन्त्येके बहुलालापाः कवयो बालका इव ॥ Trivikramabhaṭṭa. -पङ्क्तिः f. 1 a line of foot-steps; द्वारे$स्य पाण्डुसिकते पदपङ्क्तिर्दृश्यते$भिनवा Ś.3.7; V.4.6. -2 a line or arrangement of words, a series of words; कृतपदपङ्क्तिरथर्वणेव वेदः Ki.1.1. -3 an iṣtakā or sacred brick. -4 a kind of metre. -पाठः an arrangement of the Vedic text in which each word is written and pronounced in its original form and independently of phonetic changes (opp. संहितापाठ). -पातः, विक्षेपः a step, pace (of a horse also). -बन्धः a foot-step, step. -भञ्जनम् analysis of words, etymology. -भञ्जिका 1 a commentary which separates the words and analyses the compounds of a passage. -2 a register, journal. -3 a calendar. -भ्रंशः dismissal from office. -माला a magical formula. -योपनम् a fetter for the feet (Ved.). -रचना 1 arrangement of words. -2 literary composition. -वायः Ved. a leader. -विष्टम्भः a step, footstep. -वृत्तिः f. the hiatus between two words. -वेदिन् a linguist, philologist. -व्याख्यानम् interpretation of words. -शास्त्रम् the science of separately written words. -संघातः (टः) 1 connecting the words which are separated in the संहिता. -2 a writer, an annotator. -संधिः m. the euphonic combination of words. -स्थ a. 1 going on foot. -2 being in a position of authority or high rank. -स्थानम् a foot-print.
para पर a. [पॄ-भावे-अप्, कर्तरि अच्-वा] (Declined optionally like a pronoun in nom. voc. pl., and abl. and loc. sing. when it denotes relative position) 1 Other, different, another; see पर m also. -2 Distant, removed, remote; अपरं भवतो जन्म परं जन्म विवस्वतः Bg.4.4. -3 Beyond, further, on the other side of; म्लेच्छदेशस्ततः परः Ms.2.23;7.158. -4 Subsequent, following, next to, future, after (usually with abl.); बाल्यात् परामिव दशां मदनो$ध्युवास R.5.63; Ku.1.31. -5 Higher, superior; सिकतात्वादपि परां प्रपेदे परमाणुताम् R.15.22; इन्द्रियाणि पराण्याहु- रिन्द्रियेभ्यः परं मनः । मनसस्तु परा बुद्धिर्यो बुद्धेः परतस्तु सः ॥ Bg.3.42. -9 Highest, greatest, most distinguished, pre-eminent, chief, best, principal; क्षत्रात् परं नास्ति Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. न त्वया द्रष्टव्यानां परं दृष्टम् Ś.2; Ki.5.18; परतो$पि परः Ku.2.14 'higher than the highest'; 6.19; Ś7.27. -7 Having as a following letter or sound, followed by (in comp.). -8 Alien, estranged, stranger. -9 Hostile, inimical, adverse, -1 Exceeding, having a surplus or remainder, left over; as in परं शतम् 'exceeding or more than a hundred. -11 Final, last. -12 (At the end of comp.) Having anything as the highest object, absorbed or engrossed in, intent on, solely devoted to, wholly engaged or occupied in; परिचर्यापरः R.1.91; so ध्यानपर, शोकपर, दैवपर, चिन्तापर &c. -रः 1 Another person, a stranger, foreigner; oft. in pl. in this sense; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1.9; Śi.2.74; see एक, अन्य also. -2 A foe, an enemy, adversary; उत्तिष्ठमानस्तु परो नोपेक्ष्यः पथ्यभिच्छता Śi.2.1; Pt.2.158; R.3.21. -3 The Almighty; तावदध्यासते लोकं परस्य परचिन्तकाः Bhāg.3.32.8. -रम् 1 The highest point or pitch, culminating point. -2 The Supreme Sprit; तेषामादित्यवज्ज्ञानं प्रकाशयति तत् परम् Bg.5.16. -3 Final beatitude; असक्तो ह्याचरन् कर्म परमाप्नोति पूरुषः Bg.3.19. -4 The secondary meaning of a word. -5 (In logic) One of the two kinds of सामान्य or generality of notion; more extensive kind, (comprehending more objects); e. g. पृथ्वी is पर with respect to a घट). -6 The other or future world; परासक्ते च वस्तस्मिन् कथमासीन्मनस्तदा Mb.6.14.55. Note-The acc., instr. and loc. singulars of पर are used adverbially; e. g. (a) परम् 1 beyond, over, out of (with abl.); वर्त्मनः परम् R.1.17. -2 after (with abl.); अस्मात् परम् Ś.6.24; R.1.66;3.39; Me.12; भाग्यायत्त- मतः परम् Ś.4.17; ततः परम् &c. -3 thereupon, thereafter. -4 but, however. -5 otherwise. -6 in a high degree, excessively, very much, completely, quite; परं दुःखितो$स्मि &c. -7 most willingly. -8 only. -9 at the utmost. (b) परेण 1 farther, beyond, more than; किं वा मृत्योः परेण विधास्यति Māl.2.2. -2 afterwards; मयि तु कृतनिधाने किं विदध्याः परेण Mv.2.49. -3 after (with abl.) स्तन्यत्यागात् परेण U.2.7. (c) परे 1 afterwards, thereupon; अथ तेन दशाहतः परे R.8.73. -2 in future. -Comp. -अङ्गम् the hinder part of the body. -अङ्गदः an epithet of Śiva. -अणुः See परमाणु; Bhāg.1.14.11. -अदनः a horse found in the country of Persia or Arabia. -अधिकारचर्चा officiousness, meddlesomeness. -अधीन a. dependent on another, subject, subservient; अन्नमेषां पराधीनं देयं स्याद्भिन्नभाजने Ms.1.54,83; H.1.119. -अन्तः final death. (-ताः) m. (pl.) N. of a people. -अन्तकः an epithet of Śiva. -2 a frontier. -अन्तकालः the time of death; ते ब्रह्मलोकेषु परान्तकाले परामृताः परिमुच्यन्ति सर्वे Muṇḍ.3.2.6. -अन्न a. living or subsisting on another's food. (-न्नम्) the food of another; परगृहललिताः परान्नपुष्टाः Mk.4.28. ˚परिपुष्टता being fed with the food of others; Y.3.241. ˚भोजिन् a. subsisting on the food of others; रोगी चिरप्रवासी परान्नभोजी परावसथशायी । यज्जीवति तन्मरणं यन्मरणं सो$स्य विश्रामः ॥ H.1.12. -अपर a. 1 far and near, remote and proximate. -2 prior and posterior. -3 before and beyond, earlier and later. -4 higher and lower, best and worst. (-रः) a Guru of an intermediate class. (-रम्) (in logic) a property intermediate between the greatest and smallest numbers, a species (as existing between the genus and individual); e. g. पृथ्वी which is पर with _x001F_1respect to a घट is अपर with respect to द्रव्य; द्रव्यत्वादिक- जातिस्तु परापरतयोच्यते Bhāṣā. P.8. -अभिध्यानम् self-conceit; high opinion for self or body (देहाभिमान); स्वयं पराभिध्यानेन विभ्रंशितस्मृतिः Bhāg.5.14.1. -अमृतम् rain. -अयण (अयन) a. 1 attached or devoted to, adhering to. -2 depending on, subject to. -3 intent on, solely devoted to or absorbed in (at the end of comp.); प्रभुर्धनपरायणः Bh.2.56; so मोह˚; अथ मोहपरायणा सती विवशा कामवधूर्विबोधिता Ku.4.1; अग्निहोत्र˚ &c. -4 connected with. -5 being a protector (त्राता); अबर्हाश्चरणैर्हीनाः पूर्वेषां वः परायणाः Mb.1.23.4. -6 leading or conducive to. -(णम्) 1 the principal or highest objest, chief aim, best or last resort; एतत् परायणम् Praśna Up.1.1; तपसश्च परायणम् Rām.1.21.1; Mb.12.179.12. -2 essence, sum. -3 Ved. going away, departure, exit. -4 firm devotion. -5 a universal medicine, panacea. -6 a religious order. -अर्थ a. 1 having another aim or meaning. -2 intended or designed for another, done for another. (-र्थः) 1 the highest interest or advantage. -2 the interest of another (opp. स्वार्थ); स्वार्थो यस्य परार्थ एव स पुमानेकः सतामग्रणीः Subhāṣ.; R.1.29. -3 the chief or highest meaning. -4 the highest object (i.e. sexual intercourse). -5 the supreme good (मोक्ष); ज्ञात्वा प्रजहि कालेन परार्थमनुदृश्य च Mb.12.288.9. -6 Something else. Hence परार्थता or परार्थत्व means 'being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः ŚB. on MS.4.3. -7 an object which is meant for another's use (Sāṅ. Phil.); सङ्घातपरार्थत्वात् त्रिगुणादिविपर्ययादधिष्ठानात् Sāṅ. K.17. ˚वादिन् a. speaking for another; mediator, substitute. -अर्थिन् a. striving for the supreme good. (-र्थम् -र्थे) ind. for the sake of another. -अर्धम् 1 the other part (opp. पूर्वार्ध); the latter half; दिनस्य पूर्वार्धपरार्धभिन्ना छायेव मैत्री खलसज्जनानाम् Bh.2.6. -2 a particular high number; i. e. 1,,,,,; एकत्वादिपरार्धपर्यन्ता संख्या T. S. -अर्धक a. One half of anything. -अर्ध्य a. 1 being on the farther side or half. -2 most distant in number; हेमन्तो वसन्तात् परार्ध्यः Śat. Br. -3 most excellent, best, most exalted, highly esteemed, highest, supreme; R.3.27;8.27;1.64;16;39; आबद्धप्रचुरपरार्ध्यकिंकिणीकः Śi.8.45. -4 most costly; Śi.4.11; श्रियं परार्ध्यां विदधद् विधातृभिः Bu. Ch.1.1. -5 most beautiful or lovely, finest; R.6.4; परस्परस्पर्धिपरार्ध्यरूपाः पौरस्त्रियो यत्र विधाय वेधाः Śi.3.58. -6 Divine: असावाटीत् सङ्ख्ये परार्ध्यवत् Bk.9.64. (-र्ध्यम्) 1 a maximum. -2 an infinite number. -अवर a. 1 far and near; परावराणां स्रष्टारं पुराणं परमव्ययम् Mb.1.1.23. -2 earlier and later. -3 prior and posterior or subsequent. -4 higher and lower. -5 traditional; पुनाति पङ्क्तिं वंश्यांश्च सप्त सप्त परावरान् Ms.1. 15. -6 all-including; परावरज्ञो$सि परावरस्त्वम् Mb.3.232. 18. (-रा) descendants. (-रम्) 1 cause and effect. -2 the whole extent of an idea. -3 the universe. -4 totality. ˚ज्ञ, ˚दृश् a. knowing both the past and the future; परावरज्ञो ब्रह्मर्षिः Mb.1.6.5. -अवसथ- शायिन् a. sleeping in another's house; H.1.12. -अहः the next day. -अह्णः the afternoon, the latter part of the day. -आगमः attack of an enemy. -आचित a. fostered or brought up by another. (-तः) a slave. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit. -आयत्त a. 1 dependent on another, subject, subservient; परायत्तः प्रीतेः कथमिव रसं वेत्तु पुरुषः Mu.3.4. -2 Wholly subdued or overwhelmed by. -आयुस् m. an epithet of Brahman; नाहं परायुर्ऋषयो न मरीचिमुख्या जानन्ति यद्विरचितं खलु सत्त्वसर्गाः Bhāg.8.1.12. -आविद्धः 1 an epithet of Kubera. -2 of Viṣṇu. -आश्रय a. dependent upon another. (-यः) 1 dependence upon another. -2 the retreat of enemies. (-या) a plant growing on another tree. -आसङ्गः dependence upon another. -आस्कन्दिन् m. a thief, robber. -इतर a. 1 other than inimical; i. e. friendly, kind. -2 one's own; विधाय रक्षान् परितः परेतरान् Ki.1.14. -ईशः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -इष्टिः N. of Brahman. -इष्टुका a cow which has often calved. -उत्कर्षः another's prosperity. -उद्वहः the Indian cuckoo. -उपकारः doing good to others, benevolence, beneficence, charity; परोपकारः पुण्याय पापाय परपीडनम्. -उपकारिन् a. benevolent, kind to others. -उपजापः causing dissension among enemies; परोपजापात् संरक्षेत् प्रधानान् क्षुद्रकान् अपि Kau. A.1.13. -उपदेशः advising others; परोपदेशे पाण्डित्यम्. -उपरुद्ध a. besieged by an enemy. -उपसर्पणम् approaching another; begging. -ऊढा another's wife. -एधित a. fostered or brought up by another. (-तः) 1 a servant. -2 the (Indian) cuckoo. -कर्मन् n. service for another. ˚निरतः a servant. -कलत्रम् another's wife. ˚अभिगमनम् adultery; वरं क्लैब्यं पुसां न च परकलत्राभिगमनम् H.1.116. -कायप्रवेशनम् entering another's body (a supernatural art). -कारः The deeds of the enemy; राज्ञः समीपे परकारमाह प्रज्ञापनैषा विबि- धोपदिष्टा Kau. A.2.1. -कार्यम् another's business or work. ˚निरतः 1 a benevolent man. -2 a slave, servant. -काल a. relating to a later time, mentioned later. -कृतिः an example or precedent, a passage descriptive of the doings of men; MS.6.7.26. -क्रमः doubling the second letter of a conjunction of consonants. -क्रान्तिः f. inclination of the ecliptic. -क्षेत्रम् 1 another's body. -2 another's field; ये$क्षेत्रिणो बीजवन्तः परक्षेत्रप्रवापिणः । ते वै सस्यस्य जातस्य न लभन्ते फलं क्वचित् ॥ Ms.9.49. -3 another's wife; तौ तु जातौ परक्षेत्रे Ms.3.175. -गामिन् a. 1 being with another. -2 relating to another. -3 beneficial to another. -गुण a. beneficial to another. (-णः) the virtue of another; परगुणपरमाणून् पर्वतीकृत्य नित्यम् Bh.2.78. -ग्रन्थिः joint (as of a finger); an articulation. -ग्लानिः f. subjugation of an enemy; आत्मोदयः परग्लानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयती Śi.2.3. -चक्रम् 1 the army of an enemy. -2 invasion by an enemy, one of the six itis q. v. -3 a hostile prince. -छन्द a. dependent. (-दः) 1 the will of another. -2 dependence. ˚अनुवर्तनम् following the will of another. -छिद्रम् a weak or vulnerable point of another, a defect in another. -ज a. 1 stranger. -2 coming from a foe. -3 inferior. -जनः a stranger (opp. स्वजन); शक्तः परजने दाता Ms.11.9. -जन्मन् n. a future birth. -जात a. 1 born of another. -2 dependent on another for livelihood. (-तः) a servant. -जित a. 1 conquered by another. -2 maintained by another. (-तः) the (Indian) cuckoo. -तन्त्र a. dependent on another, dependent, subservient. -तन्त्रम् (a common group of) subsidiaries belonging to another; जैमिनेः परतन्त्रापत्तेः स्वतन्त्रप्रतिषेधः स्यात् MS.12.1.8. (see तन्त्रम्). -तर्ककः a suppliant, beggar; Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica, 274, Fascicule 1, p.15; also परतर्कुक. -तल्पगामिन् m. One who approaches another man's wife. -तार्थिकः The adherent of another sect. -दाराः m. (pl.) another's wife; ˚अभिगमनम्, ˚अभिमर्षः Adultery. -दारिन् m. an adulterer. -दुःखम् the sorrow or grief of another; विरलः परदुःखदुःखितो जनः; महदपि परदुःखं शीतलं सम्यगाहुः V.4.13. -देवता the Supreme Being. -देशः a hostile or foreign country. -देशिन् m. a foreigner. -द्रोहिन्, -द्वेषिन् a. hating others, hostile, inimical. -धनम् another's property. -धर्मः 1 the religion of another; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35. -2 another's duty or business. -3 the duties of another caste; परधर्मेण जीवन् हि सद्यः पतति जातितः Ms.1.97. -ध्यानम् absolute meditation or contemplation; ध्येये मनो निश्चलतां याति ध्येयं विचिन्तयत् । यत् तद् ध्यानं परं प्रोक्तं मुनिभिर्ध्यानचिन्तकैः ॥ Garuḍa P. -निपातः the irregular posteriority of a word in a compound; i. e. भूतपूर्वः where the sense is पूर्वं भूतः; so राजदन्तः, अग्न्याहितः &c. -निर्वाणम् the highest निर्वाण; (Buddh.). -पक्षः the side or party of an enemy. -पदम् 1 the highest position, eminence. -2 final beatitude. -परिग्रह a. see पराधीन; स्ववीर्यविजये युक्ता नैते पर- परिग्रहाः Mb.7.144.22. -हः another's property (as wife &c); यथा बीजं न वप्तव्यं पुंसा परपरिग्रहे Ms.9.42-3. -परिभवः humiliation or injury suffered from others. -पाकनिवृत्त a. One who does not depend on others for his sustenance and performs the पञ्चयज्ञs faultlessly and takes food in his own house. -पाकरत a. one who depends upon others for his sustenance but performs the usual ceremonies before cooking; पञ्चयज्ञान् स्वयं कृत्वा परान्नमुपजीवति । सततं प्रातरुत्थाय परपाकरतस्तु सः ॥ -पाकरुचिः having a liking for others' food; परपाकरुचिर्न स्यादनिन्द्या- मन्त्रणादृते Y.1.112. -पिण्डः another's food, food given by another. ˚अद् a., ˚भक्षक a. one who eats another's food or one who feeds at the cost of another; यादृशो$हं परपिण्डभक्षको भूतः Mk.8.25/26; (-m.) a servant. ˚रत a. feeding upon another's food; परपिण्डरता मनुष्याः Bh. -पुरञ्जयः a conqueror, hero. -पुरुषः 1 another man, a stranger. -2 the Supreme Spirit, Viṣṇu. -3 the husband of another woman. -पुष्ट a. 1 fed or nourished by another. -2 Stranger. (-ष्टः) the (Indian) cuckoo. ˚महोत्सवः the mango tree. -पुष्टा 1 the (Indian) cuckoo. -2 a parasitical plant. -3 a harlot, prostitute. -पूर्वा a woman who has or had a former husband; Ms.3.166; पतिं हित्वा$पकृष्टं स्वमुत्कृष्टं या निषेवते । निन्द्यैव सा भवेल्लोके परपूर्वेति चोच्यते Ms.5.163. -प्रतिनप्तृ m. son of the great grand son. -प्रपौत्रः (see प्रतिनप्तृ). -प्रेष्यः a servant, menial, slave. -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit; cf. लीने परे ब्रह्मणि Bh. परे ब्रह्मणि को$पि न लग्नः Śaṅkara (चर्पटपञ्जरिका 7). -भागः 1 another's share. -2 superior merit. -3 good fortune, prosperity. -4 (a) excellence, superority, supremacy; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत् पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33;5.34. (b) excess, abundance, height; स्थलकमलगञ्जनं मम हृदय- रञ्जनम् जनितरतिरङ्गपरभागम् Gīt.1; आभाति लब्धपरभागतया- धरोष्ठे R.5.7; Ku.7.17; Ki.5.3;8.42; Śi.7.33; 8.51;1.86;12.15. -5 the last part, remainder. -भाव a. loving another. -भावः the being second member in a compound. -भाषा a foreign tongue. -भुक्त a. enjoyed or used by another; परभुक्तां च कान्तां च यो भुङ्क्ते स नराधमः । स पच्यते कालसूत्रे यावच्चन्द्रदिवाकरौ ॥ Brav. P. -भूत a. following, subsequent (as words). -भृत् m. a crow (said to nourish the cuckoo). -भृत a. nourished by another. -भृतः, -ता the (Indian) cuckoo; (so called because she is nourished by another i. e. by a crow); प्रागन्तरिक्षगमनात्- स्वमपत्यजातमन्यैर्द्विजैः परभृताः खलु पोषयन्ति Ś.5.22; Ku.6.2; R.9.43; Ś.4.1. -भतम् 1 another's opinion. -2 different opinion or doctrine; heterodoxy. -मर्मज्ञ a. knowing the secrets of another. -मृत्युः a crow. -रमणः a married woman's gallant or paramour; स्वाधीने पररमणे धन्यास्तारुण्यफलभाजः Pt.1.18. -लोकः the next (or furture) world; परलोकनवप्रवासिनः प्रतिपत्स्ये पदवीमहं तव Ku. 4.1. ˚गमः, ˚यानम् death. ˚विधि funeral rites; परलोक- विधौ च माधव स्मरमुद्दिश्य (निबपेः सहकारमञ्जरीः) Ku.4.38. -वश, -वश्य a. subject to another, dependent, dependent on others; सर्वं परवशं दुःखं सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम्. -वाच्यम् a fault or a defect of another; प्रकटान्यपि नैपुणं महत् परवाच्यानि चिराय गोपितुम् Śi.16.3. -वाणिः 1 a judge. -2 a year. -3 N. of the peacock of Kārtikeya. -वादः 1 rumour, report. -2 Objection, controversy. -वादिन् m. a disputant, controversialist. -वेश्मन् n. the abode of the Supreme Being. -व्रतः an epithet of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -शब्दः a word expressive of something else; परशब्दस्य परत्र वृत्तौ तद्वद् भावो गम्यते ŚB. on MS.7.2.1. -श्वस् ind. the day after tomorrow. -संगत a. 1 associated with another. -2 fighting with another. -संज्ञकः the soul. -सवर्ण a. homogeneous with a following letter (in gram.). -सात् ind. into the hands of another. ˚कृता a woman given in marriage. -सेवा service of another. -स्त्री another's wife. -स्वम् another's property; व्यावृता यत् परस्वेभ्यः श्रुतौ तस्करता स्थिता R.1.27; Ms.7.123. ˚हरणम् seizing another's property. -हन् a. killing enemies. -हित a. 1 benevolent. -2 profitable to another. -तम् the welfare of another; सन्तः स्वयं परहिताभिहिताभियोगाः Bh.
paraśuḥ परशुः [परं-शृणाति, शॄ-कु डिच्च; cf. Uṇ.1.34.] 1 An axe, a hatchet, a battle-axe; तर्जितः परशुधारया मम R.11.78. -2 A weapon in general. -3 A thunderbolt. -Comp. -धरः 1 an epithet of Paraśurāma. -2 of Gaṇeśa. -3 a soldier armed with an axe. -मुद्रा a kind of pose in Tantraśāstra. -रामः 'Rāma with the axe', N. of a celebrated Brāhmaṇa warrior, son of Jamadagni and the sixth incarnation of Viṣṇu. [While young he cut off with his axe the head of his mother Reṇukā at the command of his father when none of his other brothers was willing to do so; (see जमदग्नि). Some time after this, king Kārtavīrya went to the hermitage of his father, and carried off his cow. But Paraśurāma, when he returned home, fought with the king and killed him. When his sons heard this they became very angry, and repaired to the hermitage, and on finding Jamadagni alone, they shot him dead. When Paraśurāma, who was not then also at home, returned, he became very much exasperated, and made the dreadful vow of exterminating the whole Kṣatriya race. He succeeded in fulfilling this vow, and is said to have 'rid the earth thrice seven times of the royal race'. He was afterwards, destroyer of the Kśatriyas as he was, defeated by Rāma, son of Daśaratha, though quite a boy of sixteen (see R.11.68- 91). He is said to have at one time pierced through the Krauñcha mountain, being jealous of the might of Kārtikeya; cf. Me.57. He is one of the seven chirajivins and is believed to be still practising penance on the Mahendra mountain; cf. Gīt 1. :-- क्षत्रियरुधिरमये जगदपगतपापं स्नपयसि पयसि शामतभवतापम् । केशव धृतभृगुपतिरूप जय जगदीश हरे ।]. -वनम् N. of a certain part of hell.
paricchedaḥ परिच्छेदः 1 Cutting, separating, dividing, discriminating (between right and wrong). -2 Accurate, definition or distinction, decision, accurate determination, ascertainment; परिच्छेदव्यक्तिर्भवति न पुरःस्थे$पि विषये Māl.1.31; परिच्छेदातीतः सकलवचनानामविषयः 1.3 'transcending all definition or determination'; इत्यारूढबहुप्रतर्कम- परिच्छेदाकुलं मे मनः Ś.5.9. -3 Discrimination, judgment, discernment; परिच्छेदो हि पाण्डित्यं यदापन्ना विपत्तयः । अपरि- च्छेदकर्तॄणां विपदः स्युः पदे पदे H.1.128; किं पाण्डित्यं परिच्छेदः 1.127. -4 A limit, boundary, setting limits to, circumscribing; अलमलं परिच्छेदेन M.2. -5 A section, chapter or division of a work (for the other names for section &c. see under अध्याय). -6 A segment. -7 Remedying. -8 A measure.
paricchedanam परिच्छेदनम् 1 Discriminating. -2 Dividing. -3 A division of a book.
pariṇatiḥ परिणतिः f. 1 Bending or stooping down, bowing. -2 Ripeness, maturity, development; कृशपरिणति चेतः Mahimna 31; प्रभुत्वस्योत्कर्षात् परिणतिविशुद्धेश्च तपसामसौ दृष्टः सत्त्वं प्रबलयति Mv.2.15. -3 Change, transformation, transmutation. -4 Fulfilment. -5 Result, consequence, issue; परिणतिरवधार्या यत्नतः पण्डितेन Bh.2.99;1.2;3.17; Mv.6.28; विधौ वामारम्भे मम समुचितैषा परिणतिः Māl.4.4. -6 End, conclusion, close, termination; परिणतिरमणीयाः प्रीतयस्त्वद्विधानाम् Māl.6.7,16; Śi.11.1. -7 Close of life, old age; सेवाकारा परिणतिरभूत् V.3.1; अभवद्गतः परिणतिं शिथिलः परिमन्दसूर्यनयनो दिवसः Śi.9.3. (where प˚ means 'end or conclusion' also). -8 Digestion (of food).
pari परि (री) णामः 1 Alteration, change, transformation. -2 Digestion; अन्नं न सम्यक् परिणाममेति Suśr.; भुक्तस्य परिणामहेतुरौदर्यम् T.S.; Pt.4.22. -3 Result, consequence, issue, effect; अप्रियस्यापि पथ्यस्य परिणामः सुखावहः H.2.124; Mk.3.1; परिणामसुखे गरीयसि (वचसि औषधे च) Ki.2.4; Bg.18.37,38. -4 Ripening, maturity, full development; उपैति शस्यं परिणामरम्यताम् Ki.4.22; फलभर- परिणामश्यामजम्बू &c. U.2.2; Māl.9.24. -5 End, termination, conclusion, close, decline; दिवसाः परिणामरमणीयाः Ś.1.3; वयःपरिणामपाण्डुरशिरसम् K.1; परिणाममुपैति दिवसः K.254 'the day is drawing to a close'. -6 Old age; परिणामे हि दिलीपवंशजाः R.8.11. -7 Lapse (of time). -8 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech allied to रूपक, by which the properties of any object are transferred to that with which it is compared. (The Chandrāloka thus defines and illustrates it:-- परिणामः क्रियार्थश्चेद्विषयी विषयात्मना । प्रसन्नेन दृगब्जेन वीक्षते मदिरेक्षणा ॥ 5.18; see R. G. also under परिणाम). -Comp. -जम् Violent or painful indigestion (see शूलम् below). -दर्शिन् a. prudent, fore-sighted. -दृष्टि a. prudent. (-ष्टिः f.) prudence, providence. -पथ्य a. salutary in the end. -मुख a. about to terminate. -वादः the S&amacrṅkhya doctrine of evolution. -शूलम् violent or painful indigestion, colic, flatulence with pain.
parivitarkaḥ परिवितर्कः 1 Any thought. -2 Examination; Buddh.
parivṛttiḥ परिवृत्तिः f. 1 Revolution; अभजत परिवृत्तिं साथ पर्यस्त- हस्ता Śi.1.91. -2 Return; turning back. -3 Barter, exchange. -4 End, termination. -5 Surrounding. -6 Staying or dwelling in a place. -7 Contraction of the prepuce. -8 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech in which there is an exchange of a thing for what is equal, less or greater; परिवृत्तिर्विनिमयो यो$र्थानां स्यात् समासमैः K. P.1; e. q. दत्त्वा कटाक्षमेणाक्षी जग्राह हृदयं मम । मया तु हृदयं दत्त्वा गृहीतो मदनज्वरः ॥ S. D.734. -9 Substitution of one word for another without affecting the sense; as in; शब्दपरिवृत्तिसहत्वम् K. P.1; e. g. in वृषध्वज, ध्वज may be substituted by लाञ्छन or वाहन.
pari परि (री) शेषः 1 Remainder, remnant, elimination; परिशेषादत्रैवर्णिको रथकारः ŚB. on MS.6.1.44. -2 Supplement. -3 Termination, conclusion, completion. -4 End, destruction (शेषः सङ्कर्षणे वधे Medinī.); कुलप्रसूनं परिशेषभागि Bu. Ch.1.72. परिशेषेण ind. 1 With the residue. -2 Completely, in full. परिशेषात् ind. Consequently.
parīkṣā परीक्षा 1 Examination, test, trial; पत्तने विद्यमाने$पि ग्रामे रत्नपरीक्षा M.1; Ms.9.19. -2 Trial by various kinds of ordeals (in law).
paryanta पर्यन्त a. 1 Bounded by, extending as far as; समुद्र- पर्यन्ता पृथ्वी 'the oceanbounded earth'. -2 Adjoining, neighbouring; स वै विषयपर्यन्ते तव राजन् महातपाः Rām.7. 74.26. -तः 1 Circuit, circumference. -2 Skirt, edge, border, extremity, boundary; क्षुरपर्यन्तं (चक्रम्) Mb.1. 33.2; उटजपर्यन्तचारिणी Ś.4; पर्यन्तवनम् R.13.38; Ṛs.3.3. -3 Side, flank; पर्यन्ताश्रयिभिर्निजस्य सदृशं नाम्नः किरातैः कृतम् Ratn.2.3; R.18.43. -4 End, conclusion, termination; सहस्रयुगपर्यन्तमहर्यद्ब्रह्मणो विदुः Bg.8.17; यदादिमध्यपर्यन्तम् Mb 14.44.1; लभ्यन्ते भूमिपर्यन्तः Pt.1.125. -Comp. -देशः, -भूः, -भूमिः f. an adjoining district or region. -पर्वतः an adjoining hill. -स्थित a. limitative, confining.
paryavadhāraṇam पर्यवधारणम् Precise determination.
paryavaśeṣaḥ पर्यवशेषः End, termination.
paryavasānam पर्यवसानम् 1 End, termination, conclusion. -2 Determination, ascertainment.
paryāsaḥ पर्यासः 1 End, conclusion, termination; पर्यास इति चान्ताख्या MS.5.3.8. -2 Rotation, revolution. -3 Inverted order or position. -4 Killing. -5 Falling down.
pṛthak पृथक् ind. 1 Severally, separately, singly; शङ्खान् दध्मुः पृथक् पृथक् Bg.1.18; Ms.3.26;7.57. -2 Different, separate, distinct; सांख्ययोगौ पृथग् बालाः प्रवदन्ति न पण्डिताः Bg.5.4;13.4; अवतीर्णो$सि भगवन् स्वेच्छोपात्तपृथग्वपुः Bhāg. 11.11.28; रचिता पृथगर्थता गिराम् Ki.2.27. -3 Apart, aside, alone; इति च भवतो जायास्नेहात् पृथक्स्थितिभीरुता V. 4.39. -4 Apart from, except, with the exception of, without; (with acc., instr., or abl.); पृथग् रामेण-रामात्- रामं वा Sk.; Bk.8.19. (पृथक् कृ 1 to separate, divide, sever, analyse. -2 to keep off, avert.) -Comp. -आत्मता 1 severalty, separateness. -2 distinction, difference. -3 discrimination, judgment. -आत्मन् a. distinct, separate. -m. the individual spirit or soul (जीवात्मा); (opp. to universal spirit or soul); Mb.13. 12.8; Bhāg.8.24.3. -आत्मिका individual existence, individuality. -करणम्, -क्रिया 1 separating, distinguishing. -2 analysing. -कार्यम् a separate or private affair; तेषां ग्राम्याणि कार्याणि पृथक् कार्याणि चैव हि Ms. 7.12. -कुल a. belonging to a different family. -क्षेत्राः m. (pl.) children of one father by different wives, or by wives of different classes. -चर a. going alone or separately. -जनः 1 a low man, an unenlightened, vulgar man, the mob, low people; न पृथग्- जनवच्छुचो वशं वशिनामुत्तम गन्तुमर्हसि R.8.9; Ki.1.4.24. -2 a fool, a block-head, an ignorant man; विविनक्ति न बुद्धिदुर्विधः स्वयमेव स्वहितं पृथग्जनः Śi.16.39. -3 a wicked man, sinner. -धर्मिन् a. one holding 'dual' (द्वैत) doctrine; Mb.12.232.33. -पर्णी N. of a plant, Hemionitis Cordifolia (Mar. पिठवण). -पिण्डः a distant relation who offers the funeral rice-ball separately and not together with other relations; Ms.5.78. -बीजः the marking-nut (Mar. बिब्बा). -भावः separateness, individuality; (so पृथक्त्वम्). -योगकरणम् the separation of a grammatical rule into two. -रूपः a. of different shapes or kinds. -विध a. of different kinds, diverse, various. -शय्या sleeping apart. -स्थितिः f. separate existence.
potāyitam पोतायितम् p. p. of the denominative of पोत; an elephant's roar produced with the lips and (or) soft palate; तत् पोतायितमोष्ठतालुजनितम् Mātaṅga L.2.13.
prakāśaka प्रकाशक a. (-शिका f.) 1 Illuminating, giving light. -2 Making apparent, discovering, disclosing, evincing, betraying, displaying. -3 Expressing, indicating. -4 Explaining, making clear, expounding. -5 Bright; shining, brilliant. -6 Noted, celebrated, renowned. -कः 1 The sun. -2 A discoverer. -3 An expounder. -4 A publisher. -Comp. -ज्ञातृ m. a cock.
prakāśana प्रकाशन a. Illuminating, making known &c. -नम् 1 Making known or manifest, bringing to light, disclosing. -2 Displaying, manifesting. -3 Illuminating, giving light, irradiating, making bright. -4 Announcement, declaration. -नः N. of Viṣṇu. -ना Explaining, teaching.
prakṛtiḥ प्रकृतिः f. 1 The natural condition or state of anything, nature, natural form (opp. विकृति which is a change or effect); तं तं नियममास्थाय प्रकृत्या नियताः स्वया Bg. 7.2. प्रकृत्या यद्वक्रम् Ś1.9; उष्णत्वमग्न्यातपसंप्रयोगात् शैत्यं हि यत् सा प्रकृतिर्जलस्य R.5.54; मरणं प्रकृतिः शरीरिणां विकृति- र्जीवितमुच्यते बुधैः R.8.87; U.7.19; अपेहि रे अत्रभवान् प्रकृतिमापन्नः Ś.2. 'has resumed his wonted nature'; प्रकृतिम् आपद् or प्रतिपद् or प्रकृतौ स्था 'to come to one's senses', 'regain one's consciousness.' -2 Natural disposition, temper, temperament, nature, constitution; प्रकृतिः खलु सा महीयसः सहते नान्यसमुन्नतिं यया Ki.2.21; कथं गत एव आत्मनः प्रकृतिम् Ś.7. 'natural character'; अपश्यत् पाण्डवश्रेष्ठो हर्षेण प्रकृतिं गतः Mb.39.66 (com. प्रकृतिं स्वास्थ्यम्); so प्रकृतिकृपण, प्रकृतिसिद्ध; see below. -3 Make, form, figure; महानुभावप्रकृतिः Māl.1. -4 Extraction, descent; गोपालप्रकृतिरार्यको$स्मि Mk.7. -5 Origin, source, original or material cause, the material of which anything is made; नार्थानां प्रकृतिं वेत्सि Mb.4.49.1; प्रकृतिश्चोपादानकारणं च ब्रह्माभ्युपगन्तव्यम् Ś. B. (see the full discussion on Br. Sūt.1.4.23); यामाहुः सर्वभूतप्रकृतिरिति Ś.1.1; Bhāg.4.28.24. -6 (In Sāṅ. phil.) Nature (as distinguished from पुरुष,) the original source of the material world, consisting of the three essential qualities सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. It is also mentioned as one of the four contentments; प्रकृत्युपादानकालभागाख्याः Sāṅ. K.5. -7 (In gram.) The radical or crude form of a word to which case-terminations and other affixes are applied; प्रकृतिप्रत्यययोरिवानुबन्धः Ki.13.19. -8 A model, pattern, standard, (especially in ritualistic works); Bhāg.5.7.5. -9 A woman. -1 The personified will of the Supreme Spirit in the creation (identified with माया or illusion); मयाध्यक्षेण प्रकृतिः सूयते सचराचरम् Bg.9.1. -11 The male or female organ of generation. -12 A mother. -13 (In arith.) A coefficient, or multiplier. -14 (In anatomy) Temperament of the humours; प्रकृतिं यान्ति भूतानि निग्रहः किं करिष्यति Bg.3.33. -15 An animal. -16 An artisan. -17 The Supreme Being; न ह्यस्ति सर्वभूतेषु दुःख- मस्मिन् कुतः सुखम् । एवं प्रकृतिभूतानां सर्वसंसर्गयायिनाम् ॥ Mb.12. 152.16. -18 Eight forms of the Supreme Being; भूमि- रापो$नलो वायुः खं मनो बुद्धिरेव च । अहंकार इतीयं मे भिन्ना प्रकृति- रष्टधा ॥ Bg.7.4. -19 The way of life (जीवन); सतां वै ददतो$न्नं च लोके$स्मिन् प्रकृतिर्ध्रुवा Mb.12.18.27. (pl.) 1 A king's ministers, the body of ministers or counsellors, ministry; अथानाथाः प्रकृतयो मातृबन्धुनिवासिनम् R.12.12; Pt.1.48; अशुद्धप्रकृतौ राज्ञि जनता नानुरज्यते 31. -2 The subjects (of a king); प्रवर्ततां प्रकृतिहिताय पार्थिवः Ś.7.35; नृपतिः प्रकृतीरवेक्षितुम् R.8.18,1. -3 The constituent elements of the state (सप्ताङ्गानि), i. e. 1 the king; -2 the minister; -3 the allies; -4 treasure; -5 army; -6 territory; -7 fortresses &c.; and the corporations of citizens (which is sometimes added to the 7); स्वाम्यमात्य- सुहृत्कोशराष्ट्रदुर्गबलानि च Ak. -4 The various sovereigns to be considered in case of war; (for full explanation see Kull. on Ms.7.155 and 157). -5 The eight primary elements out of which everything else is evolved according to the Sāṅkhyas; see Sāṅ. K.3. -6 The five primary elements of creations (पञ्चमहाभूतानि) i. e. पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश; प्रकृतिं ते भजिष्यन्ति नष्टप्रकृतयो मयि Mb.5.73.17. -Comp. -अमित्रः an ordinary foe; प्रकृत्यमित्रानुत्थाप्य Dk.2.4. -ईशः a king or magistrate. -कल्याण a. beautiful by nature. -कृपण a. naturally slow or unable to discern; Me.5. -गुणः one of the three constituent qualities of nature; see गुण. -ज a. innate, inborn, natural. -तरल a. fickle by nature, naturally inconsistent; प्रकृतितरले का नः पीडा गते हतजीविते Amaru.3. -पाठः a list of verbal roots (धातुपाठ). -पुरुषः a minister, a functionary (of the state); जानामि त्वां प्रकृतिपुरुषं कामरूपं मघोनः Me.6. -2 a standard or model of a man. -षौ nature and spirit. -भाव a. natural, usual. (-वः) natural or original state. -भोजनम् usual food. -मण्डलम् the whole territory of kingdom; अधिगतं विधिवद्यदपालयत् प्रकृतिमण्डलमात्म- कुलोचितम् R.9.2. -लयः absorption into the Prakṛiti, dissolution of the universe. -विकृतिः mutation of the original form. -श्रैष्ठ्यम् superiority of origin; Ms. 1.3. -सिद्ध a. inborn, innate, natural; सुजनबन्धुजने- ष्वसहिष्णुता प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि दुरात्मनाम् Bh.2.52. -सुभग a. naturally lovely or agreeable. -स्थ a. 1 being in the natural state or condition, natural, genuine; दृष्ट्वा चाप्रकृतिस्थां ताम् Rām.7.58.17. -2 inherent, innate, incidental to nature; रघुरप्यजयद् गुणत्रयं प्रकृतिस्थं समलोष्ट- काञ्चनः R.8.21. -3 healthy, in good health. -4 recovered. -5 come to oneself. -6 stripped of everything, bare.
pragṛhyam प्रगृह्यम् 1 A vowel which is not liable to the rules of Sandhi or euphony and which is allowed to be written and pronounced separately; ईदूदेद्द्विवचनं प्रगृह्यम् P.I.1.11 (i. e. the final ई, ऊ and ए of the dual terminations of a word or any grammatical form). -2 Remembrance. -3 A sentence.
prajñā प्रज्ञा 1 Intelligence, understanding, intellect, wisdom; आकारसदृशप्रज्ञः प्रज्ञया सदृशागमः R.1.15; नाभिनन्दति न द्वेष्टि तस्य प्रज्ञा प्रतिष्ठिता Bg.2.57; शस्त्रं निहन्ति पुरुषस्य शरीरमेकं प्रज्ञा कुलं च विभवं यशश्च हन्ति ॥ Subhāṣ. -2 Discernment, discrimination, judgment; इयं निष्ठा बहुविधा प्रज्ञया त्वध्यवस्यति Mb.14.3.24. -3 Device or design. -4 A wise or learned woman. -5 Longing for (वासना); impression (संस्कार); तं विद्याकर्मणि समन्वारभेते पूर्वप्रज्ञा च Bṛi. Up.4.4.2. -6 N. of the goddess Sarasvatī. -7 A particular Śakti or energy. -8 A true or transcendental wisdom; Buddh. -Comp. -अस्त्रम् a missile, weapon; ततः प्रज्ञास्त्रमादाय मोहनास्त्रं व्यनाशयत् Mb.6.77.53. -घनः nothing but intelligence; Bhāg. -चक्षुस्, -नयन a. blind; (lit. having understanding as the only eyes); ततो ज्ञास्यसि मां सौते प्रज्ञाचक्षुष- मित्युत Mb.1.1.149; Bhāg.1.13.28; Manodūta 115; N.12.16. (-m.) an epithet of Dhṛitarāṣṭra; Mb.3. 7.24; Kāvyamālā, Part.13. (-n.) the mind's eye, mental eye, the mind; M.1. -पारमिता one of the transcendent virtues; Buddh. -मात्रा an organ of sense. -वादः a wise saying; अशोच्यानन्वशोचस्त्वं प्रज्ञावादांश्च भाषसे Bg.2.11. -वृद्ध a. old in wisdom. -सहाय a. intelligent, wise. -हीन a. void of wisdom, silly, foolish.
pratipattiḥ प्रतिपत्तिः f. 1 Getting; acquirement, gain; चन्द्रलोक- प्रतिपत्तिः; स्वर्ग˚ &c. -2 Perception, observation, consciousness, (right) knowledge; वागर्थप्रतिपत्तये R.1.1; तयोरभेदप्रतिपत्तिरस्ति मे Bh.3.99; गुणिनामपि निजरूपप्रतिपत्तिः परत एव संभवति Vās. -3 Assent, compliance, acceptance; प्रतिपत्तिपराङ्मुखी Bk.8.95 'averse from compliance, unyielding'. -4 Admission, acknowledgment. -5 Assertion, statement. -6 Undertaking, beginning, commencement. -7 Action, proceeding, course of action, procedure; वयस्य का प्रतिपत्तिरत्र M.4; Ku.5.42; विषाद- लुप्तप्रतिपत्तिविस्मितं सैन्यम् R.3.4 'which did not know what course of action to follow through dismay'. -8 Performance, doing, proceeding with; प्रस्तुतप्रतिपत्तये R.15.75. -9 Resolution, determination; कैकेय्याः प्रतिपत्तिर्हि कथं स्यान्मम वेदने Rām.2.22.16; व्यवसायः प्रतिपत्तिनिष्ठुरः R.8.65. -1 News, intelligence; कर्मसिद्धावाशु प्रतिपत्तिमानय Mu.4; Ś.6. -11 Honour, respect, mark of distinction, respectful behaviour; सामान्यप्रतिपत्तिपूर्वकमियं दारेषु दृश्या त्वया Ś.4.17;7.1; R.14.22;15.12; तत् कस्मादेतस्मिन् महानुभावे प्रतिपत्तिमूढा तिष्ठसि Nāg.1; यत्स महानुभावो वाङ्मात्रेणापि अकृतप्रतिपत्तिः अदक्षिणेति मां संभावयिष्यति Nāg.2. -12 A method, means. -13 Intellect, intelligence. -14 Use, application. -15 Promotion, preferment, exaltation. -16 Fame, renown, reputation. -17 Boldness, assurance, confidence. -18 Conviction, proof. -19 A rite from which no advantage accrues. -2 The concluding portion of an action. (In Daṇḍaviveka, G. O. S.52, p.259, it means punishment of an offence.) -21 Disposing of a matter or a thing which has served the purpose of something else; यद् येन प्रयोजनेन सम्बद्ध- मुत्पद्यते तत् तदर्थमेव न्याय्यम् । तस्यान्यत्र गमने प्रतिपत्तिरित्येतदुपपद्यते ŚB. on MS.4.2.19. Also cf. यष हि न्यायो यदन्यत्र कृतार्थ- मन्यत्र प्रतिपाद्यत इति ŚB. on MS.4.2.22; cf. also प्रतिपत्तिश्च विविक्तकरणेन उपकरोति ŚB. on MS.6.4.3. Hence प्रतिपत्ति- कर्मन् means 'a mere disposal' (as opposed to अर्थकर्मन्); किं शाखाप्रहरणं प्रतिपत्तिकर्म उतार्थकर्मेति ŚB. on MS.4.2.1. -22 giving (दान); अपात्रे प्रतिपत्तिः; Mb.12.26.31; दानवारि- रसिकाय विभूतेर्वश्मि ते$स्मि सुतरां प्रतिपत्तिम् N.21.63. -23 Remedy (प्रतिविधान); प्रतिपत्तिं कां प्रत्यपद्यन्त मामकाः Mb.7.46. 3. -Comp. -दक्ष a. knowing how to act. -पटहः a kind of kettle drum. -पराङ्मुख a. obstinate, unyielding; Bk. -प्रदानम् Conferring promotion. -भेदः difference of view. -विशारद a. knowing how to act, skilful, clever; वायव्यमभिमन्त्र्याथ प्रतिपत्तिविशारदः Mb.1.227.16.
pratyakṣa प्रत्यक्ष a. [अक्ष्णःप्रति] 1 Perceptible (to the eye), visible; प्रत्यक्षाभिः प्रपन्नस्तनुभिरवतु वस्ताभिरष्टाभिरीशः Ś1.1. -2 Present, in sight, before the eye. -3 Cognizable by any organ of sense. -4 Distinct, evident, clear. -5 Direct, immediate. -6 Explicit, express. -7 Corporeal. -क्षम् 1 Perception, ocular evidence, apprehension by the senses, considered as a प्रमाण or mode of proof; इन्द्रियार्थसंनिकर्षजन्यं ज्ञानं प्रत्यक्षम् T. S. -2 Explicitness, distinctness. -3 Superintendence, care for; प्रत्यहं लोकयात्रायाः प्रत्यक्षं स्त्रीनिबन्धनम् Ms.9.27. -4 (In Rhet.) A kind of style descriptive of impressions derived from the senses. (The forms प्रत्यक्षम्, प्रत्यक्षेण, प्रत्यक्षतः, प्रत्यक्षात् are used adverbially in the sense of 1 Before, in the presence of, in the sight of. -2 Openly, publicly. -3 Directly, immediately. Hence; प्रत्यक्षतोदृष्टसम्बन्धम् is a variety of अनुमान where the connection between the लिङ्ग and the लिङ्गिन् or साध्य is directly perceived; प्रत्यक्षतो दृष्टसम्बन्धं यथा धूमाकृतिदर्शनादग्न्याकृतिविज्ञानम् ŚB. on MS.1. 1.5. -4 Personally. -5 At sight. -6 Explicitly. -7 Distinctly, clearly. -8 Literally. So प्रत्यक्षे in the sight of, before the eyes of.) -Comp. -करणम् one's own perception. -कृता (i. e. ऋक्) a hymn in which s deity is directly addressed. -ज्ञान्म् ocular evidence, knowledge obtained by direct perception. -दर्शनम् ocular evidence, direct proof. -दर्शनः, -दर्शिन् m. an eyewitness. -दृष्ट a. personally seen. -पर a. setting the highest value on the visible. -परीक्षणम् personal examination, real observation. -प्रमा correct or certain knowledge, such as is obtained by direct perception through the senses. -प्रमाणम् 1 ocular proof, evidence of the senses. -2 an organ of perception. -फल a. having evident or visible consequences. -भूत a. manifested, appeared personally. -भोगः enjoyment of anything with the knowledge of the owner. -वादिन् m. a Buddhist who admits no other evidence than ocular proof or perception. -विधानम् an express injunction. -विषयीभू to move only within the range of sight. -विहित a. directly or explicitly enjoined. -वृत्तिः composed clearly or intelligibly (as a word). -सिद्ध a. determined by ocular proof. प्रत्यक्षता pratyakṣatā त्वम् tvam प्रत्यक्षता त्वम् 1 Perceptibility, ocular proof. -2 Standing face to face. -3 Explicitness. -4 (In phil.) ...... तत्तदिन्द्रिययोग्यवर्तमानविषयावच्छिन्नचैतन्याभिन्नत्वं तत्तदाकार- वृत्त्यवच्छिन्नज्ञानस्य तत्तदंशे प्रत्यक्षत्वम् Vedānta P.
pratyayaḥ प्रत्ययः 1 Conviction, settled belief; मूढः परप्रत्ययनेयबुद्धिः; M.1.2; संजातप्रत्ययः Pt.4. -2 Trust, reliance, faith, confidence; रक्षन् प्रत्ययमात्मनः Rām.3.9.19; बलवदपि शिक्षितानामात्मन्यप्रत्ययं चेतः Ś.1.2; Ku.6.2; Śi.18.63; Bh.3.6; प्रत्ययार्थं हि लोकानामेवमेव मया कृतम् Abhiṣeka. 6.29. -3 Conception, idea, notion, opinion. -4 Surety, certainty; प्रत्ययार्थं ततः सीता विवेश ज्वलनं तदा Rām.7.45. 7. -5 Knowledge, experience, cognition; स्थानप्रत्ययात् Ś.7 'judging by the place'; so आकृतिप्रत्ययात् M.1; Me.8. -6 A cause, ground, means of action; स्वकर्म- प्रत्ययाँल्लोकान् मत्वा$र्जुनमब्रवीत् Mb.13.1.77; अपेक्षते प्रत्ययमुत्तमं त्वाम् Ku.3.18. -7 Celebrity, fame, renown. -8 A termination, an affix or suffix; केवलं दधति कर्तृवाचिनः प्रत्ययानिह न जातु कर्मणि Śi.14.66. -9 An oath. -1 A dependant. -11 A usage, practice. -12 A hole. -13 Intellect, understanding (बुद्धि). -14 An assistant or associate. -15 An epithet of Viṣṇu; नामरूपे भगवती प्रत्यय- स्त्वमपाश्रयः Bhāg.6.19.14. -16 (With Buddhists) A co-operating cause. -17 An instrument, a means of agency. -18 Religious contemplation. -19 A householder who keeps a sacred fire. -2 Function of the organs (इन्द्रियवृत्ति); सर्वेन्द्रियगुणद्रष्ट्रे सर्वप्रत्ययहेतवे Bhāg.8.3. 14. -Comp. -कारकः, -कारिन् a. producing assurance, convincing. (-णी) a seal, signet-ring.
pratyāmnāyaḥ प्रत्याम्नायः 1 The fifth member of a complete syllogism; i. e. निगमन (the repetition of the first proposition). -2 Contrary determination. -3 Ved. A substitute; see प्रत्याम्नान; प्रत्याम्नायं तु त्वं ह्येनं मा हिंसीः Mb.3.197.17.
prathama प्रथम [प्रथ्-अमच्] (Nom. pl. m. प्रथमे or प्रथमाः) 1 First, foremost; मखांशभाजां प्रथमो मनीषिभिस्त्वमेव देवेन्द्र सदा निगद्यसे R.3.44; H.2.39; Ki.2.44. -2 First, chief, principal, most excellent or eminent, matchless, incomparable; Śi.15.42; एष वै प्रथमः कल्पः प्रदाने हव्यकव्ययोः Ms.3.147. -3 Earliest, most ancient, primary. -4 Prior, previous, former, earlier; प्रथमसुकृता- पेक्षया Me.17; नामधेयं गुरुश्चक्रे जगत्प्रथममङ्गलम् R.1.67. -5 (In gram.) The first person (= third person according to European phraseology). -मः 1 The first (third) person. -2 The first consonant of a class. -3 (In math.) The sum of the products divided by the difference between the squares of the cosine of the azimuth and the sine of the amplitude. -मा The nominative case. -मम् ind. 1 first, firstly, at first; उमास्तनो- द्भेदमनुप्रवृद्धो मनोरथो यः प्रथमं बभूव Ku.7.24; R.3.4. -2 Already, previously, formerly; प्रथमोदितम् aforesaid; तमभ्यनन्दत् प्रथमं प्रबोधितः प्रजेश्वरः शासनहारिणा हरेः R.3.68. -3 At once, immediately. -4 Before; यात्रायै चोदयामास तं शक्तेः प्रथमं शरत् R.4.24; उत्तिष्ठेत् प्रथमं चास्य चरमं चैव संविशेत् Ms.2.194. -5 Newly, recently, प्रथमम्-अनन्तरम् or ततः or पश्चात् first, afterwards; प्रथमात् firstly, for the first time; प्रथमतः 1 At first, firstly. -2 previously. -3 immediately. -4 before, in preference to (gen.) -Comp. -अर्धः, -र्धम् the first half. -आगामिन् a. first mentioned. -आदेशः placing at the beginning. -आश्रमः the first of the four stages in the religious life of a Brāhmaṇa; i. e. Brahmacharya; शरीरबद्धः प्रथमाश्रमो यथा Ku.5.3. -इतर a. 'other than first', the second. -उदित a. first uttered; उवाच धात्र्या प्रथमोदितं वचः R.3.25. -उत्पन्न a. first-born. -कल्पः 1 the best course to adopt. -2 an excellent suggestion or idea. -कल्पित a. 1 first thought out. -2 first in rank or importance. -कुसुमः white marjoran. -गर्भः a. pregnant for the first time, -गिरिः the Eastern mountain; द्वित्रेषु द्युमणिकरेषु शेखरत्वं प्राप्तेषु प्रथमगिरिः प्रयाति सो$यम् Rām. Ch.7.49. -ज a. 1 first-born. -2 original, primary. -दर्शनम् first sight. -दिवसः the first day; आषाढस्य प्रथमदिवसे Me.2. -नवनीतम् 1 the butter which appears first after churning. -2 the milk of a cow at the time when hundred days have elapsed after her delivery. -निर्दिष्ट p. p. first mentioned. -पुरुषः the first person (= third person according to the English system of treating Sanskrit grammar); अथवा अस्तिर्भवतीतिपरः प्रथमपुरुषे प्रयुज्यमानो$प्यस्तीति ŚB. on MS.11.2.2. -मङ्गल a. highly auspicious. -यौवनम् early youth or age, youthful state. -वयस् n. early age, youth. -वसतिः the original home. -वित्ता Ved. a first wife. -विरहः separation for the first time. -वृत्तान्तः antecedents, former circumstances. -वैयाकरणः 1 the most distinguished grammarian. -2 a beginner in grammer. -श्री a. One who has just become rich or fortunate. -श्रुत a. heard for the first time; न हि प्रथम- श्रुताच्छब्दात् कश्चिदर्थं प्रत्येति ŚB. on MS.1.1.6. -साहसः the first or lowest of the three degrees of punishment or fine; पणानां द्वे शते सार्धे प्रथमः साहसः स्मृतः Ms.8.138. -सुकृतम् former kindness or service.
pradeśaḥ प्रदेशः 1 Pointing out, indicating. -2 A place, region, spot, country, territory, district; पितुः प्रदेशास्तव देवभूमयः Ku.5.45; R.5.6; so कण्ठ˚, तालु˚, हृदय˚, &c. -3 A span measured from the tip of the thumb to that of the fore-finger. -4 Decision, determination. -5 A wall. -6 An example (in gram.). -7 (With Jainas) One of the obstacles to liberation. -a. Commanding (ईशनशील); एते प्रदेशाः कथिता भुवनानां प्रभावनाः Mb.12.28.1. (com. प्रदेशाः प्रदिशन्ति आज्ञापयन्तीति). -Comp. -शास्त्रम् a book containing examples.
pradīpaka प्रदीपक a. 1 Illuminating. -2 Explaining, illustrating. -कः, -प्रदीपिका 1 A small lamp. -2 Explanation, commentary.
pradīpana प्रदीपन a. (-नी f.) Kindling. -2 Illuminating. -3 Stimulating, exciting. -नम् The act of kindling, lighting, stimulating &c. -नः A kind of mineral poison; वर्णतो लोहितो यः स्याद्दीप्तिमान् दहनप्रभः । महादाहकरः पूर्वैः कथितः स प्रदीपनः ॥ Rājanighaṇṭu.
pradyotaḥ प्रद्योतः 1 Irradiating, lighting, illuminating. -2 Splendour, light, lustre. -3 A ray of light. -4 N. of a king of Ujjayinī, whose daughter Vatsa married; प्रद्योतस्य प्रियदुहितरं वत्सराजो$त्र जह्रे Me.32. (considered as an interpolation by Malli.); Ratn.1.1.
prarohaḥ प्ररोहः 1 Sprouting, shooting or growing up, gremination; as in यवाङ्कुरप्ररोहः. -2 A bud, sprout, shoot (fig. also); प्लक्षप्ररोह इव सौधतलं बिभेद R.8.93; प्लक्षान् प्ररोह- जटिलानिव मन्त्रिवृद्धान् 13.71; Ku.5.6;7.17; U.5.3. -3 A scion, offspring; हा राधेयकुलप्ररोह Ve.4; Mv.6.25; नन्दवंशप्ररोहः Mu.1.11. -4 A shoot of light; कुर्वन्ति सामन्तशिखामणीनां प्रभाप्ररोहास्तमयं रजांसि R.6.33. -5 A new leaf or branch, twig, spray. -6 An excrescence.
prarohaṇam प्ररोहणम् 1 Growing, shooting forth, germination. -2 Budding, sprouting. -3 A twig, sprout, shoot, spray.
pravicayaḥ प्रविचयः Examination, investigation.
pravicaraḥ प्रविचरः Discernment, discrimination.
praśnaḥ प्रश्नः [प्रच्छ्-भावे नङ्] 1 A question, query; an inquiry, interrogation (अविज्ञातप्रवचनं प्रश्न इत्यभिधीयते); अनामयप्रश्न- पूर्वकम् Ś.5 'with an inquiry about (your) well-being or health.' -2 A judicial inquiry or investigation. -3 A point at issue, a subject of controversy, controverted or disputed point; इति प्रश्न उपस्थितः. -4 A problem for solution or calculation; अहं ते प्रश्नं दास्यामि Mk. -5 Inquiry into the future. -6 A short section of a work. -7 Basket-work. -8 A task or lesson (in Vedic recitation). -Comp. -उपनिषद् f. N. of an Upaniṣad consisting of six questions and six answers. -कथा a story containing a question. -दूतिः, -ती f. a riddle, an enigma. -पूर्वकेन ind. after examination; Hch. -वादिन् a fortune-teller. -विवाकः an arbitrator, umpire.
prāgalbhī प्रागल्भी 1 Boldness, confidence. -2 Resoluteness, determination.
prāgalbhyam प्रागल्भ्यम् 1 Boldness, confidence; निःसाध्वसत्वं प्रागल्भ्यम् S. D. -2 Pride, arrogance. -3 Proficiency, skill. -4 Development, greatness, maturity; बुद्धिप्रागल्भ्य, तमः- प्रागल्भ्य &c. -5 Manifestation, appearance; अवाप्तः प्रागल्भ्यं परिणतरुचः शैलतनये K. P.1. 'which has appeared'. -6 Eloquence; प्रागल्भ्यहीनस्य नरस्य विद्या शस्त्रं यथा कापुरुषस्य हस्ते (where प्रा˚ may mean 'boldness' also); प्रागल्भ्य- मधिकमाप्तुं वाणी बाणो बभूवेति Subhaṣ.; प्रागल्भ्यमभ्यस्तगुणा च वाणी Māl.3.11. -7 Pomp, rank. -8 Resoluteness, determination. -9 Impudence. -Comp. -बुद्धिः boldness of judgment.
prātipadika प्रातिपदिक a. Express, explicit. -कः Fire. -कम् The crude form of a substantive, a noun in its uninflected state (before receiving the case-terminations); अर्थवद- धातुरप्रत्ययः प्रातिपदिकम् P.I.2.45.
prāptiḥ प्राप्तिः f. 1 Obtaining, acquisition gain, attainment, profit; द्रव्य˚, यशः˚, सुख˚ &c.; अप्राप्तस्यैव या प्राप्तिः सैव संयोग उच्यते Bhāṣā. P. -2 Reaching or attaining to. -3 Arrival, coming to. -4 Finding, meeting with. -5 Range, reach. -6 A guess, conjecture. -7 Lot, share, portion. -8 Fortune, luck. -9 Rise, production. -1 The power of obtaining anything (one of the eight Siddhis, q. v.). -11 Union, collection (संहति). -12 The result of actions done in a former life. -13 Fate, destiny; पक्षिणां तदपि प्राप्त्या नादत्तमुपतिष्ठति Pt.2.127. -14 Being valid, holding good, application (as of a rule). -15 The successful termination of a plot (सुखागम). -16 (In Rhet.) A conjecture based on the observation of a particular thing. -17 (In astrol.) N. of the 11th lunar mansion. -Comp. -आशा the hope of obtaining anything (regarded as part of the development of the plot of a play); उपायापायशङ्काभ्यां प्राप्त्याशा प्राप्तिसंभवा S. D.6. -समम् a particular Jāti in Nyāya. प्राप्य prāpya प्राप्तव्य prāptavya प्राप्य प्राप्तव्य pot. p. 1 To be got or obtained. -2 Attainable, procurable; destined to be got; प्राप्तव्यमर्थं लभते मनुष्यः Pt.2.11. -3 To be reached, attainable. -4 To be met with or found. -5 Proper, fit, suitable. -Comp. -कारिन् (प्राप्यकारिन्) a. effective (only) when touched. -रूप (प्राप्यरूप) a. rather easy to attain.
phenāyitam फेनायितम् p. p. of a denominative from फेन, applied to an elephant's roar produced in the back of the mouth; Mātaṅga L.2.13.
buddhiḥ बुद्धिः f. [बुध्-क्तिन्] 1 Perception, comprehension. -2 Intellect, understanding, intelligence, talent; तीक्ष्णा नारुंतुदा बुद्धिः Śi.2.19; शास्त्रेष्वकुण्ठिता बुद्धिः R.1.19. -3 Information, knowledge; बुद्धिर्यस्य बलं तस्य H.2.122 'knowledge is power'; P.I.4.52. -4 Discrimination, judgement, discernment; विदेशेष्वपि विज्ञाताः सर्वतो बुद्धिनिश्चयाः Rām.1.7.17. -5 Mind; मूढः परप्रत्ययनेयबुद्धिः M.1.2; so कृपण˚, पाप˚ &c. -6 Presence of mind, readiness of wit. -7 An impression, opinion, belief, idea, feeling; दूरात्तमवलोक्य व्याघ्रबुद्ध्या पलायन्ते H.3; अनया बुद्ध्या Mu.1 'in this belief'; अनुक्रोशबुद्ध्या Me.117. -8 Intention, purpose, design; मन्दीचकार मरणव्यवसायबुद्धिम् Ku.4.45. (बुद्ध्या 'intentionally', 'purposely', deliberately'). -9 Returning to consciousness, recovery from a swoon; Māl.4.1. -1 (In Sāṅ. phil.) Intellect, the second of the 25 elements of the Sāṅkhyas; एषा ते$भिहिता सांख्ये बुद्धिर्योगे त्विमां शृणु Bg.2.39. -11 Nature (प्रकृति); Bhāg.3.27.18. -12 A means, way (उपाय); किं करिष्याम भद्रं ते बुद्धिरत्र विचार्यताम् Rām.1.4.9. -13 N. of the 5th astrological mansion. -Comp. -अतीत a. beyond the range or reach of the intellect. -अधिक a. superior in intellect. -अवज्ञानम् contempt or low opinion for one's understanding; अप्राप्तकालं वचनं बृहस्पतिरपि ब्रुवन् । प्रोप्नोति बृद्ध्यवज्ञानमपमानं च पुष्कलम् ॥ Pt.1.63. -इन्द्रि- यम् an organ of perception (opp. कर्मेन्द्रिय); (these are five :-the ear, skin, eye, tongue, and nose; श्रोत्रं त्वक् चक्षुषी जिह्वा नासिका चैव पञ्चमी; to these sometimes मनस् is added). -कृत् a. supposing, conjecturing. -कृत a. acted wisely. -गम्य, -ग्राह्य a. within the reach of, or attainable to, intellect, intelligible. -चिन्तक a. one who thinks wisely. -च्छाया reflex action of the understanding on the soul. -जन्मन् a perception that arises; सत्सं- प्रयोगे पुरुषस्येन्द्रियाणां बुद्धिजन्म तत् प्रत्यक्षम् MS.1.1.4. -जीविन् a. 1 employing the reason, rational. -2 Subsisting by intelligence; भूतानां प्राणिनः श्रेष्ठाः प्राणिनां बुद्धिजीविनः Ms.1. 96. -तत्त्वम् the second element of the Sāṅkhya philosophy. -द्यूतम् game at chess. -पूर्व a. purposed, intentional, wanton, wilful. -पूर्वम्, -पूर्वकम्, -पुरःसरम् ind. intentionally, purposely, wilfully. -प्रागल्भी soundness of judgment. -बलम् a kind of play. -भेदः, -भ्रमः distraction ar aberration of mind; न बुद्धिभेदं जनयेदज्ञानां कर्मसङ्गिनाम् Bg.3.26. -मोहः confusion of mind. -युक्त a. intelligent. -योगः intellectual communion with the Supreme Spirit. -लक्षणम् a sign of intellect or wisdom; प्रारब्धस्यान्तगमनं द्वितीयं बुद्धिलक्षणम्. -लाघवम् lightness or levity of judgment; Rām. -वर्जित a. foolish, ignorant. -विध्वंसक a. destroying consciousness or reason. -विलासः play of the mind or fancy. -विषयः matter apprehensible by reason. -वृद्धिः development of intellect, understanding or wisdom; बुद्धिवृद्धिकराणि (शास्त्राणि) Ms.4.19. -वैभवम् strength of intellect. -शक्तिः intellectual faculty. -शस्त्र a. armed with understanding. -शालिन्, -संपन्न a. intelligent, wise. -शुद्ध a. honest in purpose, frank-minded. -संकीर्णम् a kind of pavilion. -सखः, -सहायः a counsellor. -हीन a. devoid of intellect, silly, foolish.
bha भः 1 N. of the planet Venus. -2 Error, delusion, mere semblance. -3 An epithet of Śukra. -4 N. given to the base of nouns before the vowel terminations beginning with accusative plural; cf. अङ्ग and पद. -5 A bee. -भम् 1 A star; ननु भान्यमूनि Rām. Ch.6.33; भगणो भाति यद्भयात् Bhāg.3.29.4. -2 A lunar mansion or asterism. -3 A planet. -4 A sign of the zodiac. -5 The number twenty-seven. -Comp. -ईनः, -ईशः 1 the sun. -2 the regent of an asterism. -कक्षा the path of the asterisms. -गणः, वर्गः 1 the group of stars or asterisms. -2 the zodiac. -3 revolution of the planets in the zodiac. -गमः the revolution of a planet; Hch. -गोलः the starry sphere. -चक्रम्, -पञ्जरः, -मण्डलम् the zodiac. ˚नाभिः the centre of the zodiac. -प a. the regent of an asterism. -पतिः the moon. -भ्रमः a sidereal day. -लता Pæderia Foetida (Mar. हरणवेल). -वासरः a sidereal day. -सन्धिः N. of the last quarters of the asterisms, आश्लेषा, ज्येष्ठा and रेवती. -सूचकः an astrologer.
bhāvaḥ भावः [भू-भावे घञ्] 1 Being, existing, existence; नासतो विद्यते भावः Bg.2.16. -2 Becoming, occurring, taking place. -3 State, condition, state of being; लताभावेन परिणतमस्या रूपम् V.4; U.6.23; so कातरभावः, विवर्णभावः &c. -4 Manner, mode. -6 Rank, station, position, capacity; देवीभावं गमिता K. P.1; so प्रेष्यभावम्, किंकरभावम् &c. -6 (a) True condition or state, truth, reality; परं भावमजानन्तः Bg.7.24; इति मत्वा भजन्ते मां बुधा भावसम- न्विताः 1.8. (b) Sincerity, devotion; त्वयि मे भावनिबन्धना रतिः R.8.52;2.26. -7 Innate property, disposition, nature, temperament; स तस्य स्वो भावः प्रकृतिनियतत्वादकृतकः U.6.14. -8 Inclination or disposition of mind, idea, thought, opinion, supposition; हृदयनिहितभावा गूढमन्त्रप्रचाराः किमपि विगणयन्तो बुद्धिमन्तः सहन्ते Pt.3.43; Ms.8.25;4.65; निकृष्टोत्कृष्टयोर्भावं यास्तु गृह्णन्ति ताः स्त्रियः Bu. Ch.4.23. -9 Feeling, emotion, sentiment; एको भावः Pt.3.66; Ku.6. 95; निर्विकारात्मके चित्ते भावः प्रथमविक्रिया S. D. (In the dramatic science or in poetic compositions generally, Bhāvas are either स्थायिन् primary, or व्यभिचारिन् subordinate. The former are eight or nine, according as the Rasas are taken to be 8 or 9, each rasa having its own स्थायिभाव. The latter are thirty-three of thirty four in number, and serve to develop and strengthen the prevailing sentiment; for definition and enumeration of the several kinds, see R. G. first ānana, or K. P.4). -1 Love, affection; attachment; द्वन्द्वानि भावं क्रियया विवव्रुः Ku.3.35; कुमुद्वती भानुमतीव भावं (बबन्ध) R.6.36. -11 Purport, drift, gist, substance; इति भावः (often used by commentators); जनको$प्युत्स्मयन् राजा भावमस्या विशेषयन् । प्रतिजग्राह भावेन भावमस्या नृपोत्तम Mb.12,32.18. -12 Meaning, intention, sense, import; अन्योन्यभावचतुरेण सखीजनेन मुक्तास्तदा स्मितसुधामधुराः कटाक्षाः Māl.1.25. -13 Resolution, determination. -14 The heart, soul, mind; तयोर्विवृतभावत्वात् Māl.1.12; भावसंशुद्धिरित्येतत् तपो मानसमुच्यते Bg.17.16; स्व एव भावे विनिगृह्य मन्मथम् Bu. Ch.4.11. -15 Any existing thing, an object, a thing, substance; पश्यन्ती विविधान् भावान् Rām.2.94.18; जगति जयिनस्ते ते भावा नवेन्दुकलादयः Māl.1.17,36; R.3.41; U.3.32. -16 A being, living creature. -17 Abstract meditation, contemplation (= भावना q. v.). -18 Conduct, movement. -19 (a) Gesture, behaviour; अहिंसा समता... भवन्ति भावा भूतानाम् Bg.1.5. (b) Amorous gesture or expression of sentiment; gesture of love; कामं प्रिया न सुलभा मनस्तु तद्भावदर्शनाश्वासि Ś.2.1. -2 Birth; तवाहं पूर्वके भावे पुत्रः परपुरंजय Rām.7.14.2. -21 The world, universe. -22 The womb. -23 Will; घोरैर्विव्यधतुर्बाणैः कृतभावावुभौ जये Rām.6.9.38. -24 Superhuman power; मिथो घ्नतं न पश्यन्ति भावैर्भावं पृथग्दृशः Bhāg.1.4.27. -25 Advice, instruction. -26 (In dramas) A learned or venerable man, worthy man, (a term of address); भाव अयमस्मि V.1; तां खलु भावेन तथैव सर्वे वर्ग्याः पाठिताः) Māl.1. -27 (In gram.) The sense of an abstract noun, abstract idea conveyed by a word; भावे क्तः. -28 A term for an impersonal passive or neuter verb. -29 (In astr.) An astronomical house. -3 A lunar mansion. -31 An organ of sense. -32 Welfare (कल्याण); भावमिच्छति सर्वस्य नाभावे कुरुते मनः Mb.5.36.16. -33 Protection; द्रोणस्याभावभावे तु प्रसक्तानां यथा$भवत् Mb.7.25.64. -34 Fate, destiny (प्रारब्ध); नातिप्रहीणरश्मिः स्यात्तथा भावविपर्यये Mb.5.77.14. -35 Consciousness of past perceptions (वासना); येभ्यः सृजति भूतानि काले भावप्रचोदितः । महाभूतानि पञ्चेति तान्याहुर्भूतचिन्तिकाः ॥ Mb.12.275.4. -36 Lordship (प्रभुत्व); ते$पि भावाय कल्पन्ते राजदण्डनिपीडिताः Rām.2.67. 32. -37 The six states (अवस्थाषट्क); A, Rām.1.7.31. -Comp. -अनुग a. not forced, natural. (-गा) a shadow. -अन्तरम् a different state. -अद्वैतम् 1 a natural cause. -2 material cause (as thread of a cloth). -3 identity of conception, oneness of view. -अर्थः 1 the obvious meaning or import (of a word, phrase &c.). -2 the subject matter; सर्वेषामपि वस्तूनां भावार्थो भवति स्थितः Bhāg.1.14.57. -आकूतम् (secret) thoughts of the mind; हृदयनिहितं भावाकूतं वमद्भिरिवेक्षणैः Amaru.4. -आख्यः One of the two types of creation according to the Sāṅkhya philosophy; लिङ्गाख्यो भावाख्यस्तस्माद् द्विविधः प्रवर्तते सर्गः Sāṅ. K.52. -आत्मक a. real, actual. -आभासः simulation of a feeling, a feigned or false emotion. -आलीना a shadow. -एकरस a. influenced solely by the sentiment of (sincere) love; ममात्र भावैकरसं मनः स्थितम् Ku.5.82. -कर्तृकः an impersonal verb; Kāśi. on P. II.3.54. -गतिः f. power to convey human feelings; भावगतिराकृतीनाम् Pratimā 3. -गम्भीरम् ind. 1 heartily, from the bottom of the heart. -2 deeply, gravely. -गम्य a. conceived by the mind; ममत्सादृश्यं विरहतनु वा भावगम्यं लिखन्ती Me.87. -ग्राहिन् a. 1 understanding the sense. -2 appreciating the sentiment. -ग्राह्य a. to be conceived with the heart; भावग्राह्यमनीडाख्यं भावाभावकरं शिवम् Śvet. Up.5.14. -चेष्टितम् amorous gesture. -जः 1 love. -2 the god of love. -ज्ञ, -विद् a. knowing the heart. -दर्शिन् a. see भालदर्शिन्. -निर्वृत्तिः the material creation (Sāṅ. phil.); न विना लिङ्गेन भावनिर्वृत्तिः Sāṅ. K.52. -नेरिः a kind of dance. -बन्धन a. enchanting or fettering the heart, linking together the hearts; रथाङ्गनाम्नोरिव भावबन्धनं बभूव यत्प्रेम परस्पराश्रयम् R.3.24. -बोधक a. indicating or revealing any feeling. -मिश्रः a worthy person, a gentleman (used in dramas); प्रसीदन्तु भावमिश्राः Ś.6. -रूप a. real, actual. -वचनम् denoting an abstract idea, conveying the abstract notion of a verb. -वाचकम् an abstract noun. -विकारः a property of a being; षड् भावविकारा भवन्तीति वार्ष्यायणिः । जायते$स्ति विपरिणमते वर्धते$पक्षीयते नश्यति । -वृत्तः an epithet of Brahman. -शबलत्वम् a mixture of various emotions (भावानां बाध्यबाधकभावमापन्नानामुदासीनानां वा व्यामिश्रणम् R. G., vide examples given ad loc.). -शुद्धिः f. purity of mind, honesty, sincerity. -शून्य a. devoid of real love; उपचारविधिर्मनस्विनीनां न तु पूर्वाभ्यधिको$पि भावशून्यः M.3.3. -संधिः the union or co-existence of two emotions (भावसंधिरन्योन्यानभिभूतयोरन्योन्याभिभावनयोग्ययोः सामानाधिकरण्यम् R. G., see the examples there given). -समाहित a. abstracted in mind, devout. -सर्गः the mental or intellectual creation; i. e. the creation of the faculties of the human mind and their affections (opp. भौतिकसर्ग or material creation). -स्थ a. attached; devoted (to one); न वेत्सि भावस्थमिमं कथं जनम् Ku.5.58. -स्थिर a. firmly rooted in the heart; Ś.5.2. -स्निग्ध a. affectionately disposed, sincerely attached; भावस्निग्धैरुपकृतमपि द्वेष्यतां याति किंचित् Pt.1.285. -भावंगम a. charming, lovely.
bhāsaka भासक a. (-सिका f.) [भास्-ण्वुल्] 1 Enlightening, brightening, illuminating. -2 Showing, making evident. -3 Making intelligible. -कः N. of a poet.
bhāsanam भासनम् [भास्-ल्युट्] 1 Shining, glittering. -2 Illuminating.
bhedaḥ भेदः [भिद् घञ्] 1 Breaking; splitting, cleaving; hitting (as a mark). -2 Rending, tearing. -3 Dividing, separating. -4 Piercing through, perforation. -5 (a) Breach, rupture. (b) Breaking open, bursting; V.2.7. -6 Disturbance, interruption. -7 Division, separation. -8 A chasm, gap, fissure, cleft. -9 A hurt, injury, wound. -1 Difference, distinction; तयोर्न भेदप्रतिपत्तिरस्ति मे Bh.3. 99; अगौरवभेदेन Ku.6.12; Bg.18.19,22. रस˚, काल˚ &c.; भेदाभेदयोर्भेदो ग्रहीतव्यः ŚB. on MS.1.6.3. -11 A change, modification; न बुद्धिभेदं जनयेदज्ञानां कर्मसङ्गिनाम् Bg.3.26. -12 Dissension, disunion. -13 Disclosure, betrayal; as in रहस्यभेदः. -14 Treachery, treason; भेदाधीनं कृतं शत्रोः सैन्यं शत्रुबलं स्मृतम् Śukra.4.876. -15 A kind, variety; भेदाः पद्मशङ्खादयो निधेः Ak.; शिरीषपुष्पभेदः &c. -16 Dualism. -17 (In politics) Sowing dissensions in an enemy's party and thus winning him over to one's side, one of the four Upāyas or means of success against an enemy; see उपाय and उपायचतुष्टय; परम्परं तु ये द्विष्टाः क्रुद्धभीतावमानिताः । तेषां भेदं प्रयुञ्जीत परमं दर्शयेद् भयम् ॥ Agni P. -18 Defeat. -19 (In medicine) Evacuation of the bowels. -2 Shooting pain (in the limbs). -21 Paralysis. -22 Contraction. -23 A conjunction of the planets. -24 The hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle. -Comp. -अभेदौ (dual) 1 disunion and union, disagreement and agreement. -2 difference and sameness; भेदाभेद- ज्ञानम्. -उन्मुख a. on the point of bursting forth or opening; बालाशोकमुपोढरागसुभगं भेदोन्मुखं तिष्ठति V.2.7. -कर, -कृत् sowing dissensions. -दर्शिन्, -दृष्टि, -बुद्धि a. considering the universe as distinct from the Supreme Spirit. -प्रत्ययः belief in dualism. -वादिन् m. one who maintains the doctrine of dualism. -विधिः the faculty of discriminating. -सह a. 1 capable of being divided or separated. -2 corruptible, seducible.
bhedaka भेदक a. (-दिका f.) [भिद्-ण्वुल्] 1 Breaking, splitting, dividing, separating. -2 Breaking through, piercing. -3 Destroying, a destroyer; मर्यादाभेदकः Ms.9.291. -4 Distinguishing, discriminating. -5 Defining. -6 Evacuating the bowels, purgative. -7 Diverting (watercourses); स्त्रोतसां भेदको यश्च तेषां चावरणे रतः Ms.3.163. -8 Seducing (ministers); Ms.3.232 Kull. -कः An adjective or differentiating attribute.
bhrājaka भ्राजक a. (-जिका f.) [भ्रज्-ण्वुल्] Illuminating, irradiating. -कम् Bile, gall.
bhrājanam भ्राजनम् [भ्राज्-ल्युट्] Illuminating.
matiḥ मतिः f. [मन् भावे क्तिन्] 1 Intellect, understanding, sense, knowledge, judgment; मतिरेव बलाद्गरीयसी H.2.86; अल्पविषया मतिः R.1.2. -2 Mind, heart; मम तु मतिर्न मनागपैतु धर्मात् Bv.4.26; so दुर्मति, सुमति. -3 Thought idea, belief, opinion, notion, supposition, impression, view; ध्रुवा नीतिर्मतिर्मम Bg.18.78; विधिरहो बलवानिति मे मतिः Bh.2.98; Pt.2.19. -4 Intention, design, purpose; see मत्या. -5 Resolution, determination. -6 Esteem, regard, respect; बहुमतिमधिकां ययावशोकः Ki.1.9. -7 Wish, desire, inclination; तस्य तासु मतिं ज्ञात्वा धर्मात्मा वाक्य- मब्रवीत् Rām.7.25.17; प्रायोपवेशनमतिर्नृपतिर्बभूव R.8.94. -8 Counsel, advice. -9 Remembrance, recollection. -1 Ved. Devotion, prayer. -11 An adviser. -12 = प्राणः q. v.; केन विज्ञानयोगेन मतिश्चित्तं समास्थिता Mb.14.21. 11 (com.). -13 Activity or disposition of the mind; न मतेर्मन्तारं मन्वीथाः Bṛi. Up.3.4.2. -14 Blessing. (मतिं कृ, -धा, -आधा 'to set the heart on', 'resolve upon', 'think of'. मत्या is used adverbially in the sense of 1 knowingly, intentionally, wilfully; मत्या भुक्त्वाचरेत् कृच्छ्रम् Ms.4.222;5.19. -2 under the impression that; व्याघ्रमत्या पलायन्ते). -Comp. -ईश्वरः an epithet of Viṣvakarman. -कर्मन् a matter of the intellect. -गतिः f. mode of thought. -गर्भ a. full of intelligence, intelligent, clever. -दर्शनम् the faculty of seeing into the thoughts (of others). -द्वैधम् difference of opinion. -निश्चयः a settled belief, firm conviction. -पथः the path of reflection. -पूर्व a. intentional, wilful. -पूर्वम्, -पूर्वकम् ind. purposely, intentionally, wilfully, willingly. -प्रकर्षः superiority of intellect, cleverness. -भेदः change of views. -भ्रमः, -भ्रान्तिः, -विपर्यासः 1 delusion, mental illusion, confusion of mind; स्वप्नो नु माया नु मतिभ्रमो नु Ś.6.9. -2 an error, a mistake, misapprehension. -विभ्रमः, -विभ्रंशः confusion or infatuation of mind, madness, frenzy. -शालिन् a. intelligent, clever. -हीन a. stupid, senseless, foolish.
madhyama मध्यम a. [मध्ये भवः म] 1 Being or standing in the middle, middle, central; पितुः पदं मध्यममुत्पतन्ती V.1.19; मध्यमोपलम् Ki.9.2; so मध्यमलोकपालः, मध्यमपदम्, मध्यमरेखा q. q. v. v. -2 Intermediate, intervening; नाप्नोद्यो$यं मध्यमः प्राणस्तानि ज्ञातुं दध्रिरे Bṛi. Up.1.5.21. -3 Middling condition or quality, mediocre; as in उत्तमाधममध्यम. -4 Middling, moderate; तेन मध्यमशक्तीनि मित्राणि स्थापितान्यतः R.17.58. -5 Middle-sized. -6 Neither youngest nor oldest, the middleborn (as a brother); प्रणमति पितरौ वां मध्यमः पाण्डवो$यम् Ve.5.26; ततो$र्धं मध्यमस्य स्यात् तुरीयं तु यवीयसः Ms.9.112. -7 Impartial, neutral. -8 Mean (in astr.). -9 Belonging to the meridian. -मः 1 The fifth note in music. -2 A particular musical mode. -3 The mid-land country; see मध्यदेश. -4 The second person (in grammar). -5 A neutral sovereign; धर्मोत्तरं मध्यममाश्रयन्ते R.13.7. -6 the middle-most prince; मध्यमस्य प्रचारं च विजिगीषोश्च चेष्टितम् Ms.7.155. -7 the middle character in plays. -8 The governor of a province. -9 An epithet of Bhīma; (cf. मध्वमव्यायोग). -मा 1 The middle finger. -2 A marriageable girl, one arrived at the age of puberty. -3 The pericarp of a lotus. -4 One of the classes of heroines (Nāyikās) in poetic compositions, a woman in the middle of her youth; cf. S. D. 1. -5 A central blossom. -मम् 1 The middle. -2 The waist; तदैव यन्न दग्धस्त्वं धर्षयंस्तनुमध्यमाम् Rām.6.111.24. -3 The defectiveness. -4 (In astr.) The meridian ecliptic point. -Comp. -अङ्गुलिः the middle finger. -आगमः one of the four Āgamas; Buddh. -आहरणम् (in alg.) elimination of the middle term in an equation. -उत्खातः a particular division of time. -उपलः = मध्यमणिः q. v.; मध्यमोपलनिभे लसदंशौ Ki.9.2. -कक्षा the middle courtyard. -खण्डम् the middle term of an equation. -गतिः (in astr.) the mean motion of a planet. -ग्रामः (in music) the middle scale. -जात a. middle-born. -पदम् the middle member (of a compound). ˚लेपिन् m. a subdivision of the Tatpuruṣa compound in which the middle word is omitted in composition; the usual instance given is शाकपार्थिवः which is dissolved as शाकप्रियः पार्थिवः; here the middle word प्रिय is omitted; so छायातरु, गुडधानाः &c. -पाण्डवः an epithet of Arjuna. -पुरुषः the second person (in grammar). -पूरुषः a mediocre person. -भृतकः a husbandman or cultivator (who works both for himself and his master or landlord). -यानम् the middle way to salvation. -रात्रः midnight. -राष्ट्रकम् a variety of diamonds; Kau. A.2.11.29. -रेखा the central meridian of the earth. -लोकः the middle world, the earth. ˚पालः a king; तां ...... अन्वग्ययौ मध्यमलोकपालः R.2.16. -वयस् n. middle age. -वयस्क a. middle-aged. -संग्रहः intrigue of a middling character, such as sending presents of flowers &c. to another's wife; it is thus defined by Vyāsa :-प्रेषणं गन्धमाल्यानां धूपभूषणवाससाम् । प्रलोभनं चान्नपानैर्मध्यमः संग्रहः स्मृतः ॥ -साहसः the second of the three penalties or modes of punishment; see Ms.8. 138. (-सः, -सम्) an outrage or offence of the middle class. -स्थ a. being in the middle.
manas मनस् n. [मन्यते$नेन मन् करणे असुन्] 1 The mind, heart, understanding, perception, intelligence; as in सुमनस्, दुमर्नस् &c. -2 (In phil.) The mind or internal organ of perception and cognition, the instrument by which objects of sense affect the soul; (in Nyāya phil. मनस् is regarded as a Dravya or substance, and is distinct from आत्मन् or the soul); तदेव सुखदुःखाद्युपलब्धि- साधनमिन्द्रियं प्रतिजीवं भिन्नमणु नित्यं च Tarka K. -3 Conscience, the faculty of discrimination or judgment. -4 Thought, idea, fancy, imagination, conception; पश्यन्न- दूरान्मनसाप्यधृष्यम् Ku.3.51; R.2.27; कायेन वाचा मनसापि शश्वत् 5.5; मनसापि न विप्रियं मया (कृतपूर्वम्) 8.52. -5 Design, purpose, intention. -6 Will, wish, desire, inclination; in this sense मनस् is frequently used with the infinitive form with the final म् dropped, and forms adjectives; अयं जनः प्रष्टुमनास्तपोधने Ku.5.4; cf. काम. -7 Reflection (ध्यान); मनसा जपैः प्रणतिभिः प्रयतः समुपेयिवानधिपतिं स दिवः Ki.6.22. -8 Disposition, temper, mood. -9 Spirit, energy, mettle; मनोवीर्यवरोत्सिक्तमसृण्यमकुतोभयम् Bhag.3. 17.22. -1 N. of the lake called Mānasa. -11 Breath or living soul. -12 Desire, longing after. (मनसा गम् &c. to think of, contemplate, remember; जगाम मनसा रामं धर्मज्ञो धर्मकाङ्क्षया Rām.2.82.9; (अगमत्) मनसा कार्यसंसिद्धौ त्वरादिगुणरंहसा Ku.2.63; मनः कृ to fix the mind upon, direct the thoughts towards, with dat. or loc.; मनो बन्ध् to fix the heart or affection upon; (अभिलाषे) मनो बबन्धान्यरसान् विलङ्ध्य सा R.3.4; मनः समाधा to collect oneself; मनसि उद्भू to cross the mind; मनसि कृ to think, to bear in mind; to resolve, determine, think of.) N. B. In comp. मनस् is changed to मनो before अ and soft consonants, as मनो$नुग, मनोज्ञ, मनोहर &c.). -Comp. -अधिनाथः a lover, husband. -अनवस्थानम् inattention. -अनुग a. suiting the mind, agreeable; ततस्तदग्ऱ्यं वचनं मनोनुगं समस्तमाज्ञाय ततो हि हेतुमत् Mb.12.167.49; Rām.7.72.18. -अप- हारिन् a. captivating the heart. -अभिनिवेशः close application of mind, firmness of purpose, -अभिराम a. pleasing the mind, gratifying to the heart; मनोभिरामाः (केकाः) R.1.39. -अभिलाषः the desire or longing of the heart. -आप a. gaining the heart, attractive, pleasing. -कान्त a. (मनस्कान्त or मनःकान्त) dear to the mind, pleasant, agreeable. -कारः perfect perception, full consciousness (of pleasure or pain), mental concentration, resolution; भवन्मनस्कारलवोद्गमेन क्रमेलकानां निलयः पुरेव N.14.84. (cf. मनसः ऐकाग्ऱ्यकरणं मनस्कारः Nārayaṇa com. on N.) दिदृक्षादत्तदृष्टीनां मनस्कारमनीषयोः । सप्रीतिरससन्तोषं दिशन्तौ देहकान्तितः ॥ Yādavābhyudaya 1.9. -क्षेपः (मनःक्षेपः) distraction of the mind, mental confusion. -गत a. 1 existing or passing in the mind, concealed in the breast, internal, inward, secret; नेयं न वक्ष्यति मनोगतमाधिहेतुम् Ś.3. 11. -2 affecting the mind, desired. (-तम्) 1 a wish, desire; मनोगतं सा न शशाक शंसितुम् Ku.5.51. -2 an idea, thought, notion, opinion. -गतिः f. desire of the heart. -गवी wish, desire. -गुप्त a. hidden in the mind, thought secretly. (-प्ता) red arsenic. -ग्रहणम् captivating the mind. -ग्रहिन् a. captivating or fascinating the mind. -ग्राह्य a. to be grasped by the mind. -ह्यम् the pleasures of sense; यो वृणीते मनोग्राह्यमसत्त्वात् कुमनीष्यसौ Bhāg.1. 48.11. -ग्लानिः depression of mind. -ज, -जन्मन् a. mindborn. (-m.) the god of love. -जल्पः imagination. -जव a. 1 quick or swift as thought; मनोजवं मारुततुल्यवेगम् Rāma-rakṣā Stotra 33. -2 quick in thought or conception. -3 fatherly, paternal. -जवस a. resembling a father, fatherly. -जवा 1 N. of one of the tongues of Agni. -2 N. of one of the शक्तिs of Durgā 'काली कराली च मनोजवा च' Śruti. -जात a. mind-born, arisen or produced in the mind. -जिघ्र a. scenting out, i. e. guessing the thoughts. -ज्ञ a. pleasing, lovely, agreeable, beautiful, charming; इयमधिकमनोज्ञा वल्कलेनापि तन्वी Ś.1.2; R.3.7; 6.1. (-ज्ञः) N. of a Gandharva. (-ज्ञा) 1 red arsenic. -2 an intoxicating drink. -3 a princess. -तापः, -पीडा 1 mental pain or agony, anguish. -तालः the lion of Durgā. -तुष्टिः f. satisfaction of the mind. -तोका an epithet of Durgā. -दण्डः complete control over the mind or thoughts; Ms.12.1; cf. त्रिदण्डिन्. -दत्त a. devoted in thought, mentally dedicated. -दाहः, -दुःखम् mental distress or torment. -दाहिन् the god of love. -दुष्ट a. depraved in mind; रजसा स्त्री मनोदुष्टा संन्यासेन द्विजोत्तम (शुद्ध्यति) Ms.5.18. -धारणम् conciliating the favour of. -नाशः loss of the mind or understanding, dementedness. -नीत a. approved, chosen. -पतिः (-मनःपतिः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पर्यायः (with Jainas) N. of the last but one stage in the perception of truth. -पूत a. (मनःपूत) 1 considered pure by the mind, approved by one's conscience; मनःपूतं समाचरेत् Ms.6.46. -2 of a pure mind, conscientious. -प्रणीत a. (मनःप्रणीत) agreeable or pleasing to the mind. -प्रसादः (मनः- प्रसादः) composure of mind, mental calm. -प्रिय a. dear to the heart. -यः cinammon (Mar. दालचिनी). -प्रीतिः f. (मनःप्रीतिः) mental satisfaction, joy, delight. -भव a. mind-born, created by fancy; दृश्यमाना विनार्थेन न दृश्यन्ते मनोभवाः Bhāg. -भवः, -भूः 1 the god of love, Cupid; रे रे मनो मम मनोभवशासनस्य पादाम्बुजद्वयमनारतमानमन्तम् Bv.4.32; Ku.3.27; R.7.22; श्यामा शुशुभे शशिना तया मनोभूः Kalāvilāsa. -2 love, passion, lust; अत्यारूढो हि नारीणामकालज्ञो मनोभवः R.12.33. -मथनः the god of love. -मय see separately. -यायिन् a. 1 going at will or pleasure. -2 swift, quick as thought; उत्पत्य खं दशग्रीवो मनोयायी शितास्त्रभृत् Bk.5.3. -3 keen desire; अहं हि तस्याद्य मनोभवेन संपीडिता तद्गतसर्वभावा Rām.5.32.12. -योगः close application of the mind, close attention. -योनिः the god of love. -रञ्जनम् 1 pleasing the mind. -2 pleasantness. -रथः 1 'the car of the mind', a wish, desire; अवतरतः सिद्धिपथं शब्दः स्वमनोरथस्येव M.1.22; मनोरथानामगतिर्न विद्यते Ku.5.64; R.2.72;12.59; उत्पद्यन्ते विलीयन्ते दरिद्राणां मनोरथाः Udb.; आशा नाम नदी मनोरथजला Bh.3.45. -2 a desired object; मनोरथाय नाशंसे Ś.7.13. -3 (in dramas) a hint, a wish expressed indirectly or covertly. ˚तृतीया N. of the third day in the bright half of Chaitra. ˚दायक a. fulfilling one's expectations. (-कः) N. of a Kalpa-taru. ˚द्रुमः the god of love. ˚बन्धः cherishing or entertaining of desire. ˚बन्धुः the friend of (who satisfies) desires; तस्या भवानपि मनोरथबन्धबन्धुः Māl.1.34. ˚सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of one's desires. ˚सृष्टिः f. a creation of the fancy, a castle in the air. -रम a. attractive, pleasing, agreeable, lovely, beautiful; अरुण- नखमनोरमासु तस्याः (अङ्गुलीषु) Ś.6.11; पुरस्ताद्विमले पात्रे सुविस्तीर्णे मनोरमे Suśruta. (-मा) 1 a lovely woman. -2 a kind of pigment. -रागः affection, passion (of the heart). -राज्यम् 'kingdom of the fancy', a castle in the air; मनोराज्यविजृम्भणमेतत् 'this is building castles in the air'. -रुज् f. pain or grief of the heart. -लयः loss of consciousness. -लौल्यम् freak, caprice. -वल्लभा a beloved woman. -वहा N. of a particular artery; ('अश्वत्थपत्रनाडीव द्विसप्ततिशताधिका । नाडी मनोवहेत्युक्तं योगशास्त्र- विशारदैः'); मध्ये च हृदयस्यैका शिरा तत्र मनोवहा । शुकं संकल्पजं नॄणां सर्वगात्रैर्विमुञ्चति ॥ Mb.12.214.19. -वाक्कर्मन् n. pl. thoughts, words and deeds. -वाञ्छा, -वाञ्छितम् a wish of the heart, a desire, -विकारः, -विकृतिः f. emotion of the mind. -विनयनम् mental discipline. -विरुद्ध a. 1 incomprehensible. -2 against the dictates of mind or conscience. -वृत्तिः f. 1 working of the mind, volition. -2 disposition, temper. -वेगः quickness of thought. -व्यथा mental pain or anguish. -शल्य a. rankling in the mind; (बाहुः) कुबेरस्य मनःशल्यं शंसतीव पराभवम् Ku.2.22. -शिलः, -ला red arsenic; मनःशिला- विच्छुरिता निषेदुः Ku.1.55; R.12.8; टङ्कैर्मनःशिलगुहैरवदीर्य- माणा Mk.; गन्धाश्मानं मनःशिलाम् Śiva B.3.19; मनःशिला- पङ्कलिखितेन च विद्योतितललाटपट्टाम् K. -शीघ्र a. quick as thought. -संकल्पः desire of the heart. -संगः attachment of the mind (to anything). -संचेतनाहारः (with Buddhists) one of the four kinds of food (in a material and spiritual senses) -संतापः anguish of the mind. -समृद्धिः heart's content; Bhāg. -संवरः coercion of mind. -सुख a. agreeable to the mind. -स्थ a. being in the heart, mental. -स्थैर्यम् firmness of mind. -हत a. disappointed. -हर a. pleasing, charming, attractive, fascinating, lovely; अव्याजमनोहरं वपुः Ś.1.18; Ku.3.39; R.3.32. (-रः) a kind of jasmine. (-रम्) gold. -हर्तृ, -हारिन् a. heart-stealing, captivating, agreeable, pleasing; हितं मनोहारि च दुर्लभं वचः Ki.1.4; गाङ्गं वारि मनोहारि मुरारिचरणच्युतम् Gaṅgāṣṭaka by Vālmīki 7. -हारी an unchaste or unfaithful woman. -ह्लादः gladness of heart. -ह्वा red arsenic; मनःशिला मनोगुप्ता मनोह्वा नागजिह्विका Bhāva. P.
manthara मन्थर a. [मन्थ्-अरच्] 1 Slow, dull, tardy, lazy, inactive; गर्भमन्थरा Ś.4; प्रत्यभिज्ञानमन्थरो$भवत् ibid; स्थाने खल्वयं प्रसवमन्थरो$भूत् M.5; दरमन्थरचरणविहारम् Gīt.11; Śi.6.4;7.18;5.62; R.19.21. -2 Stupid, foolish, silly; मन्थरकौलिकः. -3 Low, deep, hollow, having a low tone. -4 Large, broad, wide, big. -5 Bent, crooked, curved. -6 Indicating, showing (सूचक). -रः 1 A store, treasure. -2 The hair of the head. -3 Wrath, anger. -4 Fresh butter. -5 A churning-stick. -6 Hindrance, an obstacle. -7 A stronghold. -8 Fruit. -9 A spy, an informer. -1 The month Vaiśākha. -11 The mountain Mandara. -12 An antelope. -रा N. of a humpbacked nurse or slave of Kaikeyī who instigated her mistress, on the eve of Rāma's coronation as heir-apparent, to beg of her husband by the two boons formerly promised to her by him, the banishment of Rāma for fourteen years and the installation of Bharata on the throne; मन्थरां प्रविशस्वादौ कैकेयीं च ततः परम् A. Rām. -रम् Safflower. -Comp. -विवेक a. slow in judgment, void of discrimination; उन्मथ्य मन्थरविवेकमकाण्ड एव Māl.1.18.
maryādā मर्यादा [मर्यायां सीमायां दीयते दा-घञर्थे क] 1 A limit, boundary (fig. also); bound, border, frontier, verge; मर्यादाव्यतिक्रमः Pt.1. -2 End, termination, terminus. -3 A shore, bank. -4 A mark, land-mark. -5 The bounds of morality, any fixed usage or established rule, moral law; मर्यादानां च लोकस्य कर्ता कारयिता च सः Rām.5. 35.11. -6 A rule of propriety or decorum, bounds or limits of propriety, propriety of conduct; आस्तातापवाद- भिन्नमर्याद U.5; मर्यादायाममर्यादाः स्त्रियस्तिष्ठन्ति सर्वदा Pt.1.142. -7 A contract, covenant, an agreement; गृह्यतां पाणिना पाणिर्मर्यादा बध्यतां ध्रुवा Rām.4.5.11. -Comp. -अचलः, -गिरिः, -पर्वतः a frontier-mountain. -धावनम् running towards a mark. -बन्धः keeping within limits; Buddh. -भेदकः a destroyer of land-marks; मर्यादाभेदकश्चैव विकृतं प्राप्नुयाद्वधम् Ms.9.291. -वचनम् statement of the limit; P.III.3.136. -व्यतिक्रमः overstepping limits.
marśanam मर्शनम् 1 Rubbing. -2 Examination, inquiry. -3 Consideration, deliberation. -4 Advising, counselling. -5 Removing, rubbing off. -6 Explaining. -7 Touching (a woman); परस्वहारे परदारमर्शने Mb.3.314.29.
mātiḥ मातिः f. 1 Measure. -2 A thought, idea, conception. -3 Accurate knowledge or determination.
mārgaṇa मार्गण a. [मार्ग-ल्यु ल्युट् वा] Seeking, searching or looking out for. -2 Inquiring. -3 Asking, begging. -णम्, -णा 1 Begging, requesting, soliciting. -2 Seeking, looking out for, searching. -3 Investigating, inquiry, examination. -णः 1 A beggar, supplicant, mendicant. -2 An arrow; दुर्वाराः स्मरमार्गणाः K. P.1; अभेदि तत्तादृ- गनङ्गमार्गणैर्यदस्य पौष्पैरपि धैर्यकञ्चुकम् N.1.46; Vikr.1.77; R.9.17,65. -3 The number 'five'. -णम् 1 Investigation, search; शिलोच्चये तस्य विमार्गणं नयः Ki.14.9. -2 Solicitation, the act of begging.
mitiḥ मितिः f. [मा-मि-क्तिन्] 1 Measuring, a measure, weight. -2 Accurate knowledge. -3 Proof, evidence. -4 Determination.
mīmāṃsanam मीमांसनम् Investigation, examination, inquiry. -नः An investigator, inquirer, examiner.
mīmāṃsā मीमांसा [मान्-विचारे स्वार्थे सन् अ] 1 Deep reflection, inquiry, examination, investigation; अथातो व्रतमीमांसा Bṛi. Up.1.5.21; रसगङ्गाधरनाम्नीं करोति कुतुकेन काव्य- मीमांसाम् R. G.; सैषा आनन्दस्य मीमांसा भवति Tait. Up.; so दत्तक˚, अलंकार˚ &c. -2 N. of one of the six chief darśanas or systems of Indian philsophy. (It was originally divided into two systems :-the पूर्वमीमांसा or कर्ममीमांसा founded by Jaimini, and the उत्तरमीमांसा or ब्रह्ममीमांसा ascribed to Bādarāyaṇa; but the two systems have very little in common between them, the first concerning itself chiefly with the correct interpretation of the ritual of the Veda and the settlement of dubious points in regard to Vedic texts; and the latter dealing chiefly with the nature of Brahman or the Supreme Spirit. The पूर्वमीमांसा is, therefore, usually, styled only मीमांसा or the Mīmāṁsā, and the उत्तर- मीमांसा, वेदान्त which, being hardly a sequel of Jaimini's system, is now considered and ranked separately.) मीमांसाकृतमुन्ममाथ सहसा हस्ती मुनिं जैमिनिम् Pt.2.34. -Comp. -कारः, -कृत् m. N. of Jaimini. -मांसल a. fat with Mīmāṁsā (a satirical term meaning 'dull'); अहो मन्दस्य मीमांसाश्रमहानिर्विजृम्भते । मीमांसामांसलं चेतः कथमित्थं प्रमाद्यति ॥ Āgama Pr. -मांसलप्रज्ञः one whose intellect is fattened on the Mīmāṁsā philosophy (a term of ridicule); ब्रूथ च स्वयं, मीमांसामांसलप्रज्ञाः, ताम् N.17.61. -सूत्रम् N. of the 12 books of aphorisms by Jaimini. मीमांसितव्य mīmāṃsitavya मीमांस्य mīmāṃsya मीमांसितव्य मीमांस्य a. To be examined, thought over, refected; श्रुतिस्तु वेदो विज्ञेयो धर्मशास्त्रं तु वै स्मृतिः । ते सर्वार्थेष्वमीमांस्ये ताभ्यां धर्मो हि निर्बभौ ॥ Ms.2.1; मीमांस्यमेव ते मन्ये विदितम् Ken.2.1.
mūtram मूत्रम् Urine; नाप्सु मूत्रं समुत्सृजेत् Ms.4.56; मूत्रं चकार 'made water'. -Comp. -अतीसारः diabetes. -आघातः a urinary disease; जायन्ते कुपितैर्दोषैर्मूत्राघातास्रयोदश Bhāva. P. -आशयः the lower belly. -उत्सङ्ग see मूत्रसंग. -कृच्छ्रम् painful discharge of urine, strangury; स्युर्मूत्र- कृच्छ्राणि नृणां तथाष्टौ Bhāva. P. -कोशः the scrotum. -क्षयः insufficient secretion of urine. -ग्रन्थिः a knot or induration on the neck of the bladder. -जठरः, -रम् the swelling of the belly caused by retention of urine. -दशकम् the urines of an elephant, a buffalo, a camel, a cow, a she-goat, a she-sheep, a horse, an ass, a man and a woman. -दोषः a urinary disease. -निरोधः obstruction or retention of urine. -पतनः a civet-cat. -पथः the urinary passage. -परीक्षा uroscopy or examination of urine. -पुटम् the lower belly. -पुरीषम् urine and excrement; Ms.6.76;11.154. -फला a species of cucumber. -मार्गः, -प्रसेकः the urethra. -वर्तिः f. rupture of the scrotum. -वर्धक a. diuretic. -वृद्धिः f. copious secretion of urine. -शकृत् n. urine and excrement. -शुक्रम् a disease in which semen is discharged along with urine. -शूलः, -लम् urinary colic. -संगः urinary obstruction, a painful and bloody discharge of urine.
mūlam मूलम् [मूल्-क] 1 A root (fig also); तरुमूलानि गृहीभवन्ति तेषाम् Ś.7.2; or शिखिनो धौतमूलाः 1.15; मूलं बन्ध् to take or strike root; बद्धमूलस्य मूलं हि महद्वैरतरोः स्त्रियः Śi.2.38. -2 The root, lowest edge or extremity of anything; कस्याश्चिदासीद्रशना तदानीमङ्गुष्ठमूलार्पितसूत्रशेषा R.7.1; so प्राचीमूले Me.91. -3 The lower part or end, base, the end of anything by which it is joined to something else; बाह्वोर्मूलम् Śi.7.32; so पादमूलम्, कर्णमूलम्, ऊरुमूलम् &c. -4 Beginning, commencement; आमूलाच्छ्रोतुमिच्छामि Ś.1. -5 Basis, foundation, source, origin, cause; सर्वे गार्हस्थ्यमूलकाः Mb.; रक्षोगृहे स्थितिर्मूलम् U.1.6; इति केना- प्युक्तं तत्र मूलं मृग्यम् 'the source or authority should be found out'; पुष्पं पुष्पं विचिन्वीत मूलच्छेदं न कारयेत् Mb.5.34. 18; समूलघातमघ्नन्तः परान्नोद्यन्ति मानवाः Śi.2.33. -6 The foot or bottom of anything; पर्वतमूलम्, गिरिमूलम् &c. -7 The text, or original passage (as distinguished from the commentary or gloss). -8 Vicinity, neighbourhood; सा कन्दुकेनारमतास्य मूले विभज्यमाना फलिता लतेव Mb.3.112.16. -9 Capital, principal, stock; मूलं भागो व्याजी परिघः क्लृप्तं रूपिकमत्ययश्चायमुखम् Kau. A.2.6.24. -1 A hereditary servant. -11 A square root. -12 A king's own territory; स गुप्तमूलमत्यन्तम् R.4.26; Ms.7.184. -13 A vendor who is not the true owner; Ms.8.22 (अस्वामिविक्रेता Kull.). -14 The nineteenth lunar mansion containing 11 stars. -15 A thicket, copse. -6 The root of long pepper. -17 A particular position of the fingers. -18 A chief or capital city. -19 An aboriginal inhabitant. -2 A bower, an arbour (निकुञ्ज). -21 N. of several roots पिप्पली, पुष्कर, शूरण &c. -22 A tail; मूलो मूलवता स्पृष्टो धूप्यते धूमकेतुना Rām.6.4.51. (In comp. मूल may be translated by 'first, prime, original, chief, principal' e. g. मूलकारणम् 'prime cause', &c. &c.) -Comp. -आधारम् 1 the navel. -2 a mystical circle above the organs of generation; मूलाधारे त्रिकोणाख्ये इच्छाज्ञानक्रियात्मके. -आभम् a radish. -आयतनम् the original abode. -आशिन् a. living upon roots. -आह्वम् a radish. -उच्छेदः utter destruction, total eradication. -कर्मन् n. magic; Ms.9.29. -कारः the author of an original work. -कारणम् the original or prime cause; क्रियाणां खलु धर्म्याणां सत्पत्न्यो मूलकारणम् Ku.6.13. -कारिका a furnace, an oven. -कृच्छ्रः -च्छ्रम् a kind of penance, living only upon roots; मूलकृच्छ्रः स्मृतो मूलैः. -केशरः a citron. -खानकः one who lives upon root-digging (मूलोत्पाटनजीवी); Ms.8.26. -गुणः the co-efficient of a root. -ग्रन्थः 1 an original text. -2 the very words uttered by Śākyamuni. -घातिन् a. destroying completely; (नहि...कर्मसु) मूलघातिषु सज्जन्ते बुद्धिमन्तो भवद्विधाः Rām.5.51.18; see मूलहर. -छिन्न a. nipped in the bud; सा$द्य मूलच्छिन्ना Dk. 2.2. -छेदः uprooting. -ज a. 1 radical. -2 growing at the roots of trees (as an ant-hill). -3 born under the constellation Mūla. (-जः) plant growing from a root. (-जम्) green ginger. -त्रिकोणम् the third astrological house. -देवः an epithet of Kaṁsa. -द्रव्यम्, धनम् principal, stock, capital. -धातुः lymph. -निकृन्तन a. destroying root and branch. -पुरुषः 'the stock-man', the male representative of a family. -प्रकृतिः f. the Prakṛiti or Pradhāna of the Sāṅkhyas (q. v.); मूल- प्रकृतिरविकृतिः Sāṅ. K.3. (-pl.) the four principal sovereigns to be considered at the time of war विजि- गीषु, अरि, मध्यम, and उदासीन); see Ms.7.155. -प्रतीकारः protection of wives and wealth (धनदाररक्षा); कृत्वा मूल- प्रतीकारम् Mb.5.151.61. -फलदः the bread-fruit tree. -बन्धः a particular position of the fingers. -बर्हणम् the act of uprooting, extermination. -बलम् the principal or hereditary force; विन्ध्याटवीमध्ये$वरोधान् मूलबलरक्षितान् निवेशयामासुः Dk.1.1. [Kāmandaka enumerates six divisions of the army and declares that मौल (hereditary) is the best of them (Kām.13.2-3.)] -भद्रः an epithet of Kaṁsa. -भृत्यः an old or hereditary servant. -मन्त्रः 1 a principal or primary text (such as आगम); जुहुयान्मूलमन्त्रेण पुंसूक्तेनाथवा बुधः A. Rām.4.4.31. -2 a spell. -राशिः a cardinal number. -वचनम् an original text. -वापः 1 one who plants roots. -2 A field where crops are grown by sowing roots; पुष्पफलवाटषण्ड- केदारमूलवापास्सेतुः Kau. A.2.6.24. -वित्तम् capital stock. -विद्या the twelve-worded (द्वादशाक्षरी) spell :-- ओं नमो भगवते वासुदेवायः; जुहुयान्मूलविद्यया Bhāg.8.16.4. -विभुजः a chariot. -व्यसनवृत्तिः the hereditary occupation of executing criminals; चण्डालेन तु सोपाको मूलव्यसन- वृत्तिमान् Ms.1.38. -व्रतिन् a. living exclusively on roots. -शकुनः (in augury) the first bird. -शाकटः, -शाकिनम् a field planted with edible roots. -संघः a society, sect. -साधनम् a chief instrument, principal expedient. -स्थानम् 1 base, foundation. -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 wind, air. -4 Mooltan. (-नी) N. of Gaurī. -स्थायिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्रोतस् n. the principal current or fountain-head of a river. -हर a. uprooting completely; सो$यं मूलहरो$नर्थः Rām.6.46.15. -हरः a prodigal son; मूलहरतादात्विककदर्यांश्च प्रतिषेधयेत् Kau. A.2.9.27.
rasaḥ रसः [रस्-अच्] 1 Sap, juice (of trees); इक्षुरसः, कुसुमरसः &c. -2 A liquid, fluid; यष्टव्यं पशुभिर्मुख्यैरथो बीजै रसैरिति Mb.14.91.21; न्यस्ताक्षरा धातुरसेन यत्र Ku.1.7. -3 Water; सहस्रगुणमुत्स्रष्टुमादत्ते हि रसं रविः R.1.18; Bv.2.144. -4 Liquor, drink; Ms.2.177. -5 A draught, potion. -6 Taste, flavour, relish (fig. also) (considered in Vaiś. phil. as one of the 24 gunas; the rasas are six; कटु, अम्ल, मधुर, लवण, तिक्त and कषाय); परायत्तः प्रीतेः कथ- मिव रसं वेत्तु पुरुषः Mu.3.4; U.2.2. -7 A sauce, condiment, -8 An object of taste; मनो बबन्धान्यरसान् विलङ्ध्य सा R.3.4. -9 Taste or inclination for a thing, liking, desire; रसवर्जं रसो$प्यस्य परं दृष्ट्वा निवर्तते Bg.2.59; इष्टे वस्तुन्युपचितरसाः प्रेमराशीभवन्ति Me.114. -1 Love, affection; जरसा यस्मिन्नहार्यो रसः U.1.39; प्रसरति रसो निर्वृतिघनः 6.11 'feeling of love'; रसादृते V.2.21; Ku. 3.37. -11 Pleasure, delight, happiness; चिरात्सुतस्पर्श- रसज्ञतां ययौ R.3.26. -12 Charm, interest, elegance, beauty. -13 Pathos, emotion, feeling. -14 (In poetic compositions) A sentiment; नवरसरुचिरां निर्मितिमादधती भारती कवेर्जयति; K. P.1. (The rasas are usually eight :-- शृङ्गारहास्यकरुणरौद्रवीरभयानकाः । भीभत्साद्भुतसंज्ञौ चेत्यष्टौ नाट्ये रसाः स्मृताः ॥ but sometimes शान्तरस is added; thus making the total number 9; निर्वेदस्थायिभावो$स्ति शान्तो$पि नवमो रसः K. P.4; sometimes a tenth, वात्सल्यरस, is also added. Rasas are more or less a necessary factor of every poetic composition, but, according to Viśvanātha, they constitute the very essence of poetry; वाक्यं रसात्मकं काव्यम् S. D.3.). -15 Essence, pith, best part; ब्रह्म तेजोमयं शुक्रं यस्य सर्वमिदं रसःMb.12.24.9. -16 A constituent fluid of the body. -17 Semen virile. -18 Mercury. -19 A poison, poisonous drink; as in तीक्ष्णरस- दायिनः; रसविधानकौशलैः Dk.2.8. -2 Any mineral metallic salt. -21 Juice of the sugar-cane. -22 Milk. -23 Melted butter. -24 Nectar; मयः कूपरसे$क्षिपत् Bhāg.7.1.59-6. -25 Soup, broth. -26 A symbolical expression for the number 'six'. -27 Green onion. -28 Myrrh. -29 Gold. -3 A metal in a state of fusion. -31 See रसातल; अनेन नूनं वेदानां कृतमाहरणं रसात् Mb.12.347.67. -32 The tongue (as the organ of taste); वाण्यां च छन्दांसि रसे जलेशम् Bhāg.8.2.27; जितं सर्वं जिते रसे 11.8.21. -33 (With Vaiṣṇavas.) Disposition of the heart or mind (the five Rasas are शान्ति, दास्य, साख्य, वात्सल्य and माधुर्य). -Comp. -अग्रजम् an ointment prepared from the calx of brass. -अञ्जनम् vitriol of copper, a sort of collyrium. -अधिक a. 1 tasty. -2 abounding in pleasures, splendid; Ś.7.2 (v. l.). (-कः) borax. -अन्तरम् 1 a different taste. -2 different feelings or sentiments. -अभिनिवेशः intentness of affection. -अम्लः 1 a kind of sorrel. -2 sour sauce. -अयनम् 1 an elixir of life (elixir vitæ), any medicine supposed to prolong life and prevent old age; निखिलरसायनमहितो गन्धेनोग्रेण लशुन इव R. G. -2 (fig.) serving as an elixir vitæ, i. e. that which gratifies or regales; आनन्दनानि हृदयैकरसायनानि Māl.6.8; मनसश्च रसायनानि U.1.37; श्रोत्र˚, कर्ण˚ &c. -3 alchemy or chemistry. -4 any medicinal compound. -5 butter-milk. -6 poison. -7 long pepper. (-नः) 1 an alchemist. -2 N. of Garuḍa. ˚श्रेष्ठः mercury. (-नी f.) 1 a channel for the fluids of the body. -2 N. of several plants :-- गुडूची, काकमाची, महाकरञ्ज, गोरक्षदुग्धा and मांसच्छदा. -आत्मक a. 1 consisting of juice or sentiment. -2 elegant, beautiful. -3 having taste or flavour. -4 ambrosial; रसात्मकस्योडुपतेश्च रश्मयः Ku.5.22. -5 fluid, liquid, watery; सोमो भूत्वा रसात्मकः Bg.15.13. -आदानम् absorption of fluid, suction. -आधारः the sun. -आभासः 1 the semblance or mere appearance of a sentiment; अनौचित्यप्रवृत्तत्वे आभासो रसभावयोः S. D. -2 an improper manifestation of a sentiment. -आश्रयः a. embodying or representing sentiments. -आस्वादः 1 tasting juices of flavours. -2 perception or appreciation of poetic sentiments, a perception of poetical charm; as in काव्यामृतरसास्वादः. -आस्वादिन् m. a bee. -आह्वः turpentine. -इक्षुः sugar-cane. -इन्द्रः 1 mercury. -2 the philosopher's stone (the touch of which is said to turn iron into gold); ˚वेधजम्, संजातम् the gold. -उत्तमम् milk. (-मः) 1 quicksilver. -2 Phaseolus Mungo (Mar. मूग). -3 milk. -उत्पत्तिः 1 production of taste. -2 development of passion or sentiment. -3 generation of the vital fluids. -उद्भवम् 1 a pearl. -2 vermilion. -उपलम् a pearl. -ऊनम् garlic; also ऊनकः. -ओदनम् rice boiled in meat-broth. -कर्पूरम् sublimate of mercury. -कर्मन् n. preparation of quicksilver. -केसरम् camphor. -क्रिया the inspissation and application of fluid remedies. -गन्धः, -न्धम् gum-myrrh. -गन्धकः 1 myrrh. -2 sulphur. -गर्भम् 1 = रसाञ्जन. -2 vermilion. -गुण a. possessing the quality of taste; ज्योतिषश्च विकुर्वाणा- दापो रसगुणाः स्मृताः Ms.1.78. -ग्रह a. 1 perceiving flavours. -2 appreciating or enjoying pleasures. (-हः) the organ of taste. -घन a. full of juice. -घ्नः borax. -जः 1 sugar, molasses. -2 an insect produced by the fermentation of liquids. -जम् blood. -a. bred in fluids; Ms.11.143. -जातम् an ointment prepared from the calx of brass. -ज्ञ a. 1 one who appreciates the flavour or excellence of, one who knows the taste of; सांसारिकेषु च सुखेषु वयं रसज्ञाः U.2.22. -2 capable of discerning the beauty of things. (-ज्ञः) 1 a man of taste or feeling, a critic, an appreciative person, a poet. -2 an alchemist. -3 a physician, or one who prepares mercurial or other chemical compounds. (-ज्ञा) the tongue; सखि मा जल्प तवायसी रसज्ञा Bv.2.59; (-रसज्ञता, त्वम् means 1 poetical skill. -2 alchemy. -3 knowledge of flavours. -4 discrimination.). -ज्ञानम् a branch of medical science. -ज्येष्ठः 1 the sweet taste. -2 the love sentiment. -तन्मात्रम् the subtle element of taste. -तेजस् n. blood. -दः 1 a physician; Mb.12.121.45. -2 a spy who administers poison; Kau. A.1.12. -द्राविन् a kind of citron. -धातु n. quicksilver. -धेनुः a cow consisting of fruit-juice. -नाथः mercury. -नायकः N. of Sacute;iva. -निवृत्तिः loss of taste. -नेत्रिका red arsenic. -पाकजः molasses. -पाचकः a cook. -प्रबन्धः any poetical composition, particularly a drama. -फलः the cocoanut tree. -भङ्गः the interruption or cessation of a sentiment. -भवम् blood. -भस्मम् n. oxide of mercury. -भेदः a preparation of quicksilver. -मलम् impure excretions. -मातृका the tongue. -योगः juices mixed scientifically. -राजः, -लोहः 1 = रसाञ्जन. -2 quick-silver. -वादः alchemy. -विक्रयः sale of liquors. -विद्धम् artificial gold. -शास्त्रम् the science of alchemy. -शोधनः borax. (-नम्) purification of mercury. -सरोरुहम् a red lotus. -सिद्ध a. 1 accomplished in poetry, conversant with sentiments; जयन्ति ते सुकृतिनो रससिद्धाः कवीश्वराः Bh.2.24. -2 skilled in alchemy. -सिद्धिः f. skill in alchemy. -सिन्दूरम् a cinnabar made of zinc, mercury, blue vitriol and nitre. -स्थानम् vermilion.
rasika रसिक a. [रसो$स्त्यस्य ठन्] 1 Savoury, sapid, tasteful. -2 Graceful, elegant, beautiful. -3 Impassioned. -4 Apprehending flavour or excellence, possessed of taste, appreciative, discriminating; तद् वृत्तं प्रवदन्ति काव्यरसिकाः शार्दूलविक्रीडितम् Śrut.4. -5 Finding pleasure or taking delight in, delighting in, devoted to (usually in comp.); इयं मालती भगवता सदृशसंयोगरसिकेन वेधसा मन्मथेन मया च तुभ्यं दीयते Māl.6; so कामरसिकः Bh.3.112; परोपकाररसिकस्य Mk.6.19. -6 Humorous, witty. -7 Fanciful. -8 Lustful. -कः 1 A man of taste or feeling, an appreciator of excellence or beauty; cf. अरसिक. -2 A libertine. -3 An elephant. -4 A horse. -5 The Sārasa bird. -का 1 The juice of sugar-cane, molasses. -2 The tongue. -3 A woman;s girdle; see रसाला also.
rūḍhiḥ रूढिः f. [रुह्-क्तिन्] 1 Growth, germination. -2 Birth, production. -3 Increase, devolopment, growth, spread. -4 Rise, ascent. -5 Fame, celebrity, notoriety; चक्रधर इति रथाङ्गमदः सततं बिभर्षि भुवनेषु रूढये Śi.15.26. -6 A tradition, custom, customary or traditional usage; शास्त्राद् रूढिर्बलीयसी 'custom prevails over precept', -7 General prevalence, common currency. -8 Popular meaning, conventional acceptation of a word; मुख्यार्थबाधे तद्योगे रूढितो$थ प्रयोजनात् K. P.2; समुदायशक्तिः रूढिः. -9 Decision. -Comp. -शब्दः a word which conveys its sense by रूढि (usage) as opposed to योग (etymology); बहुषु कुशानां लातुः गुणेषु सत्सु निपुणतायामेव कुशलशब्दो रोहाद् रूढिशब्द एव भवति ŚB. on MS.6.7.22. -शब्दता the state of being used in a conventional sense. रुहरुहिका ruharuhikā रुहिरुहिका ruhiruhikā रुहरुहिका रुहिरुहिका Longing, anxiety.
rūpaṇam रूपणम् [रूप्-ल्युट्] 1 Metaphorical of figurative description. -2 Investigation, examination.
roca रोच a. Illuminating, enlightening.
rocana रोचन a. (-ना or -नी f.) [रुच्-ल्यु रोचयति वा ल्यु Uṇ 2.74] 1 Enlightening; illuminating, irradiating. -2 Bright, splendid, beautiful. lovely, pleasing, agreeable; कीर्त्यमानं यशो यस्य सकृदाकर्ण्य रोचनम् Bhāg.1.1.11; रोचनै- र्भूषितां पम्पामस्माकं हृदयाविधम् Bk.6.73. -3 Stomachic. -नः 1 A stomachic. -2 N. of one of the five arrows of Cupid. -3 N. of several plants:-- पलाण्डु, आरग्वध, दाडिम, करञ्ज, अङ्कोष्ठ &c. -नम् 1 Raising a desire for; नैष्कर्म्यां लभते सिद्धिं रोचनार्था फलश्रुतिः Bhāg.11.3.46. -2 The bright sky, firmament. -Comp. -फलः the citron tree.
romanthaḥ रोमन्थः [रोगं मथ्नाति मन्थ्-अण् पृषो˚ गलोपः Tv.] 1 Ruminating, chewing the cud; उद्गीर्णस्य वा अवगीर्णस्य वा मन्थो रोमन्थः Mbh.; छायाबद्धकदम्बकं मृगकुलं रोमन्थमभ्यस्यतु Ś.2.6. -2 (Hence) Frequent repetition.
roha रोह a. [रुह्-अच्] 1 Growing, springing up. -2 Rising, ascending. -3 Riding on; as in अश्वरोहः 'a rider'. -हः 1 Rising, height, altitude. -2 The raising of anything (as of a number from a smaller to a higher denomination). -3 Growth, development (fig.). -4 Bud, blossom, shoot; बीजं चैकं रोहसहस्रमेति Mb.12.12. 38. -5 The generating cause; क्षिते रोहः प्रवहः शश्वदेव Mb.13.76.1. -6 A rider; बाणाक्षिप्तारोहशून्यासनानाम् Śi.18.56. -Comp. -पूर्व a. having the accents ascending.
laṅ लङ् A technical term used by Pāṇini to denote the Imperfect tense or its terminations.
laṭ लट् A technical term used by Pāṇdenote the Present tense or its terminations.
liṅ लिङ् A technical term used by Pāṇini to denote the Potential and Benedictive moods or their terminations (the two moods being distinguished as विधिलिङ् and आशीर्लिङ्).
liṭ लिट् A technical term in grammer used by Pāṇini to denote the Perfect tense or its terminations.
luṅ लुङ् A technical term used by Pāṇini to denote the Aorist or its terminations.
luṭ लुट् A technical term used by Pāṇini to denote the First or Periphrastic Future or its terminations.
lṛṅ लृङ् A technical term used by Pāṇini to denote the Conditional Mood or its terminations.
lṛṭ लृट् A technical term used by Pāṇini to denote the Second or Simple Future or its terminations.
leṭ लेट् A technical term used by Pāṇini to denote the Vedic Subjunctive Mood or its terminations.
locana लोचन a. (-नी f.) 1 Illuminating, brightening. -2 Visible. -नम् [लोच्यते$नेन लोच्-करणे ल्युट्] 1 Seeing, sight, viewing. -2 The eye; शेषान् मासान् गमय चतुरो लोचने मीलयित्वा Me.112. -Comp. -अञ्चलः a corner of the eye. -आपातः a glance. -आवरणम् an eyelid. -गोचरः, -पथः, -मार्गः the range of sight, sphere of vision. -परुष a. hideous in appearance; लोचनपरुषं कमपि पुरुषं ददर्श Dk. 1.2. -हिता blue vitriol.
loṭ लोट् A technical term used by Pāṇini to denote the Imperative Mood or its terminations.
varam वरम् ind. Rather or better than, preferably to, it is better that &c. It is sometimes used with the ablative; समुन्नयन् भूतिमनार्यसंगमाद्वरं विरोधो$पि समं महात्मभिः Ki.1.8. But it is generally used absolutely, वरम् being used with the clause containing the thing preferred, and न च, न तु or न पुनः with the clause containing the thing to which the first is preferred, (both being put in the nominative case); वरं मौनं कार्यं न च वचनमुक्तं यदनृतं ... वरं भिक्षाशित्वं न च परधनास्वादनसुखम् H.1.116; वरं प्राणत्यागो न पुनरधमानामुपगमः ibid; वरं गर्भस्रावो वरमृतुषु नैवाभिगमनम्, वरं जातप्रेतो वरमपि च कन्यैव जनिता । वरं वन्ध्या भार्या वरमपि च गर्भेषु वसतिर्न चाविद्वान् रूपद्रविणगुणयुक्तो$पि तनयः ॥ Pt.; sometimes न is used without च, तु or पुनः; याच्ञा मोघा वरमधिगुणे नाधमे लब्धकामा Me.6.
vāgaraḥ वागरः 1 A sage, holy man. -2 A learned Brāhmaṇa, scholar. -3 A brave man, hero. -4 A touchstone, whet-stone. -5 An impediment, obstacle. -6 Certainty, determination. -7 Submarine fire. -8 A wolf. -9 A water-vessel; L. D. B. -1 A horse of the sun; L. D. B.
vi वि ind. 1 As a prefix to verbs and nouns it expresses:-- (a) separation, disjunction (apart, asunder, away, off &c.), as वियुज्, विहृ, विचल् &c.; (b) the reverse of an action; as क्री 'to buy'; विक्री, 'to sell'; स्मृ 'to remember'; विस्मृ 'to forget'; (c) division; as विभज्, विभाग; (d) distinction; as विशिष्, विशेष, विविच्, विवेक; (e) discrimination; व्यवच्छेद (f) order, arrangement; as विधा, विरच्; (g) opposition; as विरुध्, विरोध; (h) privation; as विनी, विनयन; (i) deliberation, as विचर्, विचार; (j) intensity; विध्वंस. -2 As a prefix to nouns or adjectives not immediately connected with roots, वि expresses (a) negation or privation, in which case it is used much in the same way as अ or निर्, i. e. it forms Bah. comp.; विधवा, व्यसुः &c.; (b) intensity, greatness; as विकराल; (c) variety, as विचित्र; (d) difference; as विलक्षण; (e) manifoldness, as विविध; (f) contrariety, opposition, as विलोम; (g) change, as विकार; (h) impropriety, as विजन्मन्.
vikaraṇaḥ विकरणः The inserted conjugational affix, the conjugational sign placed between the root and the terminations. -णम् Change, modification.
vicāraḥ विचारः 1 Reflection, deliberation, thought, consideration; विचारमार्गप्रहितेन चक्षुषा Ku.5.42. -2 Examination, discussion, investigation; तत्त्वार्थविचार. -3 Trial (of a case); विषसलिलतुलाग्निप्रार्थिते मे विचारे Mk.9.43. -4 Judgment, discrimination, discernment, exercise of reason; विचारमूढः प्रतिभासि मे त्वम् R.2.47. -5 Decision, determination. -6 Selection. -7 Doubt, hesitation. -8 Prudence, circumspection. -Comp. -ज्ञ a. able to decide, a judge. -भूः f. 1 a tribunal, seat of justice. -2 particularly, the judgment-seat of Yama. -मूढ a. 1 Mistaken in judgment. -2 Foolish. -शील a. thoughtful, considerate, prudent. -स्थलम् 1 a tribunal. -2 logical discussion.
vicāraṇam विचारणम् 1 Discussion, consideration, examination, deliberation, investigation; तच्छ्रण्वन् विपठन् विचारणपरो भक्त्या विमुच्येन्नरः Bhāg.12.13.18. -2 Doubt, hesitation.
vicāraṇā विचारणा 1 Examination, discussion, investigation. -2 Reflection, consideration, thought. -3 Hesitation, doubt; भवित्री तत्र वैदेहि न मे$स्त्यत्र विचारणा Mb.3.282.57; 14.53.21. -4 The Mīmāṁsā system of philosophy. -5 Distinction, kind.
vijñānam विज्ञानम् 1 Knowledge, wisdom, intelligence, understanding; यज्जीव्यते क्षणमपि प्रथितं मनुष्यैर्विज्ञानशौर्यविभवार्यगुणैः समेतम् । तन्नाम जीवितमिह ... Pt.1.24;5.3; विज्ञानमयः कोशः 'the sheath of intelligence' (the first of the five sheaths of the soul). -2 Discrimination, discernment. -3 Skill, proficiency; प्रयोगविज्ञानम् Ś.1.2. -4 Worldly or profane knowledge, knowledge derived from worldly experience (opp. ज्ञान which is 'knowledge of Brahma or Supreme Spirit'); ज्ञानं ते$हं सविज्ञानमिदं वक्ष्याम्यशेषतः Bg.7.2;3.41;6.8; (the whole of the 7th Adhyāya of Bg. explains ज्ञान and विज्ञान). -5 Business, employment. -6 Music. -7 Knowledge of the fourteen lores. -8 The organ of knowledge; पञ्चविज्ञानचेतने (शरीरे) Mb.12.187. 12. -9 Knowledge beyond the cognisance of the senses (अतीन्द्रियविषय); विज्ञानं हि महद्भ्रष्टम् Rām.3.71.3. -1 Information; लब्धविज्ञानम् Mb.12.44.5. -Comp. -ईश्वर N. of the author of the Mitākṣarā, a commentary on Yājñavalkya's Smṛiti. -पादः N. of Vyāsa. -मातृकः an epithet of Buddha. -योगः means of arriving at correct knowledge (प्रमाण); केन विज्ञानयोगेन मतिश्चित्तं समास्थिता Mb. 14.21.11. -वादः the theory of knowledge, the doctrine taught by Buddha. -स्कन्धः one of the five स्कन्धs postulated in the Buddhistic philosophy (रूपवेदना- विज्ञानसंज्ञासंस्काराः क्षणिकविज्ञानस्कन्धे स्मृतिरनुपपन्ना ŚB. on MS.1.1.5.
vittiḥ वित्तिः f. [विद्-क्तिन्] 1 Knowledge. -2 Judgment, discrimination, thought. -3 Gain, acquisition. -4 Likelihood.
vidūṣaka विदूषक a. (-की f.) 1 Defiling, polluting, contaminating, corrupting. -2 Detracting, abusing. -3 Witty, humorous, jocular. -कः 1 A jester, buffon. -2 Particularly, the humorous companion and confidential friend of the hero in a play, who excites mirth by his quaint dress, speeches, gestures, appearances &c., and by allowing himself to be made the butt fo ridicule by almost every body; the S. D. thus defines him :-- कुसुमवसन्ताद्यभिधः कर्मवपुर्वेशभाषाद्यैः । हास्यकरः कलहरतिर्विदूषकः स्यात् स्वकर्मज्ञः ॥ 79; cf. also शृङ्गारस्य सहाया विटचेटविदूषकाद्याः स्युः । भक्ता नर्मसु निपुणाः कुपितवधूमानभञ्जनाः शुद्धाः ॥ ibid. -3 A libertine, lecher. -4 A critic; an opponent; प्राशंसि संसद्गुरुणापि चार्वी चार्वाकता सर्वविदूषकेण N.1.57.
vidyotana विद्योतन a. (-नी f.) 1 Illuminating, irradiating. -2 Illustrating, elucidating. -नम् Lightning.
vidhānam विधानम् 1 Arranging, disposing; अपरं किं तु कृत्वैवं विधानं संविधास्यति Rām.7.2.31. -2 Performing, making, doing, executing; नेपथ्यविधानम् Ś.1; आज्ञा˚, यज्ञ˚ &c.; एवं कृत्वा विधानं स संनिवेश्य वसुं तदा Rām.7.54.13. -3 Creation, creating; तस्मिन् विधानातिशये विधातुः कन्यामये नेत्र- शतैकलक्ष्ये R.6.11;7.14; Ku.7.66; निधानं धर्माणां किमपि च विधानं नवमुदाम् G. L.18. -4 Employment, use, application; प्रतिकारविधानम् R.8.4. -5 Prescribing, enjoining, ordering. -6 A rule, precept, ordinance, sacred rule or precept, sacred injunction; तन्न्याय- त्वाद् विधानस्य MS.1.3.16 (cf. विधीयते अनेनेति विधानं शब्दः SB. on ibid.); Ms.9.148; ज्ञात्वा शास्त्रविधानोक्तं कर्म कर्तुमिहार्हसि Bg.16.24;17.24. -7 Mode, manner. -8 A means or expedient; वस्त्रैश्च सर्वैः सहितैर्विधानै- र्नेयं वृता ते वरसंप्रदाने Rām.2.37.36. -9 Performance of prescribed acts or rites. -1 A rite, ceremony. -11 Gaining, obtaining. -12 Affixing, prefixing (as terminations, suffixes &c.). -13 The food given to elephants (to make them intoxicated); विधानसंपादितदान- शोभितैः (where विधान means 'rule' also); उत्क्षिप्तहस्ततल- दत्तविधानपिण्डस्नेहस्रुतिस्नपितबाहुरिभाधिराजम् Śi.5.51. -14 Wealth. -15 Pain, agony, torment, distress. -16 An act of hostility. -17 An act, doing; आशङ्कमानो नृपते- र्विधानम् Mb.3.113.15. -18 An effort, attempt (यत्न); तथा विधानं क्रियतां समर्थाः साधनेष्विति Rām.1.8.19. -19 Remedy (चिकित्सा); तेषामन्यतमोद्रेके विधानमुपदिश्यते Mb.12. 16.12. -2 Prevention (प्रतिकार); विधानं तत्र भगवन् कर्तुमर्हसि युक्तितः Mb.5.177.8. -21 Granting; क्रतुभ्रेषस्त्वत्तः क्रतुफल- विधानव्यसनिनः Śiva-mahimna 21. -22 The Veda; त्वमेको ह्यस्य सर्वस्य विधानस्य स्वयंभुवः Ms.1.3. -23 The fate, destiny (दैव); अहमद्योपयोक्ष्यामि विधानं पश्य यादृशम् Mb.3. 179.15. -24 A statement of the Vedas; तस्य शब्दं गुणं विद्यान्मूर्तिशास्त्रविधानवित् Mb.12.252.3. -25 (In drama) Conflict of different feelings. -26 Worship. -Comp. -गः, -ज्ञः a wise or learned man. -युक्त a. in accordance with or conformable to sacred precept. -सप्तमी the 7th day in the light half of माघ.
vidhiḥ विधिः [विधा-कि] 1 Doing, performance, practice, an act or action; ब्रह्मध्यानाभ्यसनविधिना योगनिद्रां गतस्य Bh.3.41; योगविधि R.8.22; अस्याः सर्गविधौ V.1.8; लेखाविधि Māl. 1.35. -2 Method, manner, way, means, mode; निः- साराल्पफलानि ये त्वविधिना वाञ्छन्ति दण्डोद्यमैः Pt.1.376. -3 A rule, commandment, any precept which enjoins something for the first time (as distinguished from नियम and परिसंख्या q. q. v. v.); विधिरत्यन्तमप्राप्तौ; चिकीर्षाकृतिसाध्यत्व- हेतुधीविषयो विधिः; वहति विधिहुतं या हविः Ś.1.1. -4 A sacred precept or rule, ordinance, injunction, law, a sacred command, religious commandment (opp. अर्थवाद which means 'an explanatory statement coupled with legends and illustrations'; see अर्थवाद); प्रवृत्तिपरं वाक्यं विधिः, as ज्योतिष्टोमेन स्वर्गकामो यजेत; श्रद्धा वित्तं विधिश्चेति त्रितयं तत् समागतम् Ś.7.29; R.2.16. -5 Any religious act or ceremony, a rite, ceremony; स चेत् स्वयं कर्मसु धर्मचारिणां त्वमन्तरायो भवसि च्युतो विधिः R.3.45;1.34. -6 Behaviour, conduct. -7 Condition; V.4. -8 Creation, formation; सामग्ऱ्यविधौ Ku.3.28; कल्याणी विधिषु विचित्रता विधातुः Ki.7.7. -9 The creator. -1 Fate, destiny, luck; विधौ वामारम्भे मम समुचितैषा परिणतिः Māl.4.4. -11 The food of elephants. -12 Time. -13 A physician. -14 N. of Viṣṇu. -15 Use, application. -16 A means, expedient for; अक्षरं गन्तुमनसो विधिं वक्ष्यामि शीघ्रगम् Mb.12. 236.13. -17 Any act, action. -Comp. -अन्तः The end or the concluding portion of an injunctive text, all the other portion of the प्रयोगविधि (pertaining to an act) except the प्रधान or मुख्य विधि which is called विध्यादि; विध्यन्तो वा प्रकृतिवत्˚ MS.7.4.1; सोमेन यजेत इति विध्यादिः । सौमिकमपि ब्राह्मणं विध्यन्तः ŚB. ibid. Also see विध्यादि. -आदिः m. the beginning of a विधि or injunction; the main or प्रधान injunction; वेदे$पि दर्शपूर्णमासाभ्यां यजेत इति विध्यादिः । विध्यन्तो$पि प्रधानविधिवर्जितं कृत्स्नं पौरोडाशिकं ब्राह्मणम् ŚB. on MS.7.4.1. -कर a. executing commands; विधिकरीरिमा वीर मुह्यतीरधरसीधुनाप्याययस्व नः Bhāg.1.31.8. -m. a servant; सो$यं ते विधिकर ईश विप्रशप्तस्तस्येदं निधन- मनुग्रहाय विद्मः Bhāg.7.8.57. -घ्नः a. disregarding prescribed rites or rules. -ज्ञ a. knowing the ritual. (-ज्ञः) a Brāhmaṇa versed in the ritual, a ritualist. -दर्शकः a priest at a sacrifice who sees that everything is done according to the precepts, and corrects any deviation from them. -दृष्ट, -विहित a. prescribed by rule, enjoined by law. -देशकः 1 = विधिदर्शक above. -2 a preceptor, teacher. -द्वैधम् diversity of rules, variance of precept or commandment. -पूर्वकम् ind. according to rule. -प्रयोगः application of a rule. -यज्ञः 1 a sacrifice performed according to rule; Ms.2. 85-86. -2 a ceremonial act of worship. -योगः 1 the force or influence of fate. -2 the observance of a rule; अनेन विधियोगेन कर्तव्यांशप्रकल्पना Ms.8.211. -लोपः transgression of a commandment. -वधूः f. an epithet of Sarasvatī. -विपर्ययः misfortune. -विभक्तिः f. a potential termination; a termination which lays down an injunction; विधिविभक्तिं हि विधायिकां लिङं मन्यमानाः श्लोकमिमं समामनन्ति ŚB. on MS.4.3.3. The श्लोक referred to here is; कुर्यात् क्रियेत कर्तव्यं भवेत् स्यादिति पञ्चमम् । एतत् स्यात् सर्ववेदेषु नियतं विधिलक्षणम् ॥ This श्लोक speaks of the five forms which the विधिविभक्ति takes in the Vedic literature. -हीन a. devoid of rule, unauthorised, irregular.
vinigamanā विनिगमना f. Determination, definite conclusion, acceptance of something to the exclusion of the rest; न हि विनिगमनायां हेतुरस्ति एवंनिमित्तकं कर्तव्यं नैवंनिमित्तकमिति ŚB. on MS.1.5.59.
vinivṛttiḥ विनिवृत्तिः f. 1 Cessation, stopping, removing; शका- भ्यसूयाविनिवृत्तये R.6.74. -2 End, stop, termination.
vibhaktiḥ विभक्तिः f. 1 Separation, division, partition, apportionment; कालं कालविभक्तीश्च Ms.1.24; कथं सृष्टानि भूतानि कथं वर्णविभक्तयः Mb.12.182.3; कशापातेषु दृश्यन्ते नानावर्ण- विभक्तयः Pañcharātram 2.4. -2 Division, separation in interest. -3 A portion or share of inheritance. -4 (In gram). Inflection of nouns, a case or case-termination.
vibhāvanam विभावनम् ना 1 Clear perception or ascertainment, discrimination, judgment. -2 Discussion, investigation, examination. -3 Conception, imagination; यदन्यदन्यत्र विभाव्यते भ्रमात् A. Rām.7.5.37. -4 Development. -5 Protection (पालन); यस्याङ्घ्रिपद्मं परिचर्य विश्वविभावनायात्तगुणाभि- पत्तेः Bhāg.4.8.2. -6 Looking, sight (दर्शन); पश्चिमां तु समासीनः सम्यगृक्षविभावनात् Ms.2.11. -7 Showing, manifesting; Ms.9.76 (com.). -ना (In Rhet.) A figure of speech in which effects are represented as taking place though their usual causes are absent; क्रियायाः प्रतिषेधे$पि फलव्यक्तिर्विभावना K. P.1.
vimarśaḥ विमर्शः र्शनम् 1 Deliberation, consideration, examination, discussion; कुर्वन् बुद्ध्या विमर्शम् Mu.4.3. -2 Reasoning. -3 A conflicting judgment. -4 Hesitation, doubt; कार्यस्य न विमर्शं च गन्तुमर्हसि सुव्रत Rām.118.57; 2.34.44. -5 The impression left on the mind by past good or bad actions; see वासना. -6 Knowledge; अविद्वद- धिकारित्वात् प्रायश्चित्तं विमर्शनम् Bhāg. 6.1.11.
virāmaḥ विरामः 1 (a) Cessation, discontinuance; सुधां विना न प्रययुर्विरामम् Bh.2.8; प्रवृत्तस्याविरामे भवन्ती शासितव्या Mbh. (b) Rest, repose. -2 End, termination, conclusion; आरामः कल्पवृक्षाणां विरामः सकलापदाम् Rāma-rakṣā.16; रजनिरिदानीभियमपि याति विरामम् Gīt.5; U.3.16; Māl.9.34. -3 Pause, stop. -4 The stop or pause of the voice; वर्णानामपि मूर्च्छनान्तरगतं तारं विरामे मृदुम् Mk.3.5. -5 A small oblique stroke placed under a consonant, usually at the end of a sentence. -6 N. of Viṣṇu.
vivekaḥ विवेकः 1 Discrimination, judgment, discernment, discretion; काश्यपि यातस्तवापि च विवेकः Bv.1.68,66; ज्ञातो$यं जलधर तावको विवेकः 96; विवेकभ्रष्टानां भवति विनिपातः शतमुखः Bh.2.1. -2 Consideration, discussion, investigation; यच्छृङ्गारविवेकतत्त्वमपि यत् काव्येषु लीलायितम् Gīt.12; so द्वैत˚, धर्म˚. -3 Distinction, difference, discriminating (between two things); नीरक्षीरविवेके हंसालस्यं त्वमेव तनुषे चेत् Bv.1.13; एकतामिव गतस्य विवेकः कस्यचिन्न महतो$प्युपलेभे Ki.9.12; Bk.17.6. -4 (In Vedānta phil.) The power of distinguishing between the visible world and the invisible spirit, or of separating reality from mere semblance or illusion. -5 True knowledge. -6 A receptacle for water, basin, reservoir. -Comp. -ख्यातिः right knowledge. -ज्ञ a. judicious, discriminative; ते धन्यास्ते विवेकज्ञास्ते शस्या इह भूतले । आगच्छन्ति गृहे येषां कार्यार्थं सुहृदो जनाः ॥ Pt.1.262,387. -ज्ञानम् the faculty of discrimination. -दृश्वन् m. a discerning man; विवेकदृश्वत्व- मगात् सुराणाम् Bk.2.46. -पदवी reflection, consideration. -परिपन्थिन् obstructing right judgment. -भाज् a. wise. -मन्थरता feebleness of judgment. -विरहः ignorance, folly. -विश्रान्त a. foolish, unwise.
vivekin विवेकिन् a. 1 Discriminating, discreet, judicious; दम्भो भवति विवेकी Pt.1.418. -2 Separated. -m. 1 A judge, discriminator. -2 A philosopher.
vivecanam विवेचनम् ना 1 Discrimination. -2 Discussion, consideration. -3 Settlement, decision.
viśeṣa विशेष a. 1 Peculiar. -2 Copious, abundant; आसीद्विशेषा फलपुष्पवृष्टिः R.2.14. -षः 1 Discrimination, distinguishing between. -2 Distinction, difference; निर्विशेषो विशेषः Bh.3.5. -3 Characteristic difference, peculiar mark, special property, speciality, differentia; oft. in comp. and translated by 'special', 'peculiar' &c.; विशेषं नाधिगच्छामो गायतो राघवस्य च Rām. 7.94.14; प्रत्यादिष्टविशेषमण्डनविधिः Ś.6.5. -4 A favourable turn or crisis in sickness, a change for the better; अस्ति मे विशेषः &Sacute.3 'I feel better'. -5 A limb, member; पुपोष लावण्यमयान् विशेषान् Ku.1.25. -6 A species, sort, variety, kind, mode (usually at the end of comp.); पञ्चत्वाय विशेषाय कल्पते भुवनैः सह Bhāg.11.23.21; भूतविशेषः U.4; परिमलविशेषान् Pt.1; कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36. -7 A different or various object, various particulars (pl.); प्रासादास्त्वां तुलयितुमलं यत्र तैस्तैर्विशेषैः Me.66,59. -8 Excellence, superiority, distinction; usually at the end of comp. and translated by 'excellent', 'distinguished', 'pre-eminent', 'choice', &c.; अनुभावविशेषात्तु R.1.37; वपुर्विशेषेषु Ku.5.31; R.2.7;6.5; Ki.9.58; so आकृति- विशेषाः 'excellent forms', अतिथिविशेषः 'a distinguished guest' &c. -9 A peculiar attribute, the eternal distinguishing nature of each of the nine dravyas; अयमस्माद् व्यावृत्त इति व्यावृत्तिबुद्धिमात्रहेतुर्विशेषः Tarka K. (these viśeṣas are said to inhere in the atoms of the Earth, Water, Light, and Air and the five eternal substances, Ether, Time, Space, Soul and Mind.); पञ्च चैव विशेषा वै तथा पञ्चेन्द्रियाणि च Mb.12.36.29; Bhāg.2.5.29. -1 (a) Individuality, particularity. (b) A particular instance; उक्तिरर्थान्तरन्यासः स्यात् सामान्यविशेषयोः -11 A category, predicament. -12 A mark on the forehead with sandal, saffron &c. -13 A word which limits or qualifies the sense of another; see विशेषण. -14 N. of the mundane egg. -15 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech, said to be of three kinds; it is thus defined by Mammaṭa :- विना प्रसिद्धमाधारमाधेयस्य व्यवस्थितिः । एकात्मा युगपद्वृत्तिरेकस्यानेक- गोचरा । अन्यत् प्रकुर्वतः कार्यमशक्यान्यस्य वस्तुनः । तथैव करणं चेति विशेषस्त्रिविधः स्मृतः ॥ K. P.1. -16 (In geom.) The hypotenuse. -Comp. -अतिदेशः a special supplementary rule, special extended application. -उक्तिः f. a figure of speech in which an effect is represented as not taking place though the usual necessary causes exist; विशेषोक्तिरखण्डेषु कारणेषु फलावचः K. P.1; e. g. हृदि स्नेहक्षयो नाभूत् स्मरदीपे ज्वलत्यपि. -करणम् improvement. -गुणः 1 a special or distinguishing property. -2 (in phil.) such guṇa as is not produced (like संयोग, पृथक्त्व &c.) by the union of two things. -ज्ञ, -विद् a. 1 knowing distinctions, critical, connoisseur. -2 learned, wise; अज्ञः सुखमाराध्यः सुखतरमाराध्यते विशेषज्ञः Bh.2.3. -धर्मः 1 A peculiar duty. -3 A special law. -पतनी- यम् A particular crime; नीचाभिगमनं गर्भपातनं भर्तृहिंसनम् । विशेषपतनीयानि स्त्रीणामेतान्यपि ध्रुवम् ॥ Y.3.297. -भावना (in Arith.) a kind of method in extracting roots. -लक्षणम्, -लिङ्गम् a special or characteristic mark. -वचनम् a special text or precept. -विधिः, -शास्त्रम् a special rule.
viśeṣaka विशेषक a. 1 Distinguishing, distinctive. -2 Restrictive; ननु विशेषकः शब्दः श्रूयते ब्रह्मवर्चसकमिति । नैष विशेषकः । उपाधिकर एषः । ŚB. on MS.4.3.2. -कः, -कम् 1 A distinguishing feature or characteristic, an attribute. -2 A discriminative or distinguishing quality. -3 A mark on the forehead with sandal, saffron &c. -4 Drawing lines of painting on the face and person with coloured unguents and cosmetics; प्रत्याख्यातविशेषकं कुरबकं श्यामाव- दातारुणम् M.3 5; स्वेदोद्गमः किंपुरुषाङ्गनानां चक्रे पदं पत्रविशेषकेषु Ku.3.33; R.9.29; Śi.3.63;1.84. -कः A particular form of speech; cf. विशेषोक्ति. -कम् A group of three stanzas forming one grammatical sentence; द्वाभ्यां युग्ममिति प्रोक्तं त्रिभिः श्लोकैर्विशेषकम् । कलापकं चतुर्भिः स्यात्तदूर्ध्वं कुलकं स्मृतम् ॥.
viśeṣaṇa विशेषण a. 1 Attributive. -2 Distinctive; सूक्ष्मं विशेषणं तेषामवेक्षेच्छास्त्रचक्षुषा Mb.12.217.28. -णम् 1 Distinguishing, discrimination, particularization; भावनं ब्रह्मणः स्थानं धारणं सद्विशेषणम् Bhāg.3.26.46. -2 Distinction, difference; स्वानुभूत्या तिरोभूतमायागुणविशेषणम् Bhāg.3.33.25. -3 A word which particularizes, qualifies, or defines another, an adjective, attribute, epithet (opp. विशेष्य); भक्षयतिश्च नञ्विशेषणम् ŚB. on MS.6.2.19; उपपन्नमिदं विशेषणं वायोः V.3; विशेषणैर्यत् साकूतैरुक्तिः परिकरस्तु सः K. P.1. (विशेषण is said to be of three kinds व्यावर्तक, विधेय, and हेतुगर्भ). -4 A distinguishing feature or mark. -5 Species, kind. -6 Surpassing, excelling; अस्य काव्यस्य कवयो न समर्था विशेषणे Mb.1.1.73; पराक्रमे$न्योन्य- विशेषणेन Ki.17.32. -Comp. -असिद्धः N. of a kind of हेत्वाभास. -पदम् a title of honour. विशेषतस् viśēṣatas विशेषेण viśēṣēṇa विशेषात् viśēṣāt विशेषतस् विशेषेण विशेषात् ind. 1 Especially, particularly. -2 In proportion to; निःस्वेभ्यो देयमेतेभ्यो दानं विद्याविशेषतः Ms.11.2. -3 Individually, singly.
vītiḥ वीतिः [वी-क्तिन्] A horse. -तिः f. 1 Going, motion. -2 Producing, production. -3 Enjoyment. -4 Eating. -5 Light, lustre. -6 Cleaning, purifying. -7 Separation; termination (निवृत्ति); भववीतये Ki.6.41,44. -Comp. होत्रः 1 fire. -2 the sun.
vegaḥ वेगः [विज्-घञ्] 1 Impulse, impetus. -2 Speed, velocity, rapidity. -3 Agitation. -4 Impetuosity, violence, force. -5 A stream, current; as in अम्बुवेगः; रुरोध नर्मदा- वेगं बाहुभिर्बहुभिर्वृतः Rām.7.32.4,6. -6 Energy, activity, determination. -7 Power, strength; ऊरू भग्नौ प्रसह्याजौ गदया भीमवेगया Mb.1.2.288; मदनज्वरस्य वेगात् K. -8 Circulation, working, effect (as of poison); चिराद्वेगारम्भी प्रसृत इव तीव्रो विषरसः U.2.26; V.5.18. -9 Haste, rashness, sudden impulse; कृत्यं न कुरुते वेगान्न स संतापमाप्नुयात् Pt.1.19. -1 The fight of an arrow; घननीहार इवाविषक्तवेगः Ki.13.24. -11 Love, passion. -12 The external manifestation of an internal emotion. -13 Delight, pleasure. -14 Evacuation of the feces; स्वभावतः प्रवृत्तानां मलादीनां जिजीविषुः । न वेगं धारयेद्धीरः कामादीनां च धारयेत् ॥ Rājanighaṇṭu. -15 Semen virile. -16 Pleasure, delight. -17 Attack, paroxysm (of a disease); Suśi. -Comp. -अनिलः 1 blast caused by speed; यष्ट्यग्रे च समं स्थितो ध्वजपटः प्रान्ते च वेगानिलात् V.1.5. -2 a strong or violent wind. -आघातः 1 sudden arresting of velocity, check of speed. -2 obstruction of excretion, constipation. -दण्डः an elephant. -नाशनः the phlegmatic humour. -रोधः = ˚आघातः q. v. -वाहिन् a. swift. -विधारणम् 1 checking of speed. -2 constipation. -सरः a mule. -हरिणः a kind of antelope; L. D. B.
vyaktiḥ व्यक्तिः f. 1 Manifestation, visibility; clear perception. राज्ञः समक्षमेवाधरोत्तरव्यक्तिर्भविष्यति M. 1; स्नेहव्यक्तिः Me.12. -2 Visible appearance, clearness, distinctness; अव्यक्तं व्यक्तिमापन्नं मन्यन्ते मामबुद्धयः Bg.7.24; Dk.2.6; व्यक्तिं भजन्त्यापगाः Ś.7.8 (v. l.). -3 Distinction, discrimination; दैवमानुषयोरद्य व्यक्ता व्यक्तिर्भविष्यति Rām.2.23.18; तं सन्तः श्रोतुमर्हन्ति सदसद्व्यक्तिहेतवः R.1.1. -4 Real form or nature, true character; न हि ते भगवन् व्यक्तिं विदुर्देवा न दानवाः Bg.1.14. -5 An individual (opp. जाति), as in जातिव्यक्ती; अव्यक्ताद् व्यक्तयः सर्वाः प्रभवन्त्यहरागमे Bg.8.18. -6 Gender (in gram.). -7 Inflection.
vyapavargaḥ व्यपवर्गः Division, difference. -2 Cessation, termination.
vyavacchedaḥ व्यवच्छेदः 1 Cutting off, rending asunder. -2 Dividing, separating. -3 Dissection. -4 Particularizing. -5 Distinguishing. -6 Contrast, distinction. -7 Determination. -8 Shooting, letting fly (as an arrow). -9 A chapter or section of a work. -1 Destruction (नाश); दुःखेष्वेकतरेणापि दैवभूतात्महेतुषु । जीवस्य न व्यवच्छेदः स्याच्चेत्तत्तत्- प्रतिक्रिया ॥ Bhāg.4.29.33. -Comp. -विद्या the science of anatomy.
vyavasāyaḥ व्यवसायः 1 Effort, exertion, energy, industry, perseverance; करोतु नाम नीतिज्ञो व्यवसायमितस्ततः H.2.14. -2 Resolve, resolution, determination; मन्दीचकार मरण- व्यवसायबुद्धिम् Ku.4.45 'the thought of resolving to die'; व्यवसायात्मिका बुद्धिः Bg.2.41; व्यवसायो$स्मि 1.36. -3 An act, action, performance; व्यवसायः प्रतिपत्तिनिष्ठुरः R.8.65. -4 (a) Business, employment, trade. (b) Following a particular profession or trade. -5 Conduct, behaviour. -6 Device, stratagem, artifice. -7 Boasting. -8 N. of Viṣṇu. -9 Of Śiva. -1 State, condition. -Comp. -आत्मक a. energetic, laborious. -बुद्धि a. having a resolute mind.
vyavasita व्यवसित p. p. 1 Endeavoured, attempted; स्वजनमनु- गन्तुं व्यवसिता Ś.6.9. -2 Undertaken. -3 Resolved, determined, settled. -4 Devised, planned. -5 Endeavouring, resolving. -6 Persevering, energetic. -7 Cheated, deceived. -8 Convinced, sure (of anything); सम्यग्व्यवसिता बुद्धिस्तव राजर्षिसत्तम Bhāg.1.1.15. -तम् Ascertainment, determination; यत्ते व्यवसितं तात तदस्माकमपि प्रियम् Mb.6.119.37. -2 An artifice, contrivance.
vyavasitiḥ व्यवसितिः 1 Determination. -2 Endeavour; भूम्नौत्सुक्यानुरूपव्यवसितिरधिकं पर्यवप्लुत्य गत्वा Mv.6.51.
vyavasthā व्यवस्था 1 Adjustment, arrangement, settlement; as in वर्णाश्रमव्यवस्था. -2 Fixity, definiteness; भङ्गं जयं चापतुरव्यवस्थम् R.7.54. -3 Fixity, firm basis; आजह्रतु- स्तच्चरणौ पृथिव्यां स्थलारवन्दश्रियमव्यवस्थाम् Ku.1.33. -4 Relative position. -5 A settled rule, law, statute, decree, decision, legal opinion, written declaration of the law (especially on doubtful points or where contradictory texts have to be properly adjusted). -6 An agreement, a contract. -7 State, condition. -8 State or order of things. -9 Separation. -Comp. -अतिक्रमः violation of the law, breaking a contract. -पत्रम् a written deed, document. व्यवस्थानम् vyavasthānam व्यवस्थितिः vyavasthitiḥ व्यवस्थानम् व्यवस्थितिः f. 1 Arrangement, settlement, determination, decision; बाजक्षेत्रे तथैवान्ये तत्रेयं तु व्यवस्थितिः Ms.1.7. -2 A rule, statute, decision. -3 Steadiness, constancy. -4 Firmness, perseverance; साधु धर्मे व्यवस्थानं क्रियतां यदि शक्यते Rām.7.13.18. -5 A fixed limit; न विद्यते व्यवस्थानं क्रुद्धयोः कृष्णयोः क्वचित् Mb.8.87.78. -6 Separation. -नः N. of Viṣṇu.
vyākaraṇam व्याकरणम् 1 Analysis, decomposition. -2 Grammatical analysis, grammar, one of the six Vedāṅgas q. v.; सिंहो व्याकरणस्य कर्तुरहरत् प्राणान् प्रियान् पाणिनेः Pt.2.33. -3 Explaining, expounding. -4 Discrimination. -5 Manifestation. -6 Prediction. -7 The sound of a bow-string. -Comp. -प्रक्रिया etymology, derivation (of a word).
vyucchittiḥ व्युच्छित्तिः f., -व्युच्छेदः Cutting off, extermination, complete destruction.
śap शप् A technical term used by Pāṇini for the conjugational sign अ inserted between the root and the terminations of the conjugational tenses in the first class of roots.
śas शस् 1 A technical name for the termination of the acc. plural. -2 A Taddhita affix forming adverbs from nouns, especially from numerals; as द्विशः, शतशः, बहुशः &c.
śeṣa शेष a. [शिष्-अच्] Remaining, rest, all the other; न्यषेधि शेषो$प्यनुयायिवर्गः R.2.4;4.64;1.29; Me.3,89; रम्भे निर्वर्त्यतां शेषो विधिः V.5; शेषान् मासान् गमय चतुरो लोचने मीलयित्वा Me.11 (v. l.); Ms.3.47; Ku.2.44; oft. at the end of comp. in this sense; भक्षितशेष, आलेख्यशेष &c. -षः, -षम् 1 (a) Remainder, rest, residue; ऋणशेषो$ग्निशेषश्च व्याधिशेषस्तथैव च । पुनश्च वर्धते यस्मात्तस्माच्छेषं न कारयेत् ॥ Chāṇ 4; अध्वशेष Me.4; प्रतिकारविधानमायुषः सति शेषे हि फलाय कल्पते R.8.4; so शेषे वयसः समागतो मृत्युः Bv.4.3; त्रिभागशेष Ku.5.57; वाक्यशेषः V.3. &c. (b) 1 Surplus, balance. -2 Anything left out or omitted to be said; (इति शेषः is often used by commentators in supplying an ellipsis or words necessary to complete the construction). -3 Escape, salvation, respite. -षः 1 Result, effect. -2 End, termination, conclusion. -3 Death, destruction. -4 N. of a celebrated serpent, said to have one thousand heads, and represented as forming the couch of Viṣṇu or as supporting the entire world on his head; किं शेषस्य भरव्यथा न वपुषि क्ष्मां न क्षिपत्येष यत् Mu.2.18; Ku.3.13; R.1.13. -5 N. of Balarāma (supposed to be an incarnation of Śeṣa). -6 An elephant. -7 Subsidiary अङ्ग; something which is declared as being subservient to something else; शेषः परार्थत्वात् MS.3.1.2 (यस्तु अत्यन्तं परार्थस्तं वयं शेष इति ब्रूमः ŚB.); शेषो हि सादनम् ŚB. on MS.1.5.76. -8 Favour (प्रसाद); 'शेषः संकर्षणे वधे अनन्ते ना प्रसादे च' इति मेदिनी नैवंशीलाः शेषमिहाप्नुवन्ति Mb.1.197.24. -षा The remains of flowers or other offerings made to an idol and distributed among the worshippers as a holy relique; तस्यै स्त्रियस्ताः प्रददुः शेषां युयुजुराशिषः Bhāg.1.53.5; तथेति शेषामिव भर्तुराज्ञामादाय मूर्ध्ना मदनः प्रतस्थे Ku.3.22; Ś.3. -षम् The remnants of food, remains of an offering. (शेषे is used adverbially in the sense of 1 at last, finally. -2 in other cases; as in शेषे षष्ठी). -Comp. -अन्नम् leavings of food. -अवस्था old age. -कालः the time of death. -जातिः f. assimilation of residues; (in alg.) reduction of fractions of residues. -पतिः a manager. -भागः the remainder. -भोजनम् the eating of leavings; गृहस्थस्य......त्यागः शेषभोजनम् Kau. A.1.3. -रात्रिः the last watch of the night. -रूपिन् a. appearing to be secondary. -शयनः, -शायिन् m. epithets of Viṣṇu.
śodhana शोधन a. (-नी f.) [शुध्-णिच्-ल्यु ल्युट् वा] Purifying, cleansing &c. -नम् 1 (a) Purifying, cleansing. (b) Cleansing or washing of a wound. -2 Correction, clearing away errors; (शपथं) करोतु परिषन्मध्ये शोधनार्थं ममैव च Rām.7.95.6. -3 Exact determination. -4 Payment, discharge, acquittance. -5 Expiation, atonement; अज्ञान- भुक्तं तूत्तार्यं शोध्यं वाप्याशु शोधनैः Ms.11.16. -6 Refining of metals. -7 Retaliation, requital, punishment. -8 Subtraction (in math.). -9 Green vitriol. -1 Feces, ordure. -11 Removal, eradication; कष्टकानां च शोधनम् Ms.1.115. -नः The lime.
średhī श्रेधी 1 A succession of distinct things. -2 (In math.) Progression. -3 Sequence. -Comp. -फलम् the sum of a progression. -व्यवहारः the determination of progression.
saṃvadanam संवदनम् ना 1 Conversing, talking together. -2 Communication of tidings. -3 Examination, consideration. -4 Subduing or overpowering by magic or charms. -5 A charm, an amulet. -6 A meaasge.
saṃskṛtiḥ संस्कृतिः 1 = संस्कार. -2 Preparation. -3 Perfection. -4 Determination. -5 (Modern usage) Civilization, culture.
saṃkalpaḥ संकल्पः 1 Will, volition, mental resolve; कामः संकल्पो विचिकित्सा ... Bṛi. Up.1.5.3; कः कामः संकल्पः Dk. -2 Purpose, aim, intention, determination. -3 Wish, desire; संकल्पमात्रोदितसिद्धयस्ते R.14.17. -4 Thought, idea, reflection, fancy, imagination; तत्संकल्पोपहितजडिम स्तम्भमभ्येति गात्रम् Māl.1.35; वृथैव संकल्पशतैरजस्रमनङ्ग नीतो$सि मया विवृद्धिम् Ś.3.5. (v. l.); प्रियासंनिहितैवेयं संकल्पस्थापिता पुरः Nāg.2.9. -5 The mind, heart; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्यात् Kaṭh. 1.1; संकल्पनिर्वृतिषु संस्तुत एष दासः Māl.7.2. -6 A solemn vow to perform an observance. -7 Expectation of advantage from a holy voluntary act. -8 Consideration, reflection. -9 A declaration made by a widow at the time of burning herself with her husband. -Comp. -आत्मक a. 1 willing, resolving. -2 consisting of thought only, imaginary. -ज a. produced from self-will, desire or idea of advantage; व्रतानि यमधर्माश्च सर्वे संकल्पजाः स्मृताः Ms.2.3. -जः, -जन्मन् m., -योनिः 1 wish, desire. -2 epithets of the god of love; भगवन् संकल्पयोने M.4; Ku.3.24. -प्रभव a. born from desire (an epithet of Madana); कामिनां बहुमन्तव्यं संकल्पप्रभवोदयम् Bhāg.8.12.16. -मूल, -संभव a. based on some idea or desire; संकल्पमूलः कामो वै यज्ञाः संकल्पसंभवाः Ms.2.3. -रूप a. -1 volitional. -2 conformable to will.
saṃkṣayaḥ संक्षयः 1 Destruction. -2 Complete destruction or consumption. -3 Loss, ruin. -4 End, termination, -5 Destruction of the world. -6 Shelter, home; अहो निश्चेतनो राजा जीवलोकस्य संक्षयम् । धर्म्यं सत्यव्रतं रामं वनवासे प्रवत्स्यति ॥ Rām.2.41.6. -7 Death; शृणु राजन् यथाकाले प्राप्तो बालस्य संक्षयः Rām.7.74.8.
sat सत् a. (-ती f.) 1 Being, existing, existent; सन्तः स्वतः प्रकाशन्ते गुणा न परतो नृणाम् Bv.1.12; सत्कल्पवृक्षे वने Ś.7.12. -2 Real, essential, true; Bṛi. Up.2.3.1. -3 Good, virtuous, chaste; सती सती योगविसृष्टदेहा Ku.1. 21; Ś.5.17. -4 Noble, worthy, high; as in सत्कुलम्. -5 Right, proper. -6 Best, excellent. -7 Venerable, respectable. -8 Wise, learned. -9 Handsome, beautiful. -1 Firm, steady. -m. A good or virtuous man, a sage; आदानं हि विसर्गाय सतां वारिमुचामिव R.4.86; अविरतं परकार्यकृतां सतां मधुरिमातिशयेन वचो$मृतम् Bv.1.113; Bh.2. 78; R.1.1. -n. 1 That which really exists, entity, existence, essence. -2 The really existent truth, reality. -3 Good; as in सदसत् q. v. -4 Brahman or the Supreme Spirit. -5 Ved. Water. -6 The primary cause (कारण); य ईक्षिता$हं रहितो$प्यसत्सतोः Bhāg.1.38.11. -7 (In gram.) The termination of the present participle. (सत्कृ means 1 to respect, treat with respect, receive hospitably. -2 to honour, worship, adore. -3 to adorn.) -Comp. -अञ्जनम् (सदञ्जनम्) calx of brass. -अर्थः (सदर्थः) a matter in question. -असत् (सदसत्) a. 1 existent and non-existent, being and not being. -2 real and unreal. -3 true and false. -4 good and bad, right and wrong. -5 virtuous and wicked. (-n. du.) 1 entity and non-entity. -2 good and evil, right and wrong. ˚विवेकः discrimination between good and evil, or truth and falsehood. ˚व्यक्तिहेतुः the cause of discrimination between the good and bad; तं सन्तः श्रोतुमर्हन्ति सदसद्व्यक्तिहेतवः R.1.1. -आचारः (सदाचारः) 1 good manners, virtuous of moral conduct. -2 approved usage, traditionary observances, immemorial custom; यस्मिन् देशे य आचारः पारंपर्यक्रमागतः । वर्णानां सान्तरालानां स सदाचार उच्यते ॥ Ms.2.18. -आत्मन् a. (सदात्मन्) virtuous, good. -आनन (सदानन) a. fair-faced. -उत्तरम् (सदुत्तरम्) a proper or good reply. -करणम् funeral obsequies. -कर्तृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कर्मन् n. 1 a virtuous or pious act. -2 virtue, piety. -3 funeral obsequies. -4 expiation. -5 hospitality. -काण्डः a hawk, kite. -कारः 1 a kind or hospitable treatment, hospitable reception; सत्कारमानपूजार्थं तपो दम्भेन चैव यत् । क्रियते तदिह प्रोक्तं राजसं चलमध्रुवम् ॥ Bg.17.18. -2 reverence, respect. -3 care, attention. -4 a meal. -5 a festival, religious observance. -कार्यम् (in Sāṁkhya phil.) the necessary existence of an effect. ˚वाद the doctrine of the actual existence of an effect (in its cause). -कुल a good or noble family. -कुलीन a. nobly born, of noble descent. -कृत a. 1 done well or properly. -2 hospitably received or treated. -3 revered, respected, honoured. -4 worshipped. adored. -5 entertained. -6 welcomed. (-तः) an epithet of Śiva. (-तम्) 1 hospitality. -2 respect. -3 virtue, piety. -कृतिः f. 1 treating with respect, hospitality, hospitable reception. -2 virtue, morality. -क्रिया 1 virtue, goodness; शकुन्तला मूर्तिमती च सत्क्रिया Ś.5.15. -2 charity, good or virtuous action. -3 hospitality, hospitable reception; सत्क्रियाविशेषात् Ś.7. -4 courtesy, salutation. -5 any purificatory ceremony. -6 funeral ceremonies, obsequies. -7 Celebration, decoration; यावदादिशति पार्थिवस्तयोर्निर्गमाय पुरमार्गसत्क्रियाम् R.11.3. -गतिः f. (-सद्गतिः) 1 a good or happy state, felicity, beatitude. -2 The way of good men. -गुण a. (सद्गुण) possessed of good qualities, virtuous, (-णः) virtue, excellence, goodness, good quality. -घनः (सद्घनः) holy existence. -2 nothing but existence. -चरित, -चरित्र a. (सच्चरित-त्र) well conducted, honest, virtuous, righteous; सूनुः सच्चरितः Bh.2.25. (-n.) 1 good of virtuous conduct. -2 history or account of the good; Ś.1. -चारा (सच्चारा) turmeric. -चिद् (सच्चिद्) the Supreme Spirit. ˚अंशः a portion of existence and thought. ˚आत्मन् m. the soul consisting of entity and thought. ˚आनन्दः 1 'existence or entity, knowledge and joy'; an epithet of the Supreme Spirit or Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -जन a. (सज्जन) good, virtuous, respectable. (-नः) a good or virtuous man. ˚गर्हित despised by the virtuous; पुक्कस्यां जायते पापः सदा सज्जनगर्हितः Ms.1. 38. -धर्मः (सद्धर्मः) true justice. -पतिः Ved. 1 a lord of good persons or heroes. -2 N. of Indra. -पत्रम् the new leaf of a water-lily. -पथः 1 a good road. -2 the right path of duty, correct or virtuous conduct. -3 an orthodox doctrine. -परिग्रहः acceptance (of gifts) from a proper person. -पशुः a victim fit for a sacrifice, a good sacrificial victim. -पात्रम् a worthy or virtuous person. ˚वर्षः bestowing favours on worthy recipients, judicious liberality. ˚वर्षिन् a. having judicious liberality. -पुत्रः 1 a good or virtuous son. -2 a son who performs all the prescribed rites in honour of his ancestors. -a. one who has a son; यद्यपि स्यात्तु सत्पुत्रो$प्यसत्पुत्रो$पि वा भवेत् Ms.9.154. -प्रतिपक्षः (in logic) one of the five kinds of hetvābhāsas or fallacious hetus, a counterbalanced hetu, one along which there exists another equal hetu on the opposite side; यत्र साध्याभावसाधकं हेत्वन्तरं स सत्प्रति- पक्षः; e. g. 'sound is eternal because it is audible'; and also 'sound is non-eternal, because it is a product'; नाप्रामाण्यं मतानां स्यात् केषां सत्प्रतिपक्षवत् N.17.19. -प्रमुदिता (in Sāṁkhya phil.) N. of one of the 8 perfections. -भाग्यम् (सद्भाग्यम्) 1 good fortune. -2 Felicity. -फलः the pomegranate tree. -भावः (सद्भावः) 1 existence, being, entity; सद्भावे साधुभावे च सदित्येतत् प्रयुज्यते Bg.17.26. -2 actual existence, reality. -3 good disposition or nature, amiability. -4 quality of goodness. -5 obtainment (प्राप्ति); देहस्यान्यस्य सद्भावे प्रसादं कर्तुमर्हसि Rām.7.56.9. -मातुरः (सन्मातुरः) the son of a virtuous mother. -मात्रः (सन्मात्रः) 'consisting of mere entity', the soul. -मानः (सन्मानः) esteem of the good. -मित्रम् (सन्मित्रम्) a good or faithful friend. -युवतिः f. (सद्युवतिः) a virtuous maiden. -वंश (सद्वंश) a. of high birth. -वचस् n. (सद्वचस्) an agreeable or pleasing speech. -वस्तु n. (सद्वस्तु) 1 a good thing. -2 a good plot or story; प्रणयिषु वा दाक्षिण्यादथवा सद्वस्तुपुरुषबहुमानात् । शृणुत मनोभिरवहितैः क्रियामिमां कालिदासस्य ॥ V.1.2. -वादिता (सद्वादिता) true counsel; सद्वादितेवाभिनिविष्टबुद्धौ Ki.17.11. -विद्य (सद्विद्य) welleducated, having good learning. -वृत्त a. (सद्वृत्त) 1 wellbehaved, well conducted, virtuous, upright. -2 perfectly circular, well-rounded; सद्वृत्तः स्तनमण्डलस्तव कथं प्राणै- र्मम क्रीडति Gīt.3 (where both senses are intended). (-त्तम्) 1 good or virtuous conduct. -2 an agreeable or amiable disposition. -शील (सच्छील) a. 1 good tempered. -2 benevolent, kindly disposed (towards others). -संसर्गः, -संनिधानम्, -संगः, -संगतिः, -समागमः company or society of the good, association with the good; तथा सत्संनिधानेन मूर्खो याति प्रवीणताम् H.1; सत्संगजानि निधनान्यपि तारयन्ति U.2.11; सत्संगतिः कथय किं न करोति पुंसाम् Bh.2.23. -संप्रदायः good tradition. -संप्रयोगः right application. -सहाय a. having virtuous friends. (-यः) a good companion. -सार a. having good sap or essence. (-रः) 1 a kind of tree. -2 a poet. -3 a painter. -हेतुः (सद्धेतुः) a faultless or valid hetu or middle term.
samayaḥ समयः 1 Time in general. -2 Occassion, opportunity; न तैः समयमन्विच्छेत् पुरुषो धर्ममाचरन् Ms.1.53. -3 Fit time, proper time or season, right moment; गन्तुं प्रवृत्ते समयं विलङ्घ्य Ku.3.35. -4 An agreement, a compact, contract, an engagement; मिथःसमयात् Ś.5. -5 A convention, conventional usage. -6 An established rule of conduct, a ceremonial custom, usual practice, observance; निह्नवन्ति च ये तेषां समयं सुकृतं च यत् Mb.12. 229.8; निरस्तनारीसमया दुराधयः Ki.1.28; U.1. -7 The convention of poets; (e. g. that persons separated from their beloveds are affected at the sight of clouds.). -8 An appointment, assignation. -9 A condition, stipulation; V.5. -1 A law, rule, regulation; वीराणां समयो हि दारुणरसः स्नेहक्रमं बाधते U.5.19. -11 Direction, order, instruction; precept. -12 Emergency, exigency. -13 An oath; कामं तथा तिष्ठ नरेन्द्र तस्मिन् यथा कृतस्ते समयः सभायाम् Mb.3.183.35. -14 A sign, hint, indication; शौरिसमयनिगृहीतधियः Śi.15.41. -15 Limit, boundary. -16 A demonstrated conclusion, doctrine, tenet; बौद्ध˚, वैशेषिक˚ &c. -17 End, conclusion, termination. -18 Success, prosperity. -19 End of trouble. (समयेन 'on condition, conditionally'.) -Comp. -अध्युषितम् a time at which neither the stars nor the sun is visible; उदिते$नुदिते चैव समयाध्युषिते तथा Ms.2.15. -अनुवर्तिन् a. following established customs. -अनुसारेण, -उचितम् ind. suitably to the occasion, as the occasion demands. -आचारः conventional practice, established usage; अतश्च प्रवज्यासुलभसमयाचारविमुखः Māl.4.6. -क्रिया 1 making an agreement; नारदस्याज्ञया चैव द्रौपद्याः समयक्रिया Mb.1.2.119 'the time-arrangement of Draupadi's conjugal life'. -2 enjoining certain duties; स्थापयेत्तत्र तद्वंश्यं कुर्याच्च समयक्रियाम् Ms.7.22. -3 preparation of an ordeal. -च्युतिः neglect of the right time. -ज्ञ a. knowing the right time. -धर्मः covenant, stipulation. -परि- रक्षणम् observance of a compact, treaty, or agreement; न समयपरिरक्षणं क्षमं ते Ki.1.45. -बन्धन a. bound by an agreement. -भेदः breaking an agreement or engagement, breach of contract. -विद्या astrology; Dk -व्यभि- चारः breaking an agreement, violation or breach of contract. -व्यभिचारिन् a. breaking an agreement; निगृह्य दापयेच्चैनं समयव्यभिचारिणम् Ms.8.22-221.
samarthanam समर्थनम् ना 1 Establishing, supporting, corroborating. -2 Defending, vindicating, justifying; स्थिते- ष्वेतत् समर्थनम् K. P.7. -3 Pleading, advocating. -4 Judging, considering; imagining. -5 Deliberation, determination, deciding on the propriety or otherwise of anything. -6 Adequacy, efficacy, force, capability; स तु ज्ञानगरीयस्त्वात्तपसश्च समर्थनात् Mb.1.13.1. -7 Energy, perseverance. -8 Reconciling differences, allaying disputes. -9 Objection. -1 Compensation for an offence; नो तदागसि परं समर्थना N.18.136.
samādānam समादानम् 1 Receiving fully. -2 Receiving suitable gifts. -3 The daily observances of the Jaina sect. -4 Resolve, determination.
samāptiḥ समाप्तिः f. 1 End, conclusion, completion, termination. -2 Accomplishment, fulfilment, perfection. -3 Reconciling or settling differences, making up quarrels. -4 Perfection, development; नीते समाप्तिं नवचूतबाणे Ku.3. 27. -5 Dissolution (of the body); आ समाप्तेः शरीरस्य यस्तु शुश्रूषते गुरुम् Ms.2.244.
samucchedaḥ समुच्छेदः Complete destruction, extermination, eradication.
samullekhaḥ समुल्लेखः Extermination.
sargaḥ सर्गः [सृज्-घञ्] 1 Relinquishment, abandonment. -2 Creation; आराध्य विप्रान् स्मरमादिसर्गे Bhāg.3.1.28; अस्याः सर्गविधौ प्रजापतिरभूच्चन्द्रो नु कान्तिप्रदः V.1.8. -3 The creation of the world; प्रलयस्थितिसर्गाणां कारणतां गतः Ku.2.6; R. 3.27; सर्गो नवविधस्तस्य प्राकृतो वैकृतस्तु यः Bhāg.3.1.13. -4 Nature, the universe; इहैव तैर्जितः सर्गो येषां साभ्ये स्थितं मनः Bg.5.19. -5 Natural property, nature. -6 Determination, resolve; गृहाण शस्त्रं यदि सर्ग एष ते R.3.51;14. 42; Śi.19.38. -7 Assent, agreement. -8 A section, chapter, canto (as of a poem). -9 Rush, onset, advance (of troops). -1 Voiding of excrement; राजमार्गे गवां मध्ये धान्यमध्ये च धर्मिणः । नोपसेवन्ति राजेन्द्र सर्गं मूत्रपुरीषयोः ॥ Mb.13.162.35. -11 N. of Śiva. -12 Fainting, swoon (मोह). -13 Ved. A horse. -14 Production (of the implement of war); सर्गाणां चान्ववेक्षणम् Mb.12.59.44. (com. सर्गाणां रथादिनिर्माणानाम्). -15 Effort, exertion. -16 The aspiration at the end of a word (विसर्ग). -Comp. -क्रमः the order of creation. -बन्धः a great poem having several cantos, a Mahākāvya; सर्गबन्धो महाकाव्यम् S. D.
savibhaktika सविभक्तिक a. Having a case termination. सविभ्रम savibhrama सविलास savilāsa सविभ्रम सविलास a. Sportive, coquettish, wanton; जल्पन्ति सार्धमन्येन पश्यन्त्यन्यं सविभ्रमाः Pt.1.135.
saviśeṣa सविशेष a. 1 Possessing characteristic qualities. -2 Peculiar, extraordinary. -3 Special, particular; U.4. -4 Pre-eminent, superior, excellent. -5 Discriminative. (सविशेषम् and सविशेषतस् are used adverbially in the sense of 'especially', 'particularly', 'exceedingly'; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भामिनि Ku.5.38; oft. in comp.; द्विरेफमाला सविशेषसङ्गा Ku.1.27; R.16.53.)
sākṣin साक्षिन् a. (-णी f.) [सह अक्षि अस्य; साक्षाद् द्रष्टा साक्षी वा P.V.2.91] 1 Seeing, observing, witnessing. -2 Attesting, testifying. -m. 1 A witness, an observer, an eye-witness; फलं पःसाक्षिषु दृष्टमेष्वपि Ku.5.6; साक्षित्वमस्य पुरुषस्य Saṁkhya K.19; Ms.8.18. -2 The Supreme Being. -3 (In phil.) The Ego. -Comp. -द्वैधम् divergent evidence, discrepancy between witnesses. -परीक्षा examination of a witness. -प्रत्ययः the evidence of witnesses. -भावित a. borne out or proved by evidence.
sāṃkhya सांख्य a. [संख्यया निर्वृत्तम् अण्] 1 Relating to number. -2 Calculating, enumerating. -3 Discriminative. -4 Deliberating, reasoning, a reasoner; त्वं गतिः सर्वसांख्यानां योगिनां त्वं परायणम् Mb. -ख्यः, -ख्यम् N. of one of the six systems of Hindu philosophy, attributed to the sage Kapila; (this philosophy is so called because it 'enumerates' twentyfive Tattvas or true principles; and its chief object is to effect the final emancipation of the twenty-fifth Tattva, i.e. the Puruṣa or soul, from the bonds of this worldly existence-the fetters of phenomenal creation -by conveying a correct knowledge of the twenty-four other Tattvas and by properly discriminating the Soul from them. It regards the whole universe as a development of an inanimate principle called Prakṛiti q. v, while the Puruṣa is altogether passive and simply a looker-on. It agrees with the Vedānta in being synthetical and so differs from the analytical Nyāya or Vaiśeṣika; but its great point of divergence from the Vedānta is that it maintains two principles which the Vedānta denies, and that it does not admit God as the creator and controller of the universe, which the Vedānta affirms); सांख्यमिव कपिला- धिष्ठितम् K. -रूयः 1 A follower of the Sāṁkhya philosophy; ज्ञानयोगेन सांख्यानां कर्मयोगेण योगिनाम् Bg.3.3; 5.5. -2 An epithet of Śiva. -Comp. -कारिका N. of a collection of 72 verses by Īśvara-Kriṣṇa. -प्रसादः, -मुख्यः epithets of Śiva.
sāyaḥ सायः [सो-घञ्] 1 End, close, termination. -2 Close of day, evening. -3 An arrow, a missile. (साये 'in the evening, at the close of the day'.) -Comp. -अशनम् an evening meal. -अहन् m. (forming सायाह्नः) evening, evening time; सायाहनि प्रणयिनो भवनं व्रजन्त्याश्चेतो न कस्य हरते गतिरङ्गनायाः Bv.2.157. -आरम्भ a. beginning in the evening. -धूर्तः 1 a rogue, a cheat or deceiver in the form of evening. -2 The moon; आदत्त दीप्रं मणिमम्बरस्य दत्त्वा यदस्मै खलु सायधूर्तः N.22.52. -मण्डनम् sunset.
sārvadhātuka सार्वधातुक a. (-की f.) Applicable to the whole of a radical term, or to the complete form of the verbal base after the conjugational characteristics have been affixed, i.e. to the four conjugational or special tenses. -कम् N. of the verbal terminations of the four conjugational tenses (strictly, the personal terminations of all tenses and moods except the Perfect and Benedictive and the affixes distinguished by a mute श्).
sāhna साह्न a. 1 Connected or terminating with a day-2 Lasting a day.
su सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:-1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि. -2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c. -3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः ......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22. -4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v. -5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c. -6 Worthy of respect or reverence. -7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress. -Comp. -अक्ष a. 1 having good eyes. -2 having keen organs, acute. -अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely. -अच्छ a. see s. v. -अन्त a. having happy end, ending well. -अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v. -अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v. -आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful. -आगत see s. v. -आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172. -आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22. -इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41. -उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (-क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका). (-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97. -2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to something else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f. 1 a hymn. -2 praise, a word of praise. -उक्तिः f. 1 a good or friendly speech. -2 a good or clever saying. -3 a correct sentence. -उत्तर a. 1 very superior. -2 well towards the north. -उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (-नम्) vigorous effort or exertion. -उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic. -उपसदन a. easy to be approached. -उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments. -कण्टका the aloe plant. -कण्ठ a. sweetvoiced. (-ण्ठी) the female cuckoo. -कण्डुः itch. -कन्दः 1 an onion. -2 a yam. -3 a sort of grass. -कन्दकः onion. -कर a. (-रा or -री f.) 1 easy to be done, practicable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'. -2 easy to be managed. (-रः) a good-natured horse. (-रा) a tractable cow. (-रम्) charity, benevolence. -कर्मन् a. 1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good. -2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman. -कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,) -कलिल a. well filled with. -कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7. -कल्पित a. well equipped or armed. -कल्य a. perfectly sound. -काण्डः the Kāravella plant. -काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper. -काण्डिन् a. 1 having beautiful stems. -2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee. -काष्ठम् fire-wood. -कुन्दकः an onion. -कुमार a. 1 very delicate or soft, smooth. -2 beautifully young or youthful. (-रः) 1 a beautiful youth. -2 a kind of sugar-cane. -3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक). -4 a kind of mustard. -5 the wild Champaka. (-रा) 1 the double jasmine. -2 the plantain. -3 the great-flowered jasmine. -कुमारकः 1 a beautiful youth. -2 rice (शालि). (-कम्) 1 the Tamālapatra. -2 a particutar part of the ear. -कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine. -कृत् a. 1 doing good, benevolent. -2 pious, virtuous, righteous. -3 wise, learned. -4 fortunate, lucky. -5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.) 1 a skilful worker. -2 N. of Tvaṣṭri. -कृत a. 1 done well or properly. -2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2. -3 well made or constructed. -4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended. -5 virtuous, righteous, pious. -6 lucky, fortunate. (-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17. -2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16. -3 fortune, auspiciousness. -4 recompense, reward. -5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29. -कृतिः f. 1 well-doing, a good act. -2 kindness, virtue. -3 practice of penance. -4 auspiciousness. -कृतिन् a. 1 acting well or kindly. -2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16. -3 wise, learned. -4 benevolent. -5 fortunate, lucky. -कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45. -केश(स)रः the citron tree. -क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni. -2 of Śiva. -3 of Indra. -4 of Mitra and Varuṇa. -5 of the sun. -6 of Soma. -क्रयः a fair bargain. -क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb. -खल्लिका luxurious life. -ग a. 1 going gracefully or well. -2 graceful, elegant. -3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148. -4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (-गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34. (-गम्) 1 ordure, feces. -2 happiness. -गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well. -गणकः a good calculator or astronomer. -गत a. 1 well-gone or passed. -2 well-bestowed. (-तः) an epithet of Buddha. -गतिः 1 Welfare, happiness. -2 a secure refuge. -गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume. -2 sulphur. -3 a trader. (-न्धम्) 1 sandal. -2 small cumin seed. -3 a blue lotus. -4 a kind of fragrant grass. (-न्धा) sacred basil. -गन्धकः 1 sulphur. -2 the red Tulasee. -3 the orange. -4 a kind of gourd, -गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B. -गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva. -गन्धि a. 1 sweet-smelling, fragrant, redolent with perfumes. -2 virtuous, pious. (-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (-न्धि n.) 1 the root of long pepper. -2 a kind of fragrant grass. -3 coriander seed. ˚त्रिफला 1 nutmeg. -2 areca nut. -3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat. -गन्धिकः 1 incense. -2 sulphur. -3 a kind of rice. (-कम्) the white lotus. -गम a. 1 easy of access, accessible. -2 easy. -3 plain, intelligible. -गरम् cinnabar. -गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above. -गात्री a beautiful woman. -गृद्ध a. intensely longing for. -गृह a. (-ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39. -गृहीत a. 1 held well or firmly, grasped. -2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a. 1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhiṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1. -ग्रासः a dainty morsel. -ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck. (-वः) 1 a hero. -2 a swan. -3 a kind of weapon. -4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa. -5 of Śiva. -6 of Indra. -7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8. -ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued. -घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (-षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16. -चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.) 1 discerning or wise man, learned man. -2 The glomerous fig-tree. -चरित, -चरित्र a. 1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116. -2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (-तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds. -2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (-ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife. -चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree. -चित्रकः 1 a king fisher. -2 a kind of speckled snake. -चित्रा a kind of gourd. -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration. -चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long. -चिरायुस् m. a god, deity. -चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs. -चेतस् a. 1 well-minded. -2 wise. -चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; welldisposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2. -चेलकः a fine cloth. -च्छद a. having beautiful leaves. -छत्रः N. of Śiva. (-त्रा) the river Sutlej. -जन a. 1 good, virtuous, respectable. -2 kind, benevolent. (-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man. -2 a gentleman. -3 N. of Indra's charioteer. -जनता 1 goodness, kindness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82. -2 a number of good men. -3 bravery. -जन्मन् a. 1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34. -2 legitimate, lawfully born. -जलम् a lotus. -जल्पः 1 a good speech. -2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥ -जात a. 1 well-grown, tall. -2 well made or produced. -3 of high birth. -4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8. -5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31. -डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्). -तनु a. 1 having a beautiful body. -2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin. -3 emaciated. (-नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24. -तन्त्री a. 1 well-stringed. -2 (hence) melodious. -तपस् a. 1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3. -2 having great heat. (-m.) 1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite. -2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance. -तप्त a. 1 greatly harassed, afflicted. -2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239. -तमाम् ind. most excellently, best. -तराम् ind. 1 better, more excellently. -2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24. -3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3. -4 consequently. -तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco. -तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा). -तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regions below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33. -2 the foundation of a large building. -तान a. melodious. -तार a. 1 very bright. -2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2. -3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (-रः) a kind of perfume. (-रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence. -तिक्तकः the coral tree. -तीक्ष्ण a. 1 very sharp. -2 very pungent. -3 acutely painful. (-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree. -2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva. -तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor. -2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed. -तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall. (-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree. -2 the culminating point of a planet. -तुमुल a. very loud. -तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (-नः) a well-pointed arrow. -तेजस् a. 1 very sharp. -2 very bright, or splendid. -3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun. -दक्षिण a. 1 very sincere or upright. -2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31. -3 very skilful. -4 very polite. (-णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1. -दण्डः a cane, ratan. -दत् a. (-ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37. -दन्तः 1 a good tooth. -2 an actor; a dancer. (-न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter. -दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः). -दर्शन a. (-ना or -नी f.) 1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome. -2 easily seen. (-नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of mount Meru. -4 a vulture. (-नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (-नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa. -दर्शना 1 a handsome woman. -2 a woman. -3 an order, a command. -4 a kind of drug. -दास् a. very bountiful. -दान्तः a Buddhist. -दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.) 1 a cloud. -2 a mountain. -3 the sea. -4 N. of Indra's elephant. -5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory. -दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift. -2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions. -3 one who offers such a gift. -दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day. -2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense. -दिह् a. well-polished, bright. -दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (-र्घा) a kind of cucumber. -दुराधर्ष a. 1 very hard to get. -2 quite intolerable. -दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced. -दुरासद a. unapproachable. -दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested. -दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind. -दुर्मर्ष a. quite intolerable. -दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare. -दुश्चर a. 1 inaccessible. -2 very painful. -दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured. -दुष्प्रभः a chameleon. -दूर a. very distant or remote. (-सुदूरम् means 1 to a great distance. -2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12. -सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance'). -दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact. -दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman. -देशिकः a good guide. -धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.) 1 a good archer or bowman. -2 Ananta, the great serpent. -3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23. -धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.) 1 the hall or palace of Indra. -2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family. -धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27. -2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34. -धात a. well cleaned. -धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow). -धित a. Ved. 1 perfect, secure. -2 kind, good. -3 happy, prosperous. -4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon). -धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (-धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good understanding, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः 1 a particular kind of royal palace. -2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (-स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या 1 a woman. -2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female companions. -3 a sort of pigment. -ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire. -नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18. -नन्दः a kind of royal palace. -नन्दा 1 N. of a woman. -2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B. -3 yellow pigment; L. D. B. -नयः 1 good conduct. -2 good policy. -नयन a. having beautiful eyes. (-नः) a deer. (-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes. -2 a woman in general. -नाभ a. 1 having a beautiful navel. -2 having a good nave or centre. (-भः) 1 a mountain. -2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (-भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24. -नालम् a red water-lily. -निःष्ठित a. quite ready. -निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (-तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately. -निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka. -निरूहणम् a good purgative. -निर्णिक्त a. well polished. -निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva. -निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू). -निहित a. well-established. -नीत a. 1 well-conducted, well-behaved. -2 polite, civil. (-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour. -2 good policy or prodence. -नीतिः f. 1 good conduct, good manners, propriety. -2 good policy. -3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v. -नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, virtuous, good. (-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa. -2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11. -3 Ved. a good leader. -नील a. very black or blue. (-लः) the pomegranate tree. (-ला) common flax. (-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem. -नु n. water. -नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes. -पक्व a. 1 well-cooked. -2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (-क्वः) a sort of fragrant mango. -पठ a. legible. -पत्नी a woman having a good husband. -पत्र a. 1 having beautiful wings. -2 well-feathered (an arrow). -पथः 1 a good road. -2 a good course. -3 good conduct. -पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road. -पद्मा orris root. -परीक्षित a. well-examined. -पर्ण a. (-र्णा or -र्णी f.) 1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11. -2 having good or beautiful leaves. (-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun. -2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine character. -3 any supernatural bird. -4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44. -5 a cock. -6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55. -7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23. -पर्णकः = सुपर्ण. -पर्णा, -पर्णी f. 1 a number of lotuses. -2 a pool abounding in lotuses. -3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa. -पर्यवदात a. very clean. -पर्याप्त a. 1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76. -2 well-fitted. -पर्वन् a. welljointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.) 1 a bamboo. -2 an arrow. -3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76. -4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight). -5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass. -पलायित a. 1 completely fled or run away. -2 skilfully retreated. -पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण). -पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle. -2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person. -पाद् (-पाद् or -पदी f.) having good or handsome feet. -पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष). -2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu. -पालि a. distinguished. -पीतम् 1 a carrot. -2 yellow sandal. (-तः) the fifth Muhūrta. -पुंसी a woman having a good husband. -पुरम् a strong fortress. -पुष्प a. (-ष्पा or -ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers. (-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree. -2 the Śirīṣa tree. (-ष्पी) the plantain tree. (-ष्पम्) 1 cloves. -2 the menstrual excretion. -पुष्पित a. 1 well blossomed, being in full flower. -2 having the hair thrilling or bristling. -पूर a. 1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25. -2 well-filling. (-रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर). -पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree. -पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34. -प्रकाश a. 1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245. -2 public, notorious. -प्रतर्कः a sound judgment. -प्रतिभा spirituous liquor. -प्रतिष्ठ a. 1 standing well. -2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous. (-ष्ठा) 1 good position. -2 good reputation, fame, celebrity. -3 establishment, erection. -4 installation, consecration. -प्रतिष्ठित a. 1 well-established. -2 consecrated. -3 celebrated. (-तः) the Udumbara tree. -प्रतिष्णात a. 1 thoroughly purified. -2 well-versed in. -3 well-investigated, clearly ascertained or determined. -प्रतीक a. 1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2. -2 having a beautiful trunk. (-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva. -2 of Śiva. -3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter. -4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31. -प्रपाणम् a good tank. -प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (-भा) one of the seven tongues of fire. -प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6. -2 the earliest dawn. -प्रभावः omnipotence. -प्रमाण a. large-sized. -प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer. -प्रयोगः 1 good management or application. -2 close contact. -3 dexterity. -प्रलापः good speech, eloquence. -प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera. -प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (-दः) N. of Śiva. -प्रातम् a fine morning. -प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (-यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables. (-या) 1 a charming woman. -2 a beloved mistress. -प्रौढा a marriageable girl. -फल a. 1 very fruitful, very productive. -2 very fertile. (-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree. -2 the jujube. -3 the Karṇikāra tree. -4 a kind of bean. (-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd. -2 the plantain tree. -3 a variety of brown grape. -4 colocynth. -फेनः a cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः sesamum. -बभ्रु a. dark-brown. -बल a. very powerful. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 N. of the father of Śakuni. -बान्धवः N. of Śiva. -बाल a. very childish. -बाहु a. 1 handsomearmed. -2 strong-armed. (-हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29. -बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69. (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the poppy. -बोध a. 1 easily apprehended or understood. (-धः) good information or advice. -ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice. -भग a. 1 very fortunate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured. -2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9. -3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3. -4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5. -5 illustrious. (-गः) 1 borax. -2 the Aśoka tree. -3 the Champaka tree. -4 red amarnath. (-गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a. 1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96. -2 vain, flattering oneself. -भगा 1 a woman beloved by her husband, a favourite wife. -2 an honoured mother. -3 a kind of wild jasmine. -4 turmeric. -5 the Priyaṅgu creeper. -6 the holy basil. -7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9. -8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals. -9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favourite wife. -भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree. -भटः a great warrior, champion, soldier. -भट्टः a learned man. -भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (-द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (-द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu. -भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god. -2 the Bilva tree. -भाषित a. 1 spoken well or eloquent. (-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2. -2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ. -3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्). -भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging. -2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c. -भीरकः the Palāśa tree. -भीरुकम् silver. -भूतिः 1 well-being, welfare. -2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa. -भूतिकः the Bilva tree. -भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of conception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354. -भृत a. 1 well-paid. -2 heavily laden. -भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (-भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.) -मङ्गल a. 1 very auspicious. -2 abounding in sacrifices. -मति a. very wise. (-तिः f.) 1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship. -2 a favour of the gods. -3 a gift, blessing. -4 a prayer, hymn. -5 a wish or desire. -6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons. -मदनः the mango tree. -मदात्मजा a celestial damsel. -मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words. -मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted. -मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman. -मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful. (-नः) 1 wheat. -2 the thorn-apple. (-ना) the great-flowered jasmine. -मनस् a. 1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1. -2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence -सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.) 1 a god, divinity. -2 a learned man. -3 a student of the Vedas. -4 wheat. -5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.) 1 the great-flowered jasmine. -2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg. -मनस्क a. cheerful, happy. -मन्तु a. 1 advising well. -2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser. -मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha. -मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate. -मर्दित a. much harassed. -मर्षण a. easy to be borne. -मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna. -मुख a. (-खा or -खी f.) 1 having a beautiful face, lovely. -2 pleasing. -3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42. -4 favourable, kind. -5 well-pointed (as an arrow). -6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance. (-खः) 1 a learned man. -2 an epithet of Garuḍa. -3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1. -4 of Śiva. (-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail. -2 a kind of building. (-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman. -2 a mirror. -मूलकम् a carrot. -मृत a. stone-dead. -मेखलः the Muñja grass. -मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea. -मेरुः 1 the sacred mountain Meru, q. v. -2 N. of Śiva. -यन्त्रित a. 1 well-governed. -2 self-controlled. -यमाः a particular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2. -यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage. -यामुनः 1 a palace. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -युक्तः N. of Śiva. -योगः 1 a favourable juncture. -2 good opportunity. -योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v. -रक्त a. 1 well coloured. -2 impassioned. -3 very lovely. -4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33. -रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk. -2 a kind of mango tree. -रङ्गः 1 good colour. -2 the orange. -3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense). (-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders. -2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker. -रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant. -रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree. -रञ्जनः the betel nut tree. -रत a. 1 much sported. -2 playful. -3 much enjoyed. -4 compassionate, tender. (-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment. -2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली 1 a female messenger, a go-between. -2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19. -रतिः f. great enjoyment or satisfaction. -रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury. -2 sweet. -3 elegant (as a composition). (-सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (-सा) N. of Durgā. (-सा, -सम्) the sacred basil. (-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh. -2 fragrant grass. -राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.) 1 a good king. -2 a divinity. -राजिका a small house-lizard. -राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison. -2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra. -रूप a. 1 well-formed, handsome, lovely; सुरूपा कन्या. -2 wise, learned. (-पः) an epithet of Śiva. -रूहकः a horse resembling an ass. -रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14. -रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (-भम्) tin. -लक्षण a. 1 having auspicious or beautiful marks. -2 fortunate. (-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining. -2 a good or auspicious mark. -लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43. -लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment. -लभ a. 1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6. -2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4. -3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible. -लिखित a. well registered. -लुलित a. 1 moving playfully. -2 greatly hurt, injured. -लोचन a. fine-eyed. (-नः) a deer. (-ना) 1 a beautiful woman. -2 N. of the wife of Indrajit. -लोहकम् brass. -लोहित a. very red. (-ता) one of the seven tongues of fire. -वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth. -2 correct utterance. (-क्त्रः) N. of Śiva. -वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent. -वयस् f. a hermaphrodite. -वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali. -वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3. -2 linseed. -वर्चसः N. of Śiva. -वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant. -वर्ण see s. v. -वर्तित 1 well rounded. -2 well arranged. -वर्तुलः a water-melon. -वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season. -2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense). -वह a. 1 bearing well, patient. -2 patient, enduring. -3 easy to be borne(-हा) 1 a lute. -2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1. -वासः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a pleasant dwelling. -3 an agreeable perfume or odour. -वासकः a water-melon. -वासरा cress. -वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house. -2 a married woman whose husband is alive. -विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (-न्तः) a hero. (-न्तम्) heroism. -विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure. -विचक्षण a. very clever, wise. -विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman. -विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments. -2 a king. -विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute. -विदत् m. a king -विदत्रम् 1 a household, family. -2 wealth. -3 grace, favour. -विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apartments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (-ल्लम्) the women's apartments, harem. -विदल्ला a married woman. -विध a. of a good kind. -विधम् ind. easily. -विधिः a good rule, ordinance. -विनीत a. 1 well trained, modest. -2 well executed. (-ता) a tractable cow. -विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated. -विभक्त a. well proportioned, symmetrical. -विरूढ a. 1 fully grown up or developed. -2 well ridden. -विविक्त a. 1 solitary (as a wood). -2 well decided (as a question). -विहित a. 1 well-placed, well-deposited. -2 well-furnished, wellsupplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1. -3 well done or performed. -4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16. -वी(बी)ज a. having good seed. (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the poppy. (-जम्) good seed. -वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium. -2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38. -वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel. -वीर्य a. 1 having great vigour. -2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous. (-र्यम्) 1 great heroism -2 abundance of heroes. -3 the fruit of the jujube. (-र्या) wild cotton. -वृक्तिः f. 1 a pure offering. -2 a hymn of praise. -वृत्त a. 1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77. -2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (-त्तम्) a good or virtuous con
sup सुप् 1 A technical term used by Pāṇini for the termination of the Locative plural. -2 A name for any one of the several case-endings or terminations.
saupa सौप a. Relating to the case terminations.
sthitiḥ स्थितिः f. [स्था-क्तिन्] 1 Standing, remaining, staying, abiding, living, stay, residence; स्थितिं नो र दध्याः क्षणमपि मदान्धेक्षण सखे Bv.1.52; रक्षोगृहे स्थितिर्मूलमग्निशुद्धौ त्वनिश्चयः U.1.6. -2 Stopping, standing still, continuance in one state; प्रस्थितायां प्रतिष्ठेथाः स्थितायां स्थितिमाचरेः R.1.89. -3 Remaining stationary, fixity, steadiness, firmness, steady application or devotion; मम भूयात् परमात्मनि स्थितिः Bv.4.23; Māl.5.22. -4 A state, position, situation, condition; एषा ब्राह्मी स्थितिः पार्थ नैनां प्राप्य विमुह्यति Bg.2.72. -5 Natural state, nature, habit; सपर्वतावनां कृत्स्नां व्यथयिष्यामि ते स्थितिम् Rām.7.98.1; अथ वा स्थितिरियं मन्दमतीनाम् H.4. -6 Stability, permanence, perpetuation, continuance; वंशस्थितेरधिगमान्महति प्रमोदे V.5.15; कन्यां कुलस्य स्थितये स्थितिज्ञः Ku.1.18; Mv.7.3; R.3.27. -7 Correctness of conduct, steadfastness in the path of duty, decorum, duty, moral rectitude, propriety; अमंस्त चानेन परार्ध्यजन्मना स्थितेरभेत्ता स्थितिमन्तमन्वयम् R.3.27;11.65;12.31; कन्यां कुलस्य स्थितये स्थितिज्ञः (विधिनोपयेमे) Ku.1.18; Ś.5.1. -8 Maintenance of discipline, establishment of good order (in a state); स्थित्यै दण्डयतो दण्ड्यान् R.1.25. -9 Rank, dignity, high station or rank. -1 Maintenance, sustenance; जग्धार्धैर्नवसल्लकीकिसलयैरस्याः स्थितिं कल्पयन् Māl.9.32; R.5.9. -11 Continuance in life, preservation (one of the three states of human beings); सर्गस्थितिप्रत्यवहारहेतुः R.2.44; Ku.2.6. -12 Cessation, pause, stop, restriction; नासां कश्चिदगम्योस्ति नासां च वयसि स्थितिः Pt.1.143. -13 Wellbeing, welfare. -14 Consistency. -15 A settled rule, ordinance, decree, an axiom or maxim; अबान्धवं शवं चैव निर्हरेयुरिति स्थितिः Ms.1.55. -16 Settled determination. -17 Term, limit, boundary. -18 Inertia, resistance to motion. -19 Duration of an eclipse. -2 Regard, consideration, account; नासां च वयसि स्थितिः Pt.1.143. -Comp. -ज्ञ a. knowing the bounds of morality; कन्यां कुलस्य स्थितये स्थितिज्ञः Ku.1.18. -पद् the epithet of Viṣṇu; पादेषु सर्वभूतानि पुंसः स्थितिपदो विदुः Bhāg.2.6.18. -पदम् the proper basin (for flow), the right path; -अपामुद्वृत्तानां निजमुपदिशन्त्या स्थितिपदम् Mu.3.8. -भिद् a. violating the bounds of morality. -मार्गः the way to compose (the mind); मनसश्च स्थितिमार्गमाललम्बे Bu. Ch. 5.9. -स्थापक a. fixing in the original position, having the power of restoring to a previous state, having elastic properties. (-कः) elasticity, capability of recovering the former position.
smṛtiḥ स्मृतिः f. [स्मृ-क्तिन्] 1 Remembrance; recollection, memory; अश्वत्थामा करधृतधनुः किं न यातः स्मृतिं ते Ve.3.21; संस्कारमात्रजन्यं ज्ञानं स्मृतिः T. S.; स्मृत्युपस्थितौ इमौ द्वौ श्लोकौ U.6;4.2. -2 Thinking of, calling to mind. -3 What was delivered by human authors, law, traditional law, the body of traditional or memorial law (civil or religious) (opp. श्रुति). -4 A code of laws, law-book. -5 A text of Smṛiti, canon, rule of law; इति स्मृतेः. -6 Desire, wish. -7 Discrimination, discretion; स्मृतौ हतायां भृतमानदुर्दृशः Bhāg.4.3.17. -8 Understanding. -Comp. -अन्तरम् another law-book. -अपेत a. 1 forgotten. -2 inconsistent with Smṛiti. -3 (hence) illegal, unjust. -उक्त a. prescribed or enjoined in the codes of law, canonical. -जातः the god of love. -तन्त्रम् a law-book. -पत्रकम् a register-book; राजाद्यङ्कितलेखस्य धारयेत् स्मृति- पत्रकम् Śukra.2.287. -पथः, -विषयः the object of memory; स्मृतिपथं, स्मृतिविषयं गम् to be dead; सर्वं यस्य वशा- दगात् स्मृतिपथं कालाय तस्मै नमः Bh.3.37; समं यैः संवृद्धाः स्मृति- विषयतां ते$पि गमिताः 38. -पाठकः a lawyer. -प्रत्यवमर्शः retentiveness of memory, accuracy of recollection. -प्रबन्धः a legal work. -भ्रंशः loss of failure of memory. -रोधः temporary interruption of memory; loss or failure of memory; शापादसि प्रतिहता स्मृतिरोधरूक्षे भर्तर्यपेत- तमसि प्रभुता तवैव । Ś.7.32. -विनयः a reprimand given to a person by reminding him of his duty. -विभ्रमः confusion of memory. -विरुद्ध a. illegal. -विरोधः 1 opposition to law, illegality. -2 disagreement between two or more Smṛitis or legal texts; स्मृतिविरोधं परिहरति S. B.; cf. स्मृत्योर्विरोधे न्यायस्तु बलवान् व्यवहारतः Y.2.21. -विषयः the range of memory. -शास्त्रम् 1 a law-book, code, digest. -2 legal science. -शेष a. deceased, dead (as a person). -शैथिल्यम् loss of memory. -संमत a. approved by law. -साध्य a. capable of being proved by law. -हीन forgetful. -हेतुः a cause of recollection, impression on the mind, association of ideas.
svadhā स्वधा [स्वद्-आ-पृषो˚ दस्य धः] 1 One's own nature or determination, spontaneity. -2 One's own will or pleasure. -3 The oblation of food offered to the Pitṛis or Manes of deceased ancestors; स्वधासंग्रहतत्पराः R.1.66; Ms.9.142; Y.1.12. -4 The food offered to the Manes personified. -5 Food or oblation in general. -6 One's own portion or share. -7 A Śrāddha or funeral ceremony; Ms.2.142. -8 N. of Māyā or illusion. ind. An exclamation uttered on offering an oblation to the Manes (with dat.); पितृभ्यः स्वधा Sk. -Comp. -कर a. offering oblations to the Pitṛis; यदपत्यं भवेदस्यां तन्मम स्यात् स्वधाकरम् Ms.9.127. -कारः the exclamation Svadhā; पूतं हि तद्गृहं यत्र स्वधाकारः प्रवर्तते. -निनयनम् a formula or sacred text used in making the oblations to the Pitṛis; नाभिव्याहारयेद्ब्रह्म स्वधानिनयनादृते Ms.2.172. -प्रियः 1 Agni or fire; -2 black sesamum. -भुज् m. 1 a deceased or defied ancestor. -2 a god, deity.
svāvaśyam स्वावश्यम् Self-determination.
Macdonell Vedic Search
3 results
pathikrt pathi-kṛ́t, m. path-maker, x. 14, 15 [kṛ-t making: kṛ + determinative t]. [239]
sarvahut sarva-hút, a. (Tp.) completely offering, x. 90, 8. 9 [hu-t: hu sacrifice + determinative t].
havanaśrut havana-śrút, a. (Tp.) listening to invocations, ii. 33, 15 [hávana (from hū call) + śrú-t hearingfrom śru hear with determinative t].
Macdonell Search
87 results
anatiprakāśaka a. not highly illuminative; -tva, n. abst. n.
anukūla a. toward the bank; facing; suitable; agreeable; favourable; well disposed: -m, ad. on the bank; -kârin, a. showing kindness; -ga, m. tree growing on the bank; -tâ, f., tva, n. favour; proneness; -na, n. currying favour; -parinâma, a. ter minating favourably.
antarajña a. discriminating: -tâ, f. discrimination; -tara, cpv. very intimate with (g.); -tás, ad. within; prp. within (g.); from within (--°ree;); -patita, pp. vanished,=not coming into consideration; -pûrusha, m. soul; -prabhava, a. of intermediate origin, i. e. of mixed caste; -prepsu, des. a. wishing to obtain an opportunity; -stha, a. being within (g., --°ree;); inner; m. surety; witness; -sthita, pp. standing within (--°ree;).
avabhaṅga m. breaking; -bhañg ana, n. breaking, tearing off; -bhâs-a, m. brightness; appearance, manifestation: -aka, a. illuminating, manifesting, -ana, n. mani festation; illuminating, -in,a. shining, ap pearing; manifesting; -bhrithá, m. ritual ablution.
aviśeṣa m. no difference: -tas, in. ad. without difference; a. indiscriminate, -gña, a. undiscriminating; -ita, pp. unspe cified.
aviveka m. want of discrimina tion; lack of judgment; a. lacking judgment: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -in, a. undivided; lacking insight; having no discriminating people.
ātmanepada n. the middle terminations (gr.); -in, a. having the middle terminations.
uccheda m., -ana, n. cutting or chop ping off; destruction, extermination: -anîya, fp. to be cut off; -in, a. destroying (--°ree;); -ya, fp. to be destroyed.
unmūlana n. uprooting; exter mination.
kalpana n. inventing; â, f. fashion ing; performance; invention, fiction; hypothesis; caparisoning an elephant; fixing, determination; work, deed, act; formation, form.
kālaśāka m. a plant; -samrodha, m. protracted retention; -sa&ndot;khyâ, f. com putation or determination of time; -sarpa, m. a. black snake; -sûtra, n. noose of the god of death; m. n. (also -ka),N. of a hell; -harana, n. loss of time; -hâra, m. id.; gain of time.
kālatā f. 1. seasonableness; 2. blackness; -danda, m. wand of death; -dû ta, m. harbinger of death; -daurâtmya, n. tyranny of time; -dharma, -n, m. law of time=inevitable death; -niyama, m. limita tion of time; determination of the terminus ad quem; -nemi, m. N. of an Asura slain by Krishna; N. of a Brâhman.
kṛtapada a. having found a foot ing; -punya, a. happy; -pûrva, a. done be fore: -nâsana, n. non-recognition of previous benefits, ingratitude; -pûrvin, a. having done something (ac.) before; -pragña, a. wise; -pratikrita, n. attack and resistance; -pra yatna, a. well cared for; -prayogana, a. having attained his object; -buddhi, a. whose mind is matured, discriminating; resolved (to, d. or inf.); -bhûmi, f. spot prepared for the purpose; -mati, a. having made up his mind; -manda-pada-nyâsa, a. stepping slowly and using few words; -mandâra, m. N.; -mâr ga, a. made accessible, pervious; -mûla, a. firmly rooted, having gained firm footing; -mauna, a. observing silence: -tva, n. abst. n.
jajñi a. germinating.
jijñāsana n. wish to know; ex amination; -sâ, f. id.; investigation; -su, a. wishing to know or test, examining.
jvāla m. flame; torch; â, f. illumination; flame, bright light: -dhvaga, m. fire, -mukha, m. (Flame-mouth), kind of ghost; N. of a Brahmarâkshasa, -li&ndot;ga, n. N. of a temple of Siva.
tatpada n. its place; the word tad; -padavî, f. his path: y-âm padam dhâ, set foot in his path=imitate or vie with him; -para, a. 1. following upon that; 2. (having that as the highest), occupied with that only; exclusively devoted to, intent on, (lc., --°ree;): -tâ, f. exclusive devotion, intentness; -pará yana, a. having that as their final aim; -pârsva, n. his side; -purusha, m. his servant: the example used to designate the class of determinative compounds (i. e. those in which the first part determines or limits the second, specifically those in which the first part has the sense of a case); -pûrva, a. happening for the first time; -pradhâna, a.dependent on her; -prahrishta, pp. pleased with that.
tātparya n. addiction or devotion to a thing; chief aim (with lc. of object); true purport (of a speech or work); a. in tended: -tas, ad. with a view to this; -nir- naya, m. determination of the purport.
tuṅgin a. lofty; culminating (planet).
dīpana a. (î) inflaming, exciting; promoting digestion; n. setting on fire; il luminating.
dīpa m. lamp, lantern: -ka, a. in flaming; illuminating; m. lamp.
dyotana a. flashing; illu minating; n. shining; showing, displaying.
dyota m. brilliance: -ka, a. shining; illuminating; displaying; expressing, expres sive of (g., --°ree;); significant: -tva, n. abst. n.
dvitīya a. second: -m, ad. secondly; a second time; m. companion, friend; foe; --°ree; a. accompanied by, furnished with; â, f. female companion; second day of the fort night;(terminations of the) second case, accusative; word in the accusative case (gr.); 2. -tîya, a. with bhâga, m. half; n. half.
dvilakṣa n. distance of two hundred thousand yoganas; -lakshana, a. of two descriptions, twofold; -laya, m. (?) double time (in music); -vakana, n. (terminations of the) dual; -varna, a. two-coloured; -varsha, a. two years old; -varshaka, a. (ikâ) id.; -vastra, a. clothed in an upper and an under garment; -vidha, a. twofold, of two kinds; -vidhâ, ad. twofold.
nirvid f. despair, faintheartedness; -vidya, a. unlearned, uneducated; -vinoda, a. destitute of diversion; -vindhyâ, f. (com ing from the Vindhyas), N. of a river; -vi bandha, a. offering no obstacle to (g.); harm less; -vimarsa, a. devoid of reflexion; un considered; -vivara, a. having no aperture or interstice: -tâ, f. close contiguity; har mony; -vivâda, a. free from strife, concor dant; subject to no dispute; -viveka, a. de void of discrimination: -tâ, f., -tva, n. lack of judgment.
niḥśeṣa a. lacking a remainder, one and all, all, whole, complete: -m kri, destroy utterly, exterminate; °ree;--, -tas, in. utterly, completely; -tâ, f. extermination.
niṣṭha a. (--°ree;) being or situated on; based or dependent on; relating to; devoted to, intent on; °ree;--, dependent (people, loka, m. pl.=dependants); with d. leading to, pro ducing; â, f. basis, state; intentness; per fection, completion; summit, limit; end, ca tastrophe, death; perfect knowledge, cer tainty, complete familiarity with (lc.); deci sion, regarding (g.); the terminations -ta and -ta-vat of the past participle, one of these past participles (gr.): -sûnya, a. irresolute (mind).
pañcama a. (&isharp;) fifth; with amsa, m. a fifth part: -m, ad. for the fifth time; fifthly; m. fifth (later seventh) note of the Indian scale; a musical mode; fifth consonant of a class, nasal; î, f. fifth day in a fortnight; terminations of the fifth case, word in the ablative; terminations of the imperative.
pada (m.) n. step; stride; footstep; trace; mark, sign; footing, place, abode, home; station, position, office; dignity, rank; object (of contempt, dispute, etc.); cause, oc casion; foot (also as a measure); quarter verse; word; nominal base before consonant terminations (so-called because treated like a word in external Sandhi); word-reading of the Veda (in which the words are given sepa rately irrespective of the rules of Sandhi): padam kri, set foot on, enter (lc.); have a regard for (prati); have to do with (lc.): mûrdhni, place one's foot on the head of (g.) =overcome, surpass, hridaye or kitte --, take complete possession of the heartor mind; padam â-tan, gain ground; -dhâ, gain a footing; -ni-dhâ, set foot on=make an im pression on (lc.): -padavyâm, set foot on the path of=emulate (g.); padam ni-bandh= engage in (lc.); pade pade, at every step, everywhere, on every occasion.
pariṇatavayas a. of declining age, old; -nati, f. transmutation, trans formation, change; development; ripening; maturity; mature age; consequence, effect; issue, end; fulfilment of a promise;°ree;--, in the end, finally; -m yâ, come to an end; -nam ana, n. transformation into (in.); -nama yitri, m. ripener; -naya, m. leading the bride round the nuptial fire, wedding, mar riage; -nayana, n. id.; -nâma, m.transforma tion, change; natural development; transmu tation of food, digestion; withering; lapse of time; decline of life, old age; consequence, issue; termination, last stage, final state, end: lc. or °ree;--, in the end, finally: -vat, having a natural development; -nâmin, a. changing; developing; ripening; -nâyaka, m. guide; husband; -nâha, m. extent, width, circum ference: -vat, a. big; -nâhin, a. extensive, large; --°ree;, having the circumference of; -ni namsu, a. about to strike sideways with his tusks (elephant); -nîta, pp. (√ nî) married; n. marriage: -pûrvâ, a. f. previously married, -vat, act. pf. pt. having married; -netavya, fp. to be married;-netri, m. husband; -neya, fp. to be led round; to be ascertained; interchangeable with (in.): â, f. to be led round the nuptial fire, to be married.
parijana m. (surrounding folk), servant (male or female); gnly. coll., retinue, train, followers, attendants, domestics (esp. female); -gâta, pp. completely grown; -gi hîrshâ, f. desire to avoid orremove; -gñapti, f. recognition; -gñâtri, m. accurate knower; -gñâna, n. recognition, discrimination; full ascertainment, thorough information, com plete knowledge or acquaintance; -gñânin, a. possessing much information; -gñeya, fp. to be learned or known thoroughly; (pári)- gman, a. moving or speeding round; every where present: lc. all around.
parisaṃvatsara m. full year; a. a full year old; waiting a full year; -sakhya, n. true friendship; -samkhyâ, f. complete tale or enumeration; full number, totality, sum, number; exhaustive statement (i. e. excluding everything not specified): -na, n. complete enumeration, full number; exhaustive statement; just examination or estimate; -samghushta, pp. resonant on all sides; -samâpti, f. conclusion, completion, end; extension to (lc. or ad. with prati); -sara, a. adjacent; bordering on (--°ree;); m. neighbourhood, region, proximity; -sarpana, n. creeping about; walking about; running to and fro, continual change from place to place; -sarpin, a. moving about; -sâdhana, n. accomplishment; settlement, exaction (of debts); -sântvana, n. consoling: pl. blandish ments; -sâraka, n. N. of a place on the Sarasvatî.
parīkṣaka m. examiner or knower of a thing; -ana, n. (rarely â, f.) testing, investigation, examination; -anîya, fp. to be investigated; -â, f. inspection, exami nation, trial, test: -kshama, a.standing the test, valid.
prakṛti f. (putting before, what is presupposed), original or natural form or condition (opp. vi-kriti, derivative form); nature, constitution, disposition, temper; fundamental form, pattern, standard, rule (sp. damental form, pattern, standard, rule (sp. in ritual); nature (opp. spirit: ph.): pl. material elements (rare); primary constituents of nature (from which all else is evolved: there are eight: avyakta, mahat, ahamkâra, and the five elements: ph.); constituent elements of the state (in politics: there are seven: king, minister, fortress, territory or subjects, treasure, army, and ally; kings primarily (of these there are four) and secondarily (of these there are eight) concerned in a war (each of these twelve having five prakritis in the form of minister, territory, fortress, treasure, army); constituent elements of a king's own state (exclusive of himself); ministers; subjects, citizens; sg. root, base (gr.): °ree;-or in. by nature, originally, properly; in the original state, unchanged: -ka, a. (--°ree;) id.; kripana, a. naturally feeble in discriminating between (lc.); -ga, a.innate; -purusha, m. nature and spirit (du.); minister; -bhâva, m. original or unmodified state; -mandala, n. whole circle of subjects, entire territory; -mat, a. having or being in the original, natural, or usual condition orform; -sampanna, pp. endowed with a noble nature; -subhaga, a. naturally beautiful; -stha, a. being in the natural state or condition, natural, genuine, normal; healthy; being in good circumstances.
prakāśa a. shining (out), clear, bright; manifest, open, visible, public; produced or occasioned by (--°ree;); generally known, renowned, for (in. or --°ree;), in (--°ree;); having the appearance of, resembling, like (--°ree;): -m or °ree;--, ad. openly, publicly; aloud (dr.); m. lustre, splendour, light (often --°ree; in titles of exegetical works); manifestation; renown; open place, open air; publicity: ab. manifestly, certainly; lc. publicly, openly; aloud; -kâsa-ka, a. (ikâ) clear, bright, shining; generally known, renowned; illuminating; making clear, explaining; expressing, designating; m. illuminator, sun; -kâsa-tâ, f. brightness, lustre; renown; publicity: -m gam, become known; -kâsa-tva, n. manifestation, appearance, renown; -kâsa-devî, f. N.; -kâs-ana, a. illuminating; n. illumination; allowing to appear, manifestation; -kâsa-nârî, f. public woman, prostitute; -kâs-anîya, fp. to be illuminated; -kâs-ayi tavya, fp. to be made clear or evident; to be manifested; -kâsa½âtma-ka-tva, n. luminousness; -kâsa½âtman, a. whose nature is light, luminous; -kâs-i-tâ, f.brightness, light; -kâs-i-tva, n. id.; -kâs-in, a. bright, shining; bringing to light (g.); -kâsî-karana, n. illumination; -kâsî-kri, illuminate; pub lish; -kâsî-bhâva, m. becoming light, dawn; -kâsa½itara, a. reverse of manifest, invisible; -kâs-ya, fp. to be brought to light or manifested: -tâ, f. publicity.
pratipakṣa m. opposite side; opposition, hostile party; opponent, adver sary; rival (in, --°ree;); --°ree; a. rivalling: -gan man, a. produced by enemies, -tâ, f., -tva, n. opposition, hostility; -pakshita,pp. op posed, contradictory; -pakshin, m. opponent, adversary; -paná, m. exchange; counter stake (in play); -pattavya, fp. to be ob tained or received; -given (answer); comprehended or understood; n. impl. one should behave; one should assume or lay down; -patti, f. obtainment, acquirement; perception, comprehension; understanding, intelligence; supposition, view, assertion; admission; giving, bestowal on any one (lc. or --°ree;); causing; taking in hand (--°ree;); enter prise, procedure, action, in or with (g. or lc.); respectful behaviour, mark of respect, honour; confidence, assurance, determination; re source, means for (lc.), expedient against (g.); high rank, dominion, rule; conclusion; ta tra kâ pratipattih syât, what is to be done in that case? kâ tasya pratipattih, what is to be done with it? pratipattim dâ, show honour: -daksha, a. resourceful; -pûrva kam,ad. respectfully; -pradâna, n. showing of honour; -mat, a. intelligent, resourceful.
pratyaya m. [going or turning to, recourse], confidence, trust, belief, faith, in (g., lc., --°ree;); conviction, certainty; proof, as certainment; assumption; solution, explana tion; conception, notion, idea; cause; ordeal; following letter (gr.); suffix (gr.): -kâraka, a. causing confidence, trustworthy; -dhâtu, m. (suffix-root), denominative base (gr.).
prathama spv. foremost], a. first; earliest; original; prior, pre vious, former; chief, most excellent, eminent, leading: it may often be translated by an ad.: first, for the first time; previously; just; forthwith: °ree;-or -m, ad. first, first of all, for the first time; only just; forthwith; for merly, previously: with g. before, previously to; ab. first; m. first consonant of a class, unaspirated tenuis; first (=our third) per son; personal endings of the third person; â, f. first or nominative case (including the vocative), termination of the nominative (in cluding the vocative): du. the two first cases, the terminations of the two first cases (=nm. and ac.); n. sg. coll. the first.
pradeya fp. to be given, bestowed, or offered, to (--°ree; or d.); -given in marriage, marriageable (f.); -imparted (news, doctrine) or taught, to (d. or --°ree;); -initiated or instructed in (lc.); m. present; -desa, m. designation, reference; determination, definition; appeal to a precedent; example; spot, place, region (often --°ree; with a part of the body); short while: -bhâg, -vartin, -stha, a. of short duration, -vat, a.occupying a place; -des- ita, cs. pp. urged, directed; -desinî, f. fore-finger; second toe; -deshtri, m. chief justice; -deha, m. unction; unguent, plaster.
prabhā f. (shining forth), splendour, brightness, light; brilliancy, radiant beauty: often --°ree; a. (a) radiant like: -kara, m. sun; N.: du. sun and moon: -deva, m. N., -vardhana, m. N. of a prince,-varman, m. N. of